Τετάρτη, 29 Απριλίου 2015


Early 1971: Onassis and Rockefeller begin global operation to buy influence for the One World Government concept. They use Lockheed, Northrop and Litton Industries 'agent' Adnan Khashoggi, to organise operations in the Middle East, Iran and Indonesia. I.C.I. set up $2.5 million slush fund to Australia and N.Z.

Finance Minister Muldoon changes law to allow Mafia-controlled banks to begin operations in New Zealand. Links also made by N.Z.I. in preparation for Paxus control with Hong Kong and Shanghai; Wells Fargo with Broadbank; Chase Manhattan with General Finance; Bank of America and Barclays with Fletchers and Renouf in New Zealand United Corp. All members of the Business Round Table Organisation.

Late 1971: Gulf Oil and their man Brierly begin organising chains of Shell companies and dummy corporations to conceal their takeover operations of oil, gas and mineral resources and related industries such as vehicle franchises, vehicle spare parts and finance services - all part of the Seven Sisters' controlled car culture.

To extend links to the US banking operations they buy control of I.S.A.S. (NSW) and I.S.A.S. (Qld), which hold sole franchise for construction and mining equipment produced by International Harvester Credit Co, which is part of Chase Manhattan Bank and associated with First National Bank Chicago (Chairman Sullivan also Executive Vice-President of Chase Manhattan), Continental Illinois (linked with CIA and Mafia Michele Sindona of Vatican Bank) and Rockefeller's Standard Oil of Indiana (AMOCO).

I.S.A.S. (Qld) also has strategic holdings in North Flinders Mines, Flinders Petroleum, Apollo International Minerals.


George H.W. Bush heads the CIA. Watergate. George W. Bush goes AWOL. Arab terror bombings disrupt Munich Olympics. Chile's Salvatore Allende assassinated by the CIA. Yom Kippur War. The right-wing conspiracy to control the US media is launched. Nixon resigns. George H.W. Bush heads the CIA. Civil war in Lebanon. Iran becomes a religious theocracy. Saddam Hussein installed as Iraq's leader through auspices of the CIA. Iran hostage crisis. Civil war in Afghanistan involves both the US and the USSR.

1971 -- Assassination of Wasfi Tal of Jordan. Daughter of conspiracy investigator Mae Brussell killed in suspicious car accident.

Bilderberger meeting in Woodstock, Vermont.

PENTAGON PAPERS published. Hunt hired by White House to gather damaging evidence against Daniel Ellsberg, Edward Kennedy and other "enemies"; Hunt hires Barker and other Bay of Pigs veterans to make break-in at Ellsberg's psychiatrist's office. Barker attempts to get plans to building which will house the Democratic Convention. Plumber chief David Young, former Kissinger aid, contacts CIA for psychiatric profile of Ellsberg, referred to Howard Osborn, a possible Oswald link. White House agent Sergretti meets with FBI, Minutemen and others to plan kidnapping of radicals during the 1972 convention -- a plan later scrapped. FBI begins (or continues) illegal break-ins, mail-openings and wiretaps, conducted by Squad 47 of the internal security division in search of Weather Underground fugitives. Future SLA members Camilla Hall and William Wolfe move to Berkley, become involved in radical and prison reform activities. Electroshock treatments given to hundreds of inmates at Vacaville. Black Panther party in shambles; Cointelpro supposedly disbanded. Zimbardo's Stanford experiments demonstrating dangers of prisoner/guard role-playing. "Deprogrammer" Ted Patrick begins kidnapping Jesus Freaks and reconverting them to conventional behavior. John Keel's OUR HAUNTED PLANET discusses more MIB cases.

April 18, 1971: Howard Hughes, a human vegetable as the result of serious brain damage during his 1957 hustle, plus fourteen years of heroin, grew sicker and sicker. A final overdose of heroin did him in. His coffin was lowered into the sea from a rocky headland off the coast of Scorpios. Present at the funeral were: Jackie Kennedy Onassis; Teddy Kennedy; Francis L. Dale, Director of CREEP, and on ITT Board of Directors; Tom Pappas, also of CREEP; and a South Vietnamese cardinal named Thuc. Onassis allowed some pictures to be taken from a distance; he himself did not appear. The pictures were published in Midnight, a Canadian tabloid.

Albanian frogmen, tipped off, were waiting under the water. They seized the coffin and took the corpse off to Yugoslavia, thence to China and Russia, and then perhaps to Boston in a foot locker. The corpse's dental work was compared to Hughes' very own dental records, and they matched. News of Hughes' death, and the U.S. take-over by Onassis, and the facts surrounding the murders of JFK, RFK, Martin Luther King, Mary Jo Kopechne, and many more, and the subsequent cover-ups (involving still more murders) has been circulating around the globe for several years. Any country with this information can blackmail the U.S. Mafia government, which has no choice but to pay up. The alternative: be exposed as a bunch of treasonous murderers. This is why China-hating, red-baiting Nixon was forced to "recognize" China (which he now claims as his greatest accomplishment); and why the U.S.S.R. walks off with such good deals in U.S. loans, grains, and whatever else it wants. All they have to do is mention those magic words: "Hughes," JFK, RFK, MLK, Mary Jo—words to conjure by—and the U.S. Mafia government crawls into a hole. Information once leaked can't be un leaked. The only way to end the dilemma is through a nuclear war—and that wouldn't be one-sided. The other way would be to throw the Mafia out of the United States.

On the day Hughes was buried, Clifford Irving's wife presented a publisher's check made out to "H. Hughes" to Onassis' Swiss bank for payment. Onassis paid off cheap at the price.

"Gemstone" papers rolling around the world, here and abroad, kept the situation hot. Everyone was nervous. Rockefeller gave Kissinger $50,000 for Carlson and Brisson to write their "expose," The Alioto Mafia Web, for Look. Their mission: find out everything that was public record about Alioto's connection with the JFK murder (his pay-offs to Frattiano, listed in D&B) --and explain it away—in a way that wouldn't lead it back to Dallas. The idea was to get Alioto to quietly go away, but still keep the lid on everything.

May 1971: Tina Livanos Onassis Blandford married Stavros Niarchos, her former brother-in-law—until he killed her sister, Eugenie.

May 1971: "Folk hero" Daniel Ellsberg, a well-known hawk from the Rand Corp., who had designed the missile ring around the "Iron Curtain" countries (how many missiles to aim at which cities), was told to release the faked-up "Pentagon Papers," to help distract people from Hughes, JFK, RFK, MLK, etc. The papers were carefully designed by Ellsberg and his boss, Rand Chief and now World Bank Chief Bob ("Body Count") McNamara, to make the Vietnamese War look like "just one of those incredibly dumb mistakes." This helped to cover up the real purposes of the war: continued control, for Onassis and his friends, of the gold Triangle dope trade (Vietnam, Laos, Cambodia); and for Onassis and the oil people, of Eastern oil sources. To say nothing of control over huge Federal sums, which could be siphoned off in profitable arms contracts, or conveniently "disappear" into the war effort.

McNamara's "World Bank"—handing out American money to "starving nations"—actually set up huge private bank accounts for various dictators in Onassis-controlled Swiss banks. The money could be used as needed to support and extend Mafia operations. Example: $8 billion in World Bank funds for "starving Ethiopians" wound up in Emperor Haile Selassie's personal Swiss bank accounts. This would make him the richest individual in the world—but other dictators have Swiss accounts, too. Maybe even larger. The money drained from America and other captive Mafia nations to feed a greed that can never be satisfied.

(Rand Corp., one of the major "think tanks," has another good in store for the public: "Project Star," Rand's cover-up fall-back version of the JFK murder --held in reserve should public restlessness over the Warren Commission Report cover-up ever threaten to get out of hand. That ought to confuse the people for at least another twelve years, and by that time, most of us will be dead anyway ...)

Note in passing: The dope trade routes are: Golden Triangle to Taiwan to San Francisco. Heroin coming from the Golden Triangle was sometimes smuggled into S.F. in the bodies of American G.I.s who died in battle in Vietnam. One body can hold up to 40 pounds of heroin, crammed in where the guts would be.

Some dope gets pressed into dinner plates, and painted with pretty patterns. One dope bust in S.F. alone yielded $6 billion in heroin "china plates"—the largest dope bust in history—quickly and completely hushed up by the S.F. press Mafia. The dope sat in the S.F.P.D. for a while, then was removed by FBI men, and probably sent on its way—to American veins. All this dope processing and shipping is controlled and supervised by the Mafia, for the Mafia. Dope arrests and murders are aimed at independent pushers and maverick peddlers and smugglers who are competing with, or holding out on, the Mafia. While Nixon was conducting his noisy campaign against dope smuggling across the Mexican border, his dope officer in charge of protecting the Mafia dope trade was E. Howard Hunt.

Lots of heroin gets process in a Pepsi Cola factory in Laos. So far, it hasn't produced a single bottle of Pepsi Cola. Some dope gets processed in heroin factories in Marseilles (see The French Connection). Still more dope comes from South America—cocaine, and now heroin. U.S. aid went to build a highway across Paraguay (Uruguay?). Useless for the natives, who have no cars, they use it for sunbathing during the day. All night, airplanes loaded with cocaine take off from the longest landing strip in the world—financed by U.S. tax money for the benefit of international Mafia dope pushers. And then there is opium from Turkey—morphine. The starting point of Onassis' fortune.

In case one is still wondering whether the Mafia can actually get away with such things, consider the benefits derived from controlling the stock market, the courts, the police, etc., in one swindle alone: the 1970 acquisition by "Hughes" of "Air West," which involved swindling Air West stockholders of $45 million. Recently indicted for this swindle by the S.E.C. (in a civil suit) were "Howard Hughes" and Jimmy (The Greek) Snyder, "not usually associated with the Hughes crowd," and others.

June 1971: New York Times began publishing the Pentagon Papers, Rand Corp.'s prepared cover-up of the real reasons for the Vietnamese war.

Nixon had gotten a copy of the first Gemstone papers circulated in the U.S. back in 1969. He was now wondering how much information Democratic Chairman Larry O'Brien had about Hughes, Onassis, JFK, RFK,, and more specifically, how much of the dirt the Democrats planned to use.

Nixon set up the "plumbers unit" to stop security leaks, investigate other security matters. Ehrlichman, Krogh, Liddy, Hunt, Young, etc. Hunt, as "White House consultant" supposedly worked for the Mullen Corp.—a CIA cover. Mullen's chief client was "Howard Hughes." Robert Bennett was head of the Mullen Corp.

June 28, 1971: Ellsberg indicted for leaking the Pentagon Papers.

September 3, 1971: The Watergate team broke into Elsberg's doctor's (Fielding's) office to get Ellsberg's psychiatric records. Team members: CIA Hunt and Liddy; Cuban Freedom Fighters De Diego, Martinez, Bernard Barker. All except Liddy had worked together back at the Bay of Pigs.

Question: Why the intense battle between Mafia forces? Answer: While Onassis was the recognized crowned head of the Mafia, intense, no-holds-barred scuffling for the lucrative second spot control of U.S. Presidency, government, was permissible and encouraged under the Mafia code of rules. The only stipulation: outsiders mustn't know about it. "Hughes" contributed liberally—and equally—to both Democratic and Republican parties for the 1972 election. The winner would get even more money from "Hughes."

September 23, 1971: E. Howard Hunt spliced up the phony cables implicating JFK's administration to the Diem assassination.

October 1971: Look magazine apologized to Alioto for their "Alioto Mafia Web" article—and folded. The sticking point: They couldn't prove Alioto's Mafia Nut Tree meeting back in 1963 re: the JFK murder.

November 1971: Alioto re-elected S.F. Mayor.

December 1971: Roberts applied for a "Gemstone" visa from the Russian consulate—on a tapped phone. Phone was tapped by Hal Lipset, S.F. private investigator, who worked for Katherine Meyer Graham, and others, and routinely monitored Consulate phone calls.

1971 George HW Bush joins the Council on Foreign Relations.

1971 R.K. Procunier, Director of Corrections of the State of California, proposes "neurosurgical treatment of violent inmates".

1971 Apollo 14 and 15 explore the moon.

1971 Mariner 9 orbits Mars.

1971 Soyuz 11 cosmonauts die entering atmosphere. The cosmonauts was dead few seconds after entering the Allen belt and if the student has done his home work then he knows that was the only attempt the Russians ever did reaching the moon . No human can survive passing the radioactive zone who has a depth of 25.000km.

1971 Dr. Choh Hao Li synthesizes human growth hormone.

1971 United States explodes hydrogen bomb near Alaska.

1971 Saccarin removed from FDA GRAS (Generally Recognized As Safe) list.

1971 Nixon ends International Redeem ability of Federal Reserve Notes.

1971 The incidence of asthma in children begins a significant increase. Vaccines are getting better and better with the years , instead of killing people to make chronic deceases on them.

1971 A study by Stella and Chess reveals that children with congenital ruebella (german measles) frequently display classic autistic features, including impaired ability to relate new stimuli to remembered experience. See 1966.

1971 Rarick bill HR351 to repeal Federal Reserve Act. Buried in committee.

1971 Law Enforcement Assistance Administration (LEAA) calls for a regionalized police force.

1971 Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental Relations issues pamphlet M-67, which calls for Special Police Task Forces (special multicounty or interstate police forces).

1971 United States places a nuclear weapons platform in orbit secretly. The first military-run shuttle mission would service the platform and upgrade the on-board computers.

1971 The regime of Yayha Khan in Pakistan would murder 1,500,000 people.

1971 The CIA infects pigs in Cuba with African Swine Fever, a dealy disease. The entire swine population of Cuba is slaughtered to protect humans. A second such epidemic in 1980 in Cuba, with equally devastating consequences, was of unknown but suspicious origins.

1971 A mysterious blue mold appears and threatens the tobacco crop in Cuba.

1971 A damaging rust disease appears in Cuba and threatens to destroy the crops of sugar cane.

1971 Astronomers discover two new galaxies adjacent to ours.

1971 Daniel Ellsberg , a hawk from the RAND Corporation, writes the "Pentagon Papers", which helps distract the public. McNamara (World Bank/RAND) assists as Ellsbergs boss. Book is RAND coverup for the real reasons behind the Vietnam War. Ellsberg "indicted" for "leaking" the "papers". Watergate team breaks into Ellsbergs office on Nixons orders to find out how much Larry O'Brien knew about Hughes and Onassis.

1971 Germany bans water fluoridation.

1971 Richard Nixon withdraws all Gold backing from the US Dollar, rendering it a fiat currency - the completion of a process Roosevelt started in the 1930's when gold was called in and currency was tampered with.

1971 US Deficit $500 billion.

1971 Bilderberger meeting in Woodstock, Vermont.

1971 The American Cancer Society decides that screening women for breast cancer was a good idea. (See 1974). (Note: "Screening" = Radiation that causes cancer) The causes of women breast cancer skyrocket .

1971 Pentagon Papers published.

1971 Electroshock treatments given to inmates at Vacaville, California.

1971 Astronomer James McDonald drives into desert and suicides.

1971 The Philadelphia Inquirer conducts a telephone poll relative to sterilization of low IQ groups. Almost 70% vote in favor of forced sterilization.

1971 Swedish prime minister Palme authorizes electronic implant use on prisoners.

1971 Dr. H.J. Roberts publishes results of a comprehensive national study of traffic accidents. Roberts concludes that a "significant source" of many unexplainable accidents is that "millions of American drivers are subject to pathological drowsiness and hypoglycemia due to functional hyperinsulinism"

February 1972: Onassis and Rockefeller help associate Adnan Khashoggi buy the Security Pacific National Bank in California and take control of the United California Bank through CIA-linked Lockheed Aircraft Corporation. Both banks used by Onassis and Khashoggi to funnel bribes and payoffs via the CIA's Deak Bank to captive Japanese and other crooked politicians. Security Pacific also used to 'launder' over $2 million for Nixon's re-election campaign. Khashoggi also buys 21% of Southern Pacific Properties, which is the major stockholder in Travelodge (Aust), thereby establishing direct links to New Zealand, and U.E.B. and Fletchers through its equity links with Travelodge (N.Z.).

April 1972: Mafia banking operations expanded through New Hebrides with establishment of Australian International Ltd to financePacific development by the oil companies (Seven Sisters). Banks involved include Irving Trust NY, Bank of Montreal, Crocker International, Australia & N.Z. Bank and the Mitsubishi Bank, whose president, Nakamaru, is appointed Chairman.

26th May, 1972: Gerald Parsky installs Michele Sindona as 'owner' of Franklin National Bank, helped by the Gambino Mafia family and David Kennedy - Chairman of Continental Illinois Bank and Nixon's Secretary of the Treasury.

Pacific Basin Economic Council Conference in Wellington, NZ. Vice-President Shigeo Nagano also chairman of Nippon Steel and member of Onassis and other World Government organisations. Chairman of NZ sub-committee, J. Mowbray is also General Manager of the National Bank.

Meanwhile, Michele Sindona, acting as the go-between for the Mafia and the CIA, was the conduit between US and European banks. Michele Sindona's Vatican Bank and associate Calvi's Abrosiano Bank was used to finance CIA neo-fascist Italian/Latin American operations through Licio Gelli's P2 Lodge, which helped to organise the 'death squads' of Argentina, Uruguay and Chile. This aided the P2 members such as Klaus Barbie ('The Butcher of Lyons') and Jose Rega - organiser of the A.A.A. in Argentina.

16th August, 1972: Gulf Oil associate Bob Seldon helps establish new banking operation, first NZ international banks include Bank of New Zealand, D.F.C. (Aust), N.Z.I., Morgan Guaranty Trust, Morgan Grenfel and S.F. Warburg.

Fletchers begins expansion overseas with deals signed in Indonesia, Fiji and New Guinea.

December 1972: Kirk elected Prime Minister of New Zealand.

1972 - President Nixon visits China and toasts Chinese Premier Chou En-lai by talking of "the hope that each of us has to build a new world order."

April 1972 - In his keynote address to the Association for Childhood Education International, Chester M. Pierce, Professor of Education and Psychiatry in the Faculty of Medicine at Harvard University, proclaims: "Every child in America entering school at the age of five is insane because he comes to school with certain allegiances toward our founding fathers, toward his parents, toward a belief in a supernatural being. It's up to you, teachers, to make all of these sick children well by creating the international child of the future."

May 18, 1972 - In speaking of the coming world government, Roy M. Ash, Director of the Office of Management and Budget, declares that: "...within two decades the institutional framework for a world economic community will be in place...and aspects of individual sovereignty will be given over to a supernational authority."

January 1972: The Watergate team showed up at the S.F. Drift Inn, a CIA-FBI safe-house hangout bar, where Roberts conducted a nightly Gemstone rap for the benefit of any CIA or FBI or anyone who wandered in for a beer. James McCord, Martinez, Bernard Barker, Garcia, and Frank Sturgis showed up—along with a San Francisco dentist named Fuller. James McCord remarked: "Sand and oil with hydrogen heat makes glass brick"—threat of war to Arab nations. The event, like the other nightly raps, was taped by the Drift Inn bartender, Al Strom, who was paid to do so by his old friend, Katherine Meyer Graham—but told his other friend, Roberts, about it. The bar was also wired for sound by Arabs, Russians and Chinese.

January 27, 1972: Liddy and Dean met in Mitchell's office, with Liddy's charts of his $1 million plan of spying, kidnapping, etc. The plans included breaking into Hank Greenspun's Las Vegas office safe, in hopes of recovering Greenspun's files on the Hughes kidnapping and Onassis' Vegas operations, which Greenspun had successfully used to blackmail Onassis out of $4 million or so. A "Hughes" get-away plane would stand by to take the White House burglars to Mexico.

February 1972: Liddy and Hunt traveled around a lot, using "Hughes Tool Co." calling cards, and aliases from Hunt's spy novels.

Liddy, Hunt, and other Watergates dropped by for a beer at the Drift Inn, where they were photographed on bar stools for Katherine Graham. These photos were later used in the Washington Post, when Liddy, Hunt and the others were arrested at Watergate—because CIA men like Liddy and Hunt aren't usually photographed.

Roberts quoted to Liddy, the "Chinese stock market in ears"—the price on Onassis' head by the ear—in retaliation for a few things Onassis had done; on Wayne Rector, the Hughes double; Eugene Wyman, California Democratic Party Chairman and Mafia JFK pay-off bagman; and on Lyndon Jonson: "four bodies twisting in the breeze."

Roberts: "Quoting the prices to Liddy at the Drift Inn made their deaths a mortal cinch. Liddy's like that—and that's why the murdering slob was picked by the Mafia." Gemstones rolling around the Drift Inn in February inspired Liddy's "Gemstone Plan" that became Watergate.

February 1972: Francis L. Dale, head of CREEP, and ITT Board of Directors member, pushed Magruder to push Liddy into Watergate.

In a Mafia-style effort to shut Roberts up, his father was murdered by "plumbers" team-members Liz Dale (Francis L. Dale's ex-wife), Martinez, Gonzalez, Barker, in Hahnemann's hospital, S.F.—where Mr. Roberts had been taken after swallowing a sodium morphate "pill" slipped into his medicine bottle at home by Watergate locksmith (Miami's "Missing Link" locksmith shop) Gonzalez. The pill didn't kill him; he had a weak digestion, and vomited enough of the sodium morphate up (it burned his lips and tongue on the way out)—but he had emphysema, and went to the hospital. In the hospital, "nurse" Liz Dale and "doctor" Martinez assisted him to sniff a quadruple-strength can of aerosol medicine—enough to kill him the next day. The day before, Tisseront, head of the College of Cardinals at the Vatican, was pushed out of a Vatican window. Tisseront had followed the career of the present Pope, Montini (whose mother was Jewish). Montini sodium-morphate-murdered Pope Pius XI; was banished from Rome for it by Pius XII; became Pope in 1963. Tisseront wrote it all down; called the Pope "The Deputy of Christ at Auschwitz," and the fulfillment of the Fatima 3 Prophecy: that the Anti-Christ shall rise to become head of the Church. Tisseront also wrote about all the suppressed secrets of the Roman Catholic Church; i.e., that Jesus Christ was an Arab, born April 16, 6 B.C. at the rare conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter. Arab (Persian) astronomers (the Magi) came to Bethlehem to look for their king—an Arab baby—and found him in a stable, because the Jews wouldn't let Arabs Mary and Joseph into their nice clean inns, even then. When Jesus overturned the tables of the moneylenders at the Temple, the Jews had the Romans nail him to a cross. He died on the cross when the Roman soldiers stuck a spear in his side, pulled out his liver, and ate it. Tacitus, the Roman historian, described it all—in a chunk of history deleted by the Church. Nero burned Rome—but that didn't stop the spreading of Jesus' teachings by the early Christians. So the Romans decided to adopt the religion, clean it up, make Christ a Jew and Mary a virgin, and work out a church—state deal to fuck the people in the name of god and country that has been operating ever since. Around 300 A.D.—at the Council of Micaca—the Christian Orthodoxy was established; a dissenting bishop had his hands chopped off; another bishop as assigned to round up all the old copies of the Bible and destroy them, in favor of the revised, de-Arabized version. Cleaned-up Mathew, Mark Luke and John were declared "it"; the other Gospels were declared Apocryphal, and heretical. Roman Emperor Constantine became the first "Christian" emperor. Later—during the "Holy Crusades"—the Bible was again rewritten—to include Jesus' warning against the "yellow race."

27 Gemstones, with histories, to 27 countries—brought Red China into the U.N. and threw Taiwan out.

April 1972: Money pours into CREEP: "Gulf Resources and Chemicals Corp., Houston, Texas" contributes $100,000; illegal, laundered through Mexico, comes back through Liedthe of Pennzoil Corp., Houston. Robert Vesco Maurice Stans $200,000 "campaign contribution," etc., etc. Liddy gives McCord $76,000; McCord buys $58,000 worth of bugging equipment, cameras, etc.

May 1972: J. Edgar Hoover had the Gemstone file; threatened to expose Dallas-JFK in an "anonymous" book, The Texas Mafia. Instead, someone put sodium morphate in his apple pie. The corpse was carted away from his home in the back seat of a V.W.—and his files were "burned"—but some of them got away.

May 28, 1972: First break-in at Watergate: McCord, Barker, Martinez, Garcia, Gonzalez, Sturgis. DeDiego and Pico stood guard outside. Hunt and Liddy directed the operation from a (safe?) distance—across the street. The object was to check on Onsassis's two men at Democratic Party HQ: Larry O'Brien and Spencer Oliver. (O'Brien's chief "PR" client had been "Hughes"; Oliver's father worked for Onassis.) McCord wiretapped their phones.

But!!! Little did McCord know that the Plumbers were being observed by Hal Lipset, Katherine Graham's S.F. detective, who had followed two of the Plumbers from Liz Dale's side in S.F. to Watergate. Lipset "watched in amazement" as the Plumbers broke in and bugged the phones; then reported back to his boss, Katherine Graham. Lipset and Graham set the trap for the Watergaters when they returned to remove their bugs and equipment.

June 17, 1972: Bernard Barker was wearing his Sears Roebuck deliveryman costume—the same one he wore at the Dr. Fielding break-in at the Hahnemann's Hospital murder of Mr. Roberts.

Hal Lipset, Graham's spy, was dressed as a mailman. He left his mail sack behind when he taped the door at Watergate, watched security guard Frank Wills remove it and walk on; retaped the door, and as a result, Frank Wills went across the street and called the police, and McCord, Martinez, Sturgis, Barker and Gonzalez were caught in the act. (Graham had them on tape and film, too, every minute of the time.) Liddy and Hunt, across the street, supervising via walkie-talkie, were not. Liddy called Magruder in California re: the Watergate arrests. Magruder told Mitchell, LaRue and Mardian.

Time to burn files. Liddy shredded the gemstone files at CREEP. Dean cleaned out Hunt's safe at the White House, and gave Hunt's copy of the Gemstone file to L. Patrick Gray, acting FBI head: "Deep-six this—in the interest of national security. This should never see the light of day."

Gray burned the file.

June 20, 1972: DMC Chairman Larry O'Brien filed a $1 million suit against CREEP—naming Francis L. Dale, the head of CREEP. This was a big Mafia mistake—for Dale led directly back to Onassis.

June 21, 1972: THE 18-1/2 MINUTES OF ACCIDENTALLY-ERASED WHITE HOUSE TAPE: Nixon, furious over the Watergate Plumbers arrests, couldn't figure out who had done it to him: who had taped the door at Watergate that led to the arrests? Hal Lipset, whose primary employer at the time was Katherine Graham, couldn't tell him. Nixon figured that it had to do somehow with Robert's running around in Vancouver tracing the "Hughes" Mormon Mafia nursemaid's (Bekersley) Mafia swindle of the Canadian stock exchange; and Trudeau. The 18-1/2 minutes was of Nixon, raving about Canada's "asshole Trudeau," "asshole Roberts," Onassis, "Hughes" and Francis L. Dale. It simply couldn't be released.

Stephen Bull's secretary, Beverly Kaye, later heard the "erased" tape, stored in a locked room in the White House. She was horrified. She sent out some depressed Christmas cards and notes to friends, and sodium-morphate "heart-attacked" at age 40 in a White House elevator outside the locked safe room where the tapes were stored.

1972 Sweden bans water fluoridation.

1972 Anti-Ballistic Missile Treaty of 1972. (World disarmament per Iron Mountain).

1972 Pepsi Corporation opens its first franchise in Russia in exchange for import of Soviet wines and spirits.

1972 A mysterious epidemic of dengue hemorrhagic fever hits Cuba and affects 300,000 Cubans. More than 150 die, including over 100 children. Evidence exists that the CIA released dengue-infected mosquitoes on the island. Court testimony in 1984 by Cuban counter-revolutionary terrorists supports this conclusion.

1972 In Bakersfield, California, a woman hears sounds of machinery and voices coming from under her basement floor, indicative of underground tunneling.

1972 Central Security Service (CSS) created at Fort Meade.

1972 Strange whining sounds begin to be heard near Satus peak near Yakima Washington, an area known to have an NSA communications facility and sightings of mysterious flying disks. Over the next 6 years, the hum would be heard over a gradually expanding area.

1972 Last Apollo landing on the moon. BS.

1972 Arthur Jensen's "Genetics and Education" published. In it he writes that "the rate of occurrence of mental retardation is eight times higher in the black population." No shit .

1972 Nixon reelected President of the United States.

1972 U.S. Army study on the effect of amyl nitrates entitled "Effect of Amyl Nitrate on Man" conducted. (Biomedical and Behavioral Research, Vol 40, "Research Plan #12,002", approved March 15, 1972)

1972 The first gay mass-marketing of "poppers" (amyl/butyl nitrates). (Effect of lowering of immune system of users. Combined with use of antibiotics (lowers T-cell count) and anti-parasitic/amoebic drugs (reduces immune system), sexually transmitted diseases, drug use and government-sponsored vaccinations - the first "AIDS" cases in the gay community would appear within 8 years, allowing the United States to do covertly what they did overtly during World War II - begin to get rid of undesirables.

1972 George Bush US ambassador to the United Nations.

1972 United States Agency for International Development makes contact with the old Sterilization League of America, now called the "Association for Voluntary Surgical Contraception", which is paid by the US government to sterilize non-whites in foreign countries. Eugenics are such good people aren’t they? And guess what they are doing all this for free . Out of pure love for their fellow human beings so they can become extinct as soon as possible .

1972 The CIA's Scientific Engineering Institute in Boston contributes a social laboratory to CIA Project Often at the University of South Carolina, in the form of a course instructing 250 students in the rituals of demonology and voodoo. (See 1962 and 1981).

1972 Kissinger takes a trip to China. Chinas role in the heroin trade vanishes from headlines.

1972 Dr. Dean Burk of the National Cancer Institute declares in a letter to a member of Congress that high officials of the FDA,AMA,ACS and U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare (now HHS) were deliberately falsifying data and information, lying, committing unconstitutional acts and in other ways thwarting potential cures to which they were opposed. (Letter to Congressman Louis Frey Jr. Also dealt with the issue of laetrile, a non-patentable (natural) product opposed by the California Medical Association, who only sanctions the use of dangerous or toxic treatment for cancer. Burk openly refers to FDA corruption.

1972 Apollo 16 goes to moon. Soviet spacecraft soft lands on Venus.

1972 Harry Truman dies.

1972 US Army study titled "Controlled Offensive Behavior: USSR" concerns itself with targeting individuals with "mind altering techniques" and "the total submission of one's will to some outside force." The study involved the use of pulsed microwaves. ( Ref: Cellular telephone & satellite technology).

1972 Roy M. Ash , from the Office of Management and Budget in the Nixon administration says "within two decades, the institutional framework for a World Economic Community will be in place, when aspects of individual sovereignty will be given over to super national authority."

1972 Leakey discovers 2.5 million year old human skull in Kenya.

1972 Biological Weapons Convention to restrict development, production and stockpiling of biological weapons.

1972 Rochdale College in Toronto, Canada, becomes a main center for illicit drug consumption and distribution point for marijuana and hallucinogens in Eastern Canada. After this became public knowledge, it was shut down.

1972 Turkish opium production nearly eliminated. Southeast Asia heroin crackdown.

1972 Golden Triangle in Asia yields bumper harvest. Peasants told to increase their acreage by 50-100%. US soldiers in Vietnam increase consumption.

1972 Soft drink consumption 30 gallons per year per person. Sugar as an addictive physical degenerant.

1972 Drs. Barton Ingraham and Gerald Smith advocate "implantation of brain transmitters to monitor and manipulate the minds of probationers and "the technique of telemetric control of human beings regulating behavior on a subconscious level. Reported in Issues in Criminology, 1972.

1972 US signs international treaty banning use of biowarfare agents, but does not ratify it until 1975. Treaty allows "defensive" biowarfare research.

1972 WHO Bulletin No.47 refers to creation of an immune virus (see 1969) and suggests that a useful way to study the effects would be "to put it into a vaccination program and observe the results". It is theorized that WHO used the smallpox vaccination program in Central Africa for this study, the spread of HIV infection coincides precisely with the most intense and recent smallpox vaccination campaigns. Information on the Central African countries most infected with HIV precisely matches WHO figures indicating the number of people vaccinated in these areas. The virus requested would selectively destroy the T-cell system. (1972 Federation Proceedings of WHO).

1972 Dr. Louis J. West, director of the Neuropsychiatric Institute at UCLA, proposes to use an abandoned Nike base for the Center for the Study and Reduction of Violence. In a confidential letter to Dr. J.M. Stubblebine, Director of Health in the California Offices of Health Planning, West wrote that "studies could be carried out there for model programs for the alteration of undesirable behavior." West reveals the desired use for implants and the inclusion of hyperkinetic children and those with chromosomal abnormalities in the study. Dr. L.J. West, working with M. Singer and R.J. Lifton, founded the "Citizens Freedom Foundation" in 1974, which changed its name to the "Cult Awareness Network (CAN)" in 1985/86. The CAN group would figure prominently 20 years later in the Waco Massacre of the Branch Davidians.

1972 Strange humming sounds begin near Satus Peak in Yakima Washington.

1972 New York State Department of Agriculture determines that 30% of organic food is contaminated with pesticides, as compared with 25% in regular foods. Journal of the American Medical Association v230, Oct 14,1974, "The Organic Food Myth"

1972 Esso Oil changes its name to Exxon Corporation.

1972 Ingraham and Smith release a paper in Issues in Criminality, Vol 7 No.2, entitled "The Use of Electronics in the Observation and Control of Human Behavior and Its Possible Use in Rehabilitation and Parole."

1972 Nobel winner professor William Shockley proposes a voluntary sterilization program in an address before the American Psychological Association. The program would be directed toward welfare recipients.

1972 Bilderberger meeting in Knokke, Belgium.

1972 Oil shortages in United States begin.

1972 ITT scandal forces Republicans to move to Miami for convention.

1972 British Journal of Psychiatry #120 reveals that "psychotic disorders may be caused by viral infections." (Ref: viruses induced by vaccines).

1972 -- Assassination of Abeid Karume of Zanzibar. Attempted assassination of George Wallace in Maryland by "loner" Art Bremer who had more money than he should and had connections with CIA-types.
Warren Commission dissident Hale Boggs disappears on flight to Alaska.

Death of E. Howard Hunt's wife Dorothy in plane crash while carrying large amount of cash murder described separately under Flight 553.

Other murders involving secret funds include Rep. William O. Mills (suicide) and his assistants Col. J. Webster and James Glover; a Mr. Taub, Kalmback employee; Dennis Cossini, alleged CIA contact with Bremer; Lou Russell, security cop employed by McCord Associates; and Mrs. Andrew Topping, wife of man to be plotting assassination of Nixon during 1972 convention. J. Edgar Hoover dies.

Bilderberger meeting in Knokke, Belgium.

A series of dirty tricks eliminates Muskie as presidential contender; Humphrey and Jackson also smeared; Nixon aides and west coast Nazis cooperate in attempt to keep Wallace of California ballot; Hunt ordered to break into Bremer's apartment but refuses.

Watergate break-in; FBI official Charles Bates placed in charge of investigation. Agnew allegedly meets Brienguier (Oswald's buddy) in New Orleans. Tackwood alleges that plans are made to disrupt Republican convention in San Diego, declare martial law, assassinate Nixon (or make false Attempt). ITT scandal forces Republicans to move to Miami.

CIA attempt to crack columnist Jack Anderson's information source fails.

William and Emily Harris, Angela and Gary Atwood and others move to Bay area, become involved in radical and prison reform activities. Thero Wheeler, another alleged police agent, meets DeFreeze at Vacaville; DeFreeze moved to Soledad prison.

BLACK ABDUCTOR, anticipating the Hearst kidnapping, published by unknown California publisher. Exposure and defeat of planned psychosurgery program at Vacaville;

CARE behavior mod program begins at Marion, Illinois; START program begins at Springfield, Missouri; Joliet unit closed.

West German authorities produce a skull they say was Martin Bormann's a few days after articles appear with evidence he is alive in Argentina.

Flight 553 Chicagoan Lawrence O'Connor, who had used United Airlines Flight 553 or its equivalent to fly from Washington to Chicago on Friday nights for years was warned by a White House source not to take this flight; among those killed in the crash at Midway Airport, Chicago, were: Dorothy Hunt who was carrying $50,000 in Watergate payoff money and close to $2 million she was attempting to place in foreign banks; Michele Clark, CBS newswoman who was to interview Mrs. Hunt on a story that could allegedly destroy Nixon at least four people alleged to have knowledge of a large labor union "donation" to the Committee to ReElect the President (CREEP), paid to stop the indictment of a Chicago labor hoodlum; and a group of gas pipeline lobbyists, attorneys and gas company officials (Robert Moreau, Nancy Parker, Ralph Blodgett, James Drueger, Lon Bayer, Wilbur Erickson) who had allegedly gathered evidence against former Attorney General John Mitchell in an anti- trust case involving El Paso Natural Gas Co.; also aboard was a "hit-man" using the cover of Harold Metcalf, of Drug Abuse Law Enforcement, who told the pilot, Captain Whitehouse, he was carrying a gun and was assigned a jump seat near the food galley and rear door; Captain Whitehouse and six of the Watergate-related passengers were found to have unexplainably high cyanide content after the crash, though the other 35 passengers killed did not; following the crash hit-man Metcalf, in a jump suit, walked out the cracked open fuselage; up to 200 FBI and CIA agents took over the crash site immediately, beating the fire department to the scene, refusing to allow in a medical team, confiscating Control Tower tapes, interviewing survivors and witnesses before National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) investigators had a chance to; CBS News requested immediate cremation of Michele Clark's body; evidence of sabotage includes tampering with altimeter and air data computer, malfunctioning of the runway visual range recorder and the Kedzie localizer which acted as the runway's outer marker, a series of misdirections from air traffic controllers and the failure of Flight 553's standby power system; an in-flight robbery gang known as the Joseph Sarelli mob came into possession of some of the Hunt money and Mitchell documents soon after the crash and reportedly fenced it for $5 million; the day after the crash Nixon aide Egil Krogh, Jr., of Ellsberg burglary fame, appointed Undersecretary of Transportation and placed in charge of the two agencies investigating the crash (NTSB and FAA); ten days later Nixon assistant Alexander Butterfield, a CIA-aviation liaison, appointed head of Federal Aviation Administration; a few weeks later Nixon aide Dwight Chapin becomes top executive with United Airlines.

1973 -- Assassinations of US diplomats Cleo A. Nobel, Jr., and George C. Moore and Belgian diplomat Guy Eid by Palestinian guerrillas in Khartoum; Richard Sharples of Bermuda, Mohammad Ali Osman of Yemen, Salvador Allende Gossens of Chile, Luis Carrero Blanco of Spain and Dr. Marcus Foster in Oakland, California; assassination of an American Army officer by insurgent group in Iran. Senator Stennis shot in Washington, D.C.

Bilderberger meeting in Saltsjobaden, Sweden.

Trilateral Commission founded under the direction of David Rockefeller, with Jimmy Carter and Walter Mondale among the founding members.

Agnew resigns. Sidney Gottlieb, head of CIA's LSD and other drug programs, destroys records to hide details of program.

Kissinger and his deputy General Scowcroft order a series of CIA spying operations in Micronesia. Hunt beaten in his cell before testifying about the Bremer connection. Durham becomes FBI agent, infiltrates American Indian Movement (AIM), becomes chief of security. Liberation of Wounded Knee, South Dakota, by AIM. Blue Dove becomes an FBI agent. DeFreeze escapes from Soledad; Wheeler escapes from Vacaville. "Race war" in Bay area culminates in the killing of Dr. Foster which the SLA claims credit for in its first communique.

Experiments with implanting electrodes in the brain carried out at Vacaville and elsewhere. Behavior mod unit started at El Reno, Oklahoma, prison; START type program introduced to Maryland public schools by Behavior Research Institute. Sixth UFO flap year.

Flight 553 Revisited Alex Botto, Jr., who had infiltrated the Joseph Sarelli air piracy gang for the Citizen's Committee to Clean Up the Courts (CCCUC), seized by federal marshals, taken to the federal prison hospital at Springfield, Missouri, and held for 40 days without hearing or trial; Botto and another CCCUC agent, Joseph Zale, testified to seeing evidence from the sabotaged United Airlines Flight 553 in the Sarelli mob's possessions and turned over evidence on this and an earlier crash robbery to Nixon's Strike Force in Chicago; just before the reopening of the case Zale was indicted in an alleged frameup by federal agencies; CCCUC chairman Sherman Skolnich revealed at the 553 hearings that his group had stolen the entire government file, 1300 pages of documentation, and was presenting it as evidence of foul play in the Midway Airport crash.

1973 - International banker and staunch member of the subversive Council on Foreign Relations, David Rockefeller founds a new organization called the Trilateral Commission. He invites future President Jimmy Carter to become one of the founding members. Zbigniew Brzezinski is the organization's first director.

1973 - "Humanist Manifesto II" is published: "The next century can be and should be the humanistic century...we stand at the dawn of a new age...a secular society on a planetary scale...as non-theists we begin with humans not God, nature not deity...we deplore the division of humankind on nationalistic grounds...Thus we look to the development of a system of world law and a world order based upon trans-national federal government...The true revolution is occurring."

1973 - The Club of Rome, a U.N. operative, issues a report entitled "Regionalized and Adaptive Model of the Global World System." This report divides the entire world into ten kingdoms.

Feb. 10, 1973 - Catherine Barrett, former president of the National Education Association, writes that "dramatic changes in the way we will raise our children in the year 2000 are indicated, particularly in terms of schooling. We will need to recognize that the so-called 'basic skills,' which currently represent nearly the total effort in elementary schools, will be taught in one-quarter of the present school day. When this happens - and it's near - the teacher can rise to his true calling. More than a dispenser of information, the teacher will be a conveyor of values, a philosopher. We will be agents of change."

Aug. 10, 1973 - David Rockefeller writes an article for the "New York Times" describing his recent visit to Red China: "Whatever the price of the Chinese Revolution, it has obviously succeeded not only in producing more efficient and dedicated administration, but also in fostering high morale and community purpose." [Apparently, it matters very little to Mr. Rockefeller that the government of Communist China has slaughtered 64 million human beings in the process of consolidating its power and that it continues to brutally suppress all dissent.

January, 1973: Tisseront was dead—but as the Church rushed to destroy every copy of his papers, Roberts received one—and wrote a few of his own, released over New Years:

1. "The Cover-up of the Murder of Christ";

2. "The Yellow Race is not in China—The Yellow Race Dead-Fucks Mary Jo Kopechne";

3. "Mrs. Dianni's Bank of American Financed the Murder of JFK at Dallas via Alioto's Frattiano, Brading and Roselli";

4. "Vietnam—Fatima 3—Holy Crusade."

"Four documents; four bodies twisting slowly in the breeze."

Lyndon Johnson: Sodium morphate "heart attack" at his ranch on the Pedernales River. Among his last words: "You know, fellows it really was a conspiracy ..."

Alexander Onassis's plane crash at the "1000-foot Walter Reuther Level," via a fixed altimeter, at Athens airport.

Eugene Wyman, California Democratic Party Chairman, and JFK assassination pay-off bagman; heart attack.

L. Wayne Rector, Hughes double: killed at Rothschild's Inn of the Park, in London.

"Started the shattering of the Mafia economy."

March 18, 1973: Dean, to Nixon, nervously: "There is a cancer growing on the Presidency."

March 21, 1973: Nixon said that on this date, he "received new evidence" on Watergate. Lipset later bragged on TV that he had been the one to bring the "new evidence" to Nixon.

Meanwhile, back at the Washington Post, Katherine Meyer ("Deep Throat") Graham had been reading Woodward and Bernstein information for their articles.

May 10, 1973: The first witness at the Watergate hearing, running down the names on the CREEP organizational chart, mentioned the name at the top: Francis L. Dale, Chairman. Dale was never mentioned again during the rest of the trial.

July 9, 1973: Roberts had used Al Strom's Drift Inn bar as an "open lecture forum" for any and all—and Al Strom taped it for his boss, Katherine Graham. But "Al was fair"—and told Roberts he was doing it—for which he was murdered on this date.

August, 1973: Murder of Chile, by Group of 40: (Rockefeller and his man, Kissinger), working with the CIA, and $8 million. Allende's Chile had nationalized ITT. Rockefeller had copper mines in Chile. Admiral Noel Caylor, Naval Intelligence, told Roberts 1-1/2 years earlier that Chile would get it; Roberts warned the Chilean consul in advance: Allegria, now "teaching" at Stanford.

ITT has now exacted $125 million for its Chilean plants—a good return on their $8 million. Mafia-controlled Chile's annual inflation rate has set world's record. In the style of the old Holy Roman Empire: a slave nation paying tribute to the conqueror.

October, 1973: Another "Holy War"—Israelis vs. Arabs.

1973 The opiate receptor pathways in the brain were discovered.

1973 US Senate Report 93-459 confirms that US has been in martial law since 1933.

1973 US Attorney General states that "national emergency" a normal necessity.

1973 Olaf Palme authorizes expanded use of implants in prisoners.

1973 The NCI-ACS Breast Cancer Detection Demonstration Project (BCDP) starts, and would last until 1978. Ralph Nader tests some of the machines, and finds out that 55% of them emit more than a safe dosage. (See 1974, Morgan, Pike).

1973 Disk buzzes NSA facility at NW Cape in Western Australia.

1973 Bilderberger meeting in Saltsjobaden, Sweden.

1973 Medical World News in March 1973 revealed data from a tobacco industry authority that cigarettes are 5% sugar, cigars 20% and 40% in some pipe tobaccos.

1973 Two former Congressmen and one vice-chairman of the AMA Council on Drugs testify before Congress. They accuse the AMA of being "held captive of and beholden to the pharmaceutical industry."

1973 Trilateral Commission formed under David Rockefeller.

1973 LEAA again calls for elimination by merger of small police forces in the US.

1973 CIA doctor Sidney Gottleib, head of the LSD and other drug programs, destroys records to hide details of MKULTRA.

1973 Conference on Psychotronic Research held in Prague. Topics include "The Induction of Paranormal Effects in Dreams", "Erasure of the Subconscious Mind", "Development of ESP", "The Psi Gene", and "The Mechanical Equivalent of Neuropsychic Energy."

1973 At Walter Reed Hospital, Dr. Joseph Sharp hears words spoken to him using a pulsed-microwave audiogram (computerized analog of voice) from outside of a soundproof chamber, broadcasting from 300 Mhz to 3 GHz.

1973 Experiments carried out at Vacaville prison in California with implants.

1973 Behavior modification unit started at El Reno, Oklahoma.

1973 START program introduced to Maryland schools by the Behavior Research Institute.

1973 The field of genetic engineering is opened by advances in scientific research, making way for creation of recombinent micro-organisms and new viral structures in the laboratory. The U.S. military applies the technology to its chemical and biological weapons program, claiming overtly that such work is "to develop defensive vaccines".

1973 Americans at Copernicus base on Moon working toward operational status for their beam weapons (Beter). Russians launch Cosmos 929 with particle beam weapon.

1973 Jose Delgado released paper entitled "Intracerebral Radio Stimulation and Recording in Completely Free Patients."

1973 Sixth "UFO Flap" year. Enormous number of strange craft over southeast United States.

1973 The US Navy allegedly has operational time travel technology.

1973 California Governor Reagan announces his support for the formation of a Center for the Reduction of Life-Threatening Behavior at UCLA.

1973 Sugar Information Foundation places full-page advertisements in national magazines in the United States, labeling sugar a carbohydrate and a nutrient. Later, after a Senate Hearing, the National Advertising Review Board determined that the claim that sugar was a nutrient was without foundation.

1973 Netherlands bans water fluoridation.

1973 Psychology Today publishes an article by Steven Chorover titled "Big Brother and Psycho technology", in which he observes "psychosurgery, drug therapy and behavior modification have become dangerous tools for social and political repression."

1973 Watergate affair. Agnew resigns, Nixon impeachment process begins.

1973 US devaluates dollar for second time in two years.

1973 Skylab I, II, III missions completed.

1973 The American Psychiatric Association, under pressure from homosexual groups, deletes "homosexuality" as a diagnostic category of "mental disorders", but replaces it immediately with the diagnosis of "sexual orientation disturbance", in order to pacify social factions.

February, 1973: Gerald Parsky, William Colby, Michael Hand, Frank Nugan and Bob Seldon move to further consolidate the Mafia banking operations. In NZ they acquire 20% Fletcher subsidiary Marac, using the Security Pacific National Bank helped by Marac Corporate secretary Alan Hawkins.

Frank Nugan and Michael Hand use Fletcher and Renouf and their NZ United Corporation to link with I.E.L. and Brierly Investments through cross-shareholding agreement.

In Australia, the Nugan Hand Bank begins operations with 30% of the stock held by Australasian and Pacific Holdings (100% Chase Manhattan Bank), 25% by CIA's Air America (known as 'Air Opium'), 25% by South Pacific Properties and 20% held by Seldon, Nugan and Hand.

The Irving Trust Bank's New York Branch establishes US links between the CIA and Nugan Hand, a worldwide network of 22 banks set up to:

a) 'launder' money from Onassis heroin operations in the Golden Triangle and Iran; b) as a CIA funnel to pro-US political parties in Europe and Latin America, including Colby's P2; c) a spying conduit for information from Cambodia, Laos, Vietnam and Thailand; d) finance arms smuggled to Libya, Indonesia, South America, Middle East and Rhodesia using the CIA's Edward Wilson.

Colby and Kissinger use key CIA and Naval Intelligence officers to oversee the operation, including Walter McDonald (former Deputy Director CIA), Dale Holmgren (Flight Service Manager CIA Civil Air Transport), Robert Jansen (former CIA Station Chief, Bangkok), etc.

Heroin flown into Australia by CIA's Air America and trans-shipped to Onassis lieutenant in Florida, Santos Trafficante Jr, assisted by Australian Federal Bureau of Narcotics officials and co-ordinated by CIA's Ray Cline.

14th June, 1973: Inauguration of the Onassis shadow World Government - the Trilateral Commission. Includes over 200 members from the US, Europe and Japan - bankers, government officials, transnational corporations' top executives, trade unionists, etc. Of the world's largest corporations, 24 directly represented and dozens more through interlocking directorships.

* Trilateralist strategy: monopolisation of the world's resources, production facilities, labour technology, markets, transport and finance. These aims backed up by the US military and industrial complexes that are already controlled and backed up by the CIA.

18th August, 1973: Ray Cline and Michael Hand meet in Adelaide to discuss CIA plan to establish spying operations in NZ.

September 1973: Seagram's, with strong links to Chase Manhattan Bank of Montreal and Toronto Dominion Bank, buys 2,800 acres ofprime land in Marlborough helped by Peter Maslen.

17th February, 1974: Mafia sets up New Hebrides Bank - Commercial Pacific Trust Co (COMPAC). Banks include CBA, Europacific Finance Corporation, Trustee Executors and Agency Co, Fuji Bank, Toronto Dominion Bank, European Asian Bank and United California Bank, COMPAC to be used as a cover for heroin dollar laundering operations.

26th February, 1974: Michael Hand meets Bob Jones in Wellington to implement plans for the CIA's new spying operation - countries targeted include France, Chile, West Germany and Israel.
Using the Brierly/Jones Investment funnel, Jones buys building in Willeston Street which will be rented to France and Chile, another at Plimmer Steps to house West Germany and Israel.

CIA will set up eavesdropping communications centre inside the Willeston Street building and another at 163 The Terrace which will link with equipment installed in the Plimmer Steps building. Four CIA technicians will run the whole operation.

April 1974: Finance Minister Rowling appoints Ron Trotter to the Overseas Investment Commission, whose chairman, G. Lau, is also a member of the Todd Foundation (Shell/BP/Todd) investment board.

Whitlam and Kirk

Mid-1974: Gough Whitlam and Norman Kirk begin a series of moves absolutely against the Mafia Trilateralists. Whitlam refuses to waive restrictions on overseas borrowings to finance Alwest Aluminium Consortium of Rupert Murdoch, BHP and R.J. Reynolds. Whitlam had also ended Vietnam War support, blocked uranium mining and wanted more control over US secret spy bases - e.g. Pine Gap.

Kirk had introduced a new, tough Anti-Monopoly Bill and had tried to redistribute income from big companies to the labour force through price regulation and a wages policy.

Kirk had also rejected plans to build a second aluminium smelter near Dunedin and was preparing the Petroleum Amendment Bill to give more control over New Zealand oil resources.

Kirk had found out that Hunt Petroleum, drilling in the Great South Basin, had discovered a huge resource of oil comparable in size to the North Sea or Alaskan North Slope. Gas reserves alone now estimated at 30 times bigger than Kapuni and oil reserves of at least 20 billion barrels - enough for New Zealand to be self-sufficient for years. Oil companies completely hushed up these facts. To have announced a vast new oil source would probably mean a decline in world oil prices, which would not have allowed OPEC and Onassis plans for the Arabs to eventuate. N.Z. could be exploited at a later date, particularly since the North Sea operations were about to come on stream - Kirk was the last tohold out.

September, 1974: According to CIA sources, Kirk was killed by the Trilateralists using Sodium Morphate. Rowling's first act as NZ Prime Minister was to withdraw Kirk's Anti-Monopoly Bill and the Petroleum Amendment Bill.

Later, Rowling was to be rewarded with ambassadorship to Washington. Incidentally, the Shah of Iran was murdered the same way as Kirk on his arrival in the US.

6th October, 1974: Ray cline implements William Colby plan to oust Australian Prime Minister Whitlam. Nugan Hand Bank finances payoffs to Malcolm Fraser and other pro-US politicians. A joint bugging operation commences between CIA and ASIA.

Rupert Murdoch, playing his part, uses his newspapers and television network to spread lies and misinformation. Whitlam, as well as refusing to waive restrictions on overseas borrowing to finance the aluminium consortium, had plans to ensure that all corporations were at least 50% Australian-owned. This interfered with the Seven Sisters' plans to build three oil refineries at Cape Northumberland in South Australia to exploit the Great South Basin discovery.

December, 1974: Australian Governor-General John Kerr joins Ray Cline's payroll and received his first pay-off of $US200,000 credited to his account number 767748 at the Singapore branch ofthe Nugan Hand Bank.

April 1974 - Former U.S. Deputy Assistant Secretary of State, Trilateralist and CFR member Richard Gardner's article "The Hard Road to World Order" is published in the CFR's "Foreign Affairs," where he states that: "...the 'house of world order' will have to be built from the bottom up rather than from the top down...but an end run around national sovereignty, eroding it piece by piece, will accomplish much more than the old-fashioned frontal assault."

1974 - In a report entitled "New International Economic Order," the U.N. General Assembly outlines a plan to redistribute the wealth from the rich to the poor nations.

January, 1974: Joe Alioto grants Sunol Golf Course lease to Mafioso Romano, Frattiano, Muniz, Hadeiros, Abe Chapman, and Neil Nielson. Alioto sets up the Dallas murder squad in S.F. for more murders.

January 26, 1974: "Hughes" extradition trial canceled in Reno by "Alioto Mafia Web" Mafia judge Thomson, after Moses Lasky, from Mafia Alioto's California Crime Commission, waves forged "Howard Hughes" signature under his nose.

Maheu "wins" his damage suit against "Hughes"—his blackmail pay-off—after discussing Hughes's "game plan" for buying control of the U.S. by buying politicians: Governors, judges, senators, and presidents.

February, 1974: Mafia Hearst's daughter Patty "kidnapped" by Lipset's SLA—in a fake terrorist action.

Martin Luther King's mother was murdered—by a black student, a self-declared "Israelite"—"acting alone," who was escorted to the church by somebody—and who had a list of other mothers as targets. Next day, the target, Shirley Chisholm, got the message, and rushed to sigh off on the DNC suit against CREEP, naming Francis L. Dale; she had been the last hold-out.

April 4, 1974: Mary McCarthy, a writer who had been given a copy of the Gemstone file, said in an article in the New York Review of Books that the key to the formation of Liddy's Gemstone plan lay in the where-abouts and activities of the Plumbers between December, 1971 and February, 1972. Answer: They were in the Drift Inn, watching Gemstones rolling around on the bar top.

August 6, 1974: Nixon and Ford signed a paper at the White House. It was an agreement: Ford could be President; Nixon got to burn his tapes and files, and murder anyone he needed to, to cover it all up.

August 7, 1974: Roberts passed information to Pavlov at the S.F. Russian Consulate which led directly to Nixon's resignation: the "More" journalism reviews story about Denny Walsh's "Reopening of the Alioto Mafia Web" story for the New York Times, killed in a panic; plus a long, taped discussion of who and what the Mafia is. Hal Lipset, listening to the conversation in the bugged Consulate room, had phone lines open to Rockefeller and Kissinger, who listened too. Rockefeller sent Kissinger running to the White House with Nixon's marching orders: "Resign. Right now." Nixon and Julie cried. But there was still some hope, if Nixon resigned immediately, of drawing the line somewhere—before it got to the King of the Mountain himself—Onassis. Nixon, on trial, would blurt out those names to save himself: Onassis, Dale, "Hughes." Even "JFK."

August 8, 1974: Nixon stepped down, and Ford stepped up: to keep the cover-up going.

August 23, 1974: Frattiano in San Francisco, staying at the Sunol Golf Course. More murders scheduled re: Gemstone cover-up.

August 30, 1974: Ford hires Mafia lawyer Becker to work out a pardon deal for Nixon, who might otherwise name Onassis, Graham, and Pope Montini to save himself.

San Francisco Zebra Murders: A series of "random" killings, dubbed "Zebra murders" by the police because, supposedly, blacks were killing whites. The real target was Silva, the witness to Alioto's Mafia Nut Tree meeting. Silva was shot to death in an alley. Careful Mafia planning went into this series, to kill several birds with one stone: 1. Get witness Silva out of the way, without being too "obvious" about it; 2. Spread the fear of "black terrorists," and convince people that the Police Department needed more money, and more repressive power; 3. Blame—and frame—Black Muslims; knock off leaders of the opposition.

September 7, 1974: Roberts had made an agreement with a friend, Harp, of Kish Realty, over a bugged phone. Harp was to buy a Gemstone—with history—for $500, the price of a trip to Canada for Roberts to check into the "Hughes" Mormon Mafia Canadian stock market swindle, and other matters. But Harp was sodium-morphate poisoned before the deal could go through—on this date.

Note: Sodium morphate: a favorite Mafia poison for centuries. Smells like apple pie, and is sometimes served up in one, as to J. Edgar Hoover. Sometimes in a pill or capsule. Symptoms: Lethargy, sleep, sometimes vomiting. Once ingested, there is a heart attack—and no trace is left in the body. Proof is in the vomit, which is usually not analyzed. Not mentioned in your standard medical books on poisons, etc. A common ingredient in rat poison.

September 8, 1974: Ford pardons Nixon for "all crimes committed" from January 20 through August.

Gemstone papers still floating around the world. Indira Gandhi talks about the "U.S.'s bloody deeds."

October, 1974: Ford drops "extradition" of Hughes form the Bahamas. Explanation: "We dropped it because we know he wouldn't come." That's for sure!

October 3, 1974: The Watergate trial—the cover-up of the cover-up—got under way, starring Montini's Ben Veniste, Onassis's Neal, Graham's Jill Volner. In the White House, Mafia Mayors Alioto, Daley, and Beame met with the "truth squad"—Ford, Scott, and Griffin—and Mike Mansfield, in secret.

October 10, 1974: Tina Livanos Onassis Blandford Niarchos, sodium morphate-poisoned by hubby Stavros; puked, slept, and died of "heart attack."

Losing his son, Alexander, took all the fun out of killing for Onassis. Who was there to inherit the world empire he had dreamed of handing over to his son?

December, 1974: Brezhnev had scheduled a meeting with Sadat, of Egypt. The outcome wouldn't help the U.S.—no matter how many trips Henry made to the Mid-East with clean socks and blank checks. A new U.S. "secret weapon" was apparently used: a tiny speck of metal, introduced somehow into Brezhnev's lymph system. It lodged in the cluster of lymph nodes over his heart, and there it was coated with layers of phlegm—much as an oyster creates a pearl around an irritating grain of sand. Brezhnev's lymph system clogged up; he got "the flu," and meeting with Sadat was canceled.

Russian doctors x-rayed him and found a huge lump in his chest. Then they put him before a Kirlian camera and checked his "aura" for cancer. No cancer.

Note: Kirlian photography is the latest Russian diagnostic tool. It reveals the presence of disease—physical or moral (it also detects lies).

Brezhnev's "lump" had to be treated with radiation therapy—hence rumors he had cancer. It took six weeks to clear up.

1974 Article is written in Britain by Kulenkampff, Schwartzman and Wilson who retrospectively analyze 36 cases of neurological illness at the Hospital for Sick Children in London from 1961 to 1972. All the cases were thought to be attributable to DPT shots. Out of 36 cases, 4 recovered completely, 2 died, and 30 were left mentally retarded or in seizure conditions.

1974 British researcher George Disk estimates that there are 80 cases of severe neurological complications from Pertussis vaccine annually. Over 33% of these children died and another 33% were left with brain damage. Dick maintains he is not convinced that the community benefit from the vaccine outweighs the damage.

1974 The Association of Parents of Vaccine Damaged Children is formed in Britain, and pressures the government to study adverse reactions to Pertussis vaccine.

1974 Texas experiences a large number of animal mutilations.

1974 Vladivostok Agreement between the US and USSR concludes a secret agreement to promote global warming through the use of weather modification technology.

1974 Dr. Karl Z. Morgan, director of Health Physics at Oak Ridge, comes forth to warn that diagnostic X-rays were causing the same cancer they were meant to screen. Despite the warning, the NCI-ACS breast screening program kept on going.

1974 Professor Malcom C. Pike at the University of California School of Medicine writes the NCI that a number of specialists had concluded that "giving a woman under age 50 a mammogram on a routine basis is close to unethical."

1974 National Education Association (NEA) president James Harris states that "the state educational system must expand its teaching ... the family is failing to perform its function. The NEA has taken the following positions in its history: education of youth for a global community, promotion of a strong United Nations, support of a National Health Plan, opposition of legislation to benefit private schools, population control, federal day care centers, increase of federal control of education, and opposition to local control of public schools. The NEA is controlled by the Tavistock Institute through Stanford Research Institute. The Tavistock controlled National Training Lab brainwashes the leading executives of business and government. Tavistock scraps the US space program for nine years to allow the Soviets to catch up. Common strategy in Tavistock programs is the use of drugs. (See MK-ULTRA).

1974 Research proposal by J.F. Schapitz proposes recording EEG correlates induced by various drugs, and then to modulate these biological frequencies on a microwave carrier. Further, Schapitz' proposal included inducing hypnotic states and using words modulated on microwave carrier frequencies to condition human subjects to perform various acts. (FOIA).

1974 Arab oil prices quadruple.

1974 Soviet probe lands on Mars and "detects more water than expected."

1974 Study prepared by the Staff of the Subcommittee on Constitutional Rights of the Committee on the Judiciary (93rd Congress) titled "Individual Rights and The Federal Role in Behavior Modification" revealed "a number of departments and agencies, including the Department of Justice, Department of Defense, Veterans Administration, National Science Foundation, the Department of Health/Education/Welfare, fund, participate in, or otherwise sanction research involving various aspects of behavior modification in absence of effective review structures, guidelines or standards." And "the emphasis placed in violence-control by the federal government has been encouraged by several new agencies whose essential function is the funding of programs dealing with the various aspects of violence."

1974 India explodes a nuclear device.

1974 Smallpox epidemic kills 20,000 in India.

1974 Karen Silkwood killed after investigation of plutonium misuse in Oklahoma.

1974 CFR member Brent Scowcroft prepares NSSM 200, "Implications of Worldwide Population Growth for U.S. Security and Overseas Interests", which is immediately classified Secret (now declassified). Prepared for the National Security Council, this document proposes reduction of worldwide population by concentration on Third World Countries. A conclusion of the study is that mandatory population control may be appropriate.

1974 Chase Manhattan and other large banks begin dumping municipal security bonds, which touches off a financial crisis for New York in 1975.

1974 Bilderberger meeting in Megeve, France.

1974 J.F. Schapitz proposes a project, later funded by the US Department of Defense, showing how the spoken word of a hypnotist may be conveyed by modulated electromagnetic energy directly into subconscious parts of the brain. The subject cannot consciously control the information input.

1974 Joint Publications Research Service in Arlington makes monograph entitled "Psychotronics in Engineering" available to US government requestors. In the monograph, Dr. J.F. Shapitz reveals "the spoken word of the hypnotist may be conveyed by modulated electromagnetic energy directly into the subconscious parts of the human brain. The voices would program the subconscious mind without employing any technical devices for receiving or transcoding the messages and without the person exposed having any chance to control the information input."

1974 New England Governors consider building a regional prison using behavioral modification techniques.

1974 California passes an act based on American Cancer Society "Model Law" in 1966 which makes it a felony to treat cancer in California by any method other than radiation, surgery or chemotherapy.

1974 Dr. James Lin, author of Microwave Auditory Effects and Applications, notes that "the capability of communicating directly with humans by pulsed microwaves is obviously not limited to the field of therapeutic medicine."

1974 Jose Delgado advocates psychosurgery and electrode implantation, as well as "conquest of the human mind."

1974 Army Medical and Information Agency document "Biological Effects of Electromagnetic Radiation" discusses the research of Dr. Allen Frey. The document reveals that scientists are fully aware of the biological effects of microwave radiation having offensive weapons application. Other research includes internal sound perception research (for disorienting or disrupting behavior patterns or use as an interrogation tool), use of mixed frequencies, electronic alteration of the blood-brain barrier permitting neurotoxins in blood to reach the brain (resulting in severe neuropathological symptoms) and induction of voices inside the brain by use of signal modulation at very low power densities.

1974 LEAA funds withdrawn from behavior modification programs.

1974 Betty Ford, mother of Michael Aquino, has had extensive contacts in Germany since the 1930's.

1974 Common Market computer "the beast" unveiled in Brussels, Belgium.

1974 Carroll Quigley released Tragedy and Hope, revealing secret society connections worldwide. Plates are eventually destroyed by publisher.

1974 French Minister of Defense says disks are real on televised broadcast.

1974 CIA releases a report "A Study of Climatological Research as it Pertains to Intelligence Problems", indicating that a major climate shift toward an Ice Age is imminent.

1974 CIA releases a report "Potential Implications of Trends in World Population, Food Production and Climate", indicating that food supplies would be affected by climate changes coming in near future, and that forced mass migrations, sometimes backed by force, would become an issue.

1974 Stanford Research Institute Center for Study of Social Policy produces a report called "Changing Images of Man", prepared by a staff of 14 researchers and supervised by 23 controllers, including anthropologist Margaret Mead, psychologist B.F. Skinner, Ervin Laslo of the United Nations, and Sir Geoffrey Vickers of British Intelligence. The aim of the study is to change the image of mankind from that of "industrial progress" to one of "spiritualism". Willis Harman was director of the project. According to the report, "the images of man that dominated the last 200 years will be inadequate for the post industrial era."

1974 The Safe Water Drinking Act is passed. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) sets maximum contamination levels (MCL) for various water pollutants, including sodium fluoride. The EPA sets the fluoride contamination level at an unbelievable 1.4 pm for "warmer climates" and up to 2.4 pm for "colder climates". Furthermore, the American Dental Association begins pressuring the EPA to raise the MCL for fluoride in public water to 8 pm, when it is fully known that systemic damage occurs below 1 pm. The former US Surgeon General C. Everett Koop is among those who join the drive to increase the MCL for fluoride, even doing television ads proclaiming that fluoridation was "absolutely safe". Shown slides of severe fluorosis damage to a childs teeth at 4ppm, ADA spokesperson Lisa Watson maintains that it does "not involve health effects but is only a cosmetic problem". The National Drinking Water Advisory Council refuses to recommend raising the fluoride MCL, and came close to recommending its lowering, but the EPA farmed out research work to ICAIR Life Systems, which issues a fraudulent report (confirmed by ICAIR employee Dr. John Beaver) that is woven into the US EPA report on fluoride, resulting in the EPA recommendation of MCL for sodium fluoride in public water to be 4 pm.

1974 Lyndon Johnson has sodium morphate "heart attack" and dies in Texas.

1974 Nelson Rockefeller nominated by Ford to be Vice President of the US.

1974 Health Newsletter V3N1, Jan 74. Dr. David Grassetti "the spread of cancer in mice is astounding after they are given a dose of Rifampin, a "miracle antibiotic" made by Dow Chemical, which received almost $900,000 in contracts from the National Cancer Institute. The research results were permitted to remain Confidential."

1975 - In Congress, 32 Senators and 92 Representatives sign "A Declaration of Interdependence," which states that "we must join with others to bring forth a new world order...Narrow notions of national sovereignty must not be permitted to curtail that obligation." Congresswoman Marjorie Holt refuses to sign the Declaration saying: "It calls for the surrender of our national sovereignty to international organizations. It declares that our economy should be regulated by international authorities. It proposes that we enter a 'new world order' that would redistribute the wealth created by the American people."

1975 - Retired Navy Admiral Chester Ward, former Judge Advocate General of the U.S. Navy and former CFR member, writes in a critique that the goal of the CFR is the "...submergence of U.S. sovereignty and national independence into an all powerful one-world government..."

March 1975: Onassis died. The Mafia organization regrouped itself. Prince Faisal watched his uncle, King Faisal, silently watch the shift of Mafia power—and couldn't stand it any more. He shot his uncle, the spiritual leader of 600,000,000 Moslems, who had played ball with Onassis all along.

South Vietnam's Thieu, dubious about which way the Mafia cookie would crumble now that Onassis was dead, decided the time was right for him to split. He abandoned the War Effort, cursed the U.S., and split for Taiwan, his plane so overloaded with gold bullion that he had to dump some of it overboard.

March 18, 1975: Roberts got the "Brezhnev flu," and spent 2 weeks at U.C. Hospital. Doctors there, without the Kirlian photography diagnostic technique, assumed the softball-sized lump over his heart was cancer. It wasn't.

April, 1975: The Cambodian domino was no fun at all; it fell right over. Premier Lon Nol fled to exile in a Hawaiian suburb.

CIA Chief Colby, in a fit of spite, "leaked" the "stolen" story of the CIA-"Hughes" Glomar Explorer's raising of the bodies of drowned Russian sailors from their sunken nuclear submarine. Purpose: to bug the Russians, and also to halt criticism of the CIA by pointing out how noble, brave, and self-sacrificing they are in their efforts to save us.

The Russians are funny about their dead. They bitterly resented Colby's game. They quietly went through a massive naval "war game"—the rehearsal of a nuclear attack on the U.S.

Which brings us almost to the present time. Ford, Kissinger and Rockefeller squat like toads on the corpse of America. By the time of the Bicentennial, the stink may be unbearable.

Ford now plans a propaganda movie version of his book, "Portrait of an Assassin," which will reiterate the exploded cock-and-bullshit notion that Oswald was JFK's "lone assassin." With singularly inept misunderstanding of the times, he seems to think Americans will take his word for it, and be "reassured," in the face of those "crackpot conspiracy theories." He doesn't seem to realize that he will be reminding, or informing Americans of his role on the infamous Warren Commission.

1975 Animal encephalitis outbreak rages in 16 states in the US.

1975 Onassis dies.

1975 Lt. Colonel Michael Aquino breaks with the Satanic Church of Anton LeVey and founds the Temple of Set, a group which grew to operate on a national level and involved with US agencies in ritual abuse, sacrifice and mind control.

1975 Stockholm International Peace Research Institute publishes a paper on the "Delayed Toxic Effects of Chemical Warfare Agents", specifically organophosphates. (See 1989 and Los Angeles malathion spraying.)

1975 Education of the Handicapped Act creates a $1 billion fund.

1975 German technology allows sonic weapon development. Project Gabriel.

1975 Travis Walton abduction in Mississippi.

1975 US Viking probe goes to Mars to seek signs of life.

1975 Animal mutilation cases in Washington State, Colorado, Utah, Idaho, Wyoming and Montana.

1975 Bilderberger meeting in Cesme, Turkey.

1975 A 1975 military manual predicts the development of "ethnic chemical weapons which would be designed to exploit naturally occurring differences in vulnerability among specific population groups." Ref: "Biological Weapons and Third World Targets," Science for the People, July-Aug 1981, pp 16-20.

1975 Rockefeller Foundation gives $100,000 to the Institute for World Order.

1975 A General Accounting Office (GAO) study of the FDA reveals that 150 FDA officials owned stock in the companies they were supposed to regulate.

1975 Hugh MacDonald publishes "Appointment in Dallas", which describes posthumously a man named Herman Kimsey, a veteran US Army counter-intelligence operative and ranking CIA official until his resignation in 1962, as saying "Oswald was programmed to kill like a medium at a seance, then the mechanism went on the blink and he became a dangerous toy without direction". Three weeks after the interview between MacDonald and Kimsey, Kimsey dies of a "heart attack".

1975 Dr. Peter Beter charges that gold has been removed from Fort Knox and replaced by plutonium by CIA and Rockefeller agents.

1975 The British medical journal Lancet reports on a study which compared the effect on cancer patients of chemotherapy or no treatment at all. No treatment proved significantly better policy for patient survival and quality of life.

1975 Five related peptides with opiate properties were found in the brain and the pituitary gland. Evidence for others existed in the bloodstream, spinal fluid and even in amniotic fluid. The first of these substances were isolated in Scotland, and they were called enkephelins.

1975 Rockefeller Commission releases report on CIA activities showing CIA violations of law, but significant violations are suppressed.

1975 Federal Drug Administration Bureau of Biologics concludes that Diptheria toxoid (vaccine) is "not as effective an immunizing agent as might be anticipated." They admit that Diptheria may occur in vaccinated people, and note that "the permanence of immunity induced by the toxoid is open to question."

1975 Unusually warm weather plagues the Soviet Union.

1975 Twenty people disappear following a strange "UFO religion" meeting in Oregon.

1975 Japan stops using Pertussis vaccine following publicity about vaccine-related deaths. 1975 Dr. John Yiamouyiannis publishes a preliminary survey which shows that people in fluoridated areas have a higher cancer death rate than those in non-fluoridated areas. The National Cancer Institute attempts to refute the studies. Later in 1975, Yiamouyiannis joins with Dr. Dean Burk, chief chemist of the National Cancer Institute (1939-1974) in performing other studies which are then included in the Congressional Record by Congressman Delaney, who was the original author of the Delaney Amendment, which prohibited the addition of cancer-causing substances to food used for human consumption. Both reports confirmed the existence of a link between fluoridation and cancer. (Note: Obviously Dr. Burk felt free to agree with scientific truth only after his tenure at NCI ended, since his job depended on towing the party line).

1975 Attempted assassination of Gerald Ford. Two attempts.

1975 New York police arrest managers of a branch of Chemical Bank, who had been accepting cash flow of Paul Lucas heroin mob.

1975 GAO finds that 150 FDA officials violated conflict of interest with drug stock.

1975 787,000 women are subjected to hysterectomies. 1,700 die as a result.

1975 Searle company drugs Adactone and Flagyl found to cause cancer in mice.

1975 N.M. Rothschild and Sons open operations in Hong Kong to take advantage of liberal gold trading laws.

1975 US ships 1.4 million pounds of uranium oxide to the Soviet government.

11th November, 1975: Governor-General Kerr sacks the Whitlam Government.

August 1975: Rowling re-introduces unrecognisable Commerce Bill, designed to aid monopolisation of the NZ economy and repeals the News Media Ownership Act, allowing more foreign ownership of NZ media. The new legislation does not define monopoly, competition or stipulate permissable maximum market share, or even ascertain what the public interest is - resulting in a sell-out to big business.

December, 1975: Election battle between Rowling and Muldoon. Oil companies pour thousands of dollars into Muldoon's campaign via National Bank (NZ), whose general manager Mowbray is also a member of Todd Foundations; Investment Board Director Tudhope also Managing Director Shell Oil and Chairman Shell/BP/Todd. Muldoon wins.

February, 1976: Muldoon implements pre-election secret agreement with the NZ Seven Sisters' oil representatives of Shell/BP/Todd for helping finance the National Party campaign.

Muldoon removes the $3 per barrel oil levy for the New Zealand Refining Company, which increases the oil companies' profits by 100% at the taxpayers' expense and with all future oil prospecting licenses, the Government has the option to take 51% of any discovery without meeting exploration costs. This is designed to discourage further exploration, thereby keeping the lid on the Great South Basin discovery.

Meanwhile, in Australia, new P.M. Malcolm Fraser reopens uranium mining and opens the way for takeover of mineral resources with big tax breaks for oil exploration, coal and mining.

Muldoon returns a favour to the oil companies by arranging $US200 million loan for Maui Gas Development for Shell/BP/Todd.

September, 1976: With captive politicians in place in both Australia and New Zealand, the Internationalists can now proceed with their strategy of takeover of the economy and exploitation of natural resources. "In New Zealand, the elimination of unnecessary competition is fundamental to a sound economy," Brierly says.

Parksy and Colby use Brierly/Jones Investments as a vehicle to buy into A.B. Consolidated Holdings in New Zealand.

Associate of R. Jones, Pat Goodman, is appointed 'consultant' of Australasian and Pacific Holdings.

November, 1976: The Internationalists (Mafia) set up a NZ money 'funnel' using Brierley's City Realties. National Insurance Co acquires 33% of the stock. Largest stockholders in National Insurance are the US Firemen's Fund - Chairman and President Myron Du Bain also Vice Chairman of American Express (Amex). Chairman of I.E.L. linked International Harvester, Archie McCardell, also Amex Director. Amex linked with Chase Manhattan and seven Sisters' Texaco and Mobil. Du Bain also Director of CIA-linked United California Bank, which is a partner in Commercial Pacific Trust.

To complete the money funnel, National Insurance becomes a stockholder in Chase Manhattan's Chase-NBA. Brierley's declared assets reach $100 million, with shareholder's capital of only $2.5 million - all cash acquisitions.

1976 - In the March/April issue of "The Humanist," Paul Blanshard writes: "I think the most important factor leading us to a secular society has been the educational factor. Our schools may not teach Johnny to read properly, but the fact that Johnny is in school until he is sixteen tends to lead toward the elimination of religious superstition. The average child now acquires a high school education, and this militates against Adam and Eve and all other myths of alleged history."

Fall 1976 - Radio operators all over the world begin receiving peculiar electronic pulses which they dub the "woodpecker." [It is learned that the source of the woodpecker is the Soviet Union. Soviet weather engineers are sending out the most powerful man-made radio beams ever created - many times more powerful than anything even planned before that - in efforts to alter the earth's weather.] [The "woodpecker" is a 1 megawatt CW tube that can now be purchased commercially from Svetlana of St. Petersberg Russia -the peripatetic Ed.

1976 FDA Pertussis vaccine specialist Charles Manclark comments "Pertussis vaccine is one of the most troublesome products to produce and assay. It has one of the highest failure rates of all products submitted to the Bureau of Biologics for testing and release. Approximately 15-20% of all lots which pass manufacturer tests fail to pass the tests of the Bureau."

1976 Viking Probe discovery of face on Mars. Viking I and II reach Mars.

1976 Scientists at MIT announce construction of a functional synthetic gene, complete with regulatory mechanisms.

1976 Dr. J. Richard Crout, test director at the FDA Bureau of Drugs since 1971, testifies before Congress on April 19th that "prior to 1974, not one scientific office in our place knew his work assignments, nor did any manager know the work assignments of the people under him."

1976 Tennessee journalist James Moore reveals he was given Top Secret documents by former CIA officials describing military mind control methods involving Radio-Hypnotic Intra-Cerebral Control and Electronic Dissolution of Memory.

1976 It was discovered that enkephelins operated within the nerve tracks that signal chronic pain to the brain, and that some enkephelin receptors were found positioned to direct nerve impulse traffic from one nerve to the next, along primary paths of perception, emotion and pain. Later in 1976, in Britains National Institute for Medical Research, the peptide beta-endorphin was isolated from the pituitary of a monkey. It had an analgesic potency 100 times that of morphine and 40 times greater than enkephelins. Beta endorphins were split into Alpha and Gamma, the difference being only one amino acid. While Gamma produced a sensitivity to pain, Alpha produced analgesia. It was then postulated that Beta endorphins could act like a switch to balance reaction to pain. Lower blood sugar regulates certain neurotransmitters and controls certain hormones, all leading to certain behavioral effects from speed-learning to flight-or-fight and pain suppression. So, schizophrenia at this time was diagnosed as typifying a de- activation of the beta endorphins. Beta endorphins have emerged as the most important element in the biochemistry of behavior. He who controls beta endorphins controls the mind.

1976 Low Intensity Conflict and Modern Technology, by Ltc. David Dean, American University Press, 1986, features an article by Capt. Paul Taylor, US Navy, entitled "The Electromagnetic Spectrum in Low Intensity Conflict", in which he discusses radio frequencies "disruptive to purposeful behavior" and the brain as a "electrically mediated organ". Said Taylor, "a weapon could be achieved where an effect could lead to cardiac standstill and death."

1976 Scientists "discover viral cause" of multiple sclerosis.

1976 On July 4, 1976, the Soviets begin weather engineering operations designed to further induce global warming. By 1979, the US would have their own program in operation. Work proceeds at Lawrence Livermore Laboratory that is officially disguised as "environmental cleanup research" using high energy microwave generators to "clean the atmosphere of ozone-destroying chemicals. See HAARP (1994). Soviet Tesla Magnifying Transmitters are energy source.

1976 National Enquirer, June 22, 1976, describes the ARPA Mind Control Program.

1976 Research begins on the behavioral effect of microwaves as weapons.

1976 The Humane Society of Utah questions the mysterious death of 50 wild horses who had consumed water from a spring near the US Army Dugway Proving Grounds, a chemical/biological warfare center.

1976 US House Banking and Currency Committee Report, May 1976, entitled "International Banking", identifies the Rothschild Five Arrows Group and its five branches: N.M. Rothschild & Sons, Ltd in London, Banque Rothschild in France, Banque Lambert in Belgium, New Court Securities in New York, and Pierson, Holdring & Company in Amsterdam, all of which were combined into Rothschild Intercontinental Bank, Ltd, who in turn has three American subsidiaries: National City Bank of Cleveland, First City National Bank (First City Bancorp) in Houston, and First National Bank in Seattle. First City Bancorp in Houston would co-chair the Reagan Bush campaign of 1980. The House Report also noted "the Rothschild banks are affiliated with Manufacturers Hanover of London and Manufacturers Hanover in New York, which buys CIT Financial Corporation in 1983 for $1.6 billion.

1976 International Monetary Fund (IMF) and Royal Bank of Canada, it's affiliate, directly order Guyana to grow marijuana in order to earn foreign exchange and to host People's Temple compound led by Jim Jones, later confirmed to be a CIA led experiment in drugs and mind control.

1976 Sam Giancana and Johnny Roselli murdered.

1976 Plot to assassinate Henry Kissinger in Costa Rica blocked by police.

1976 Three people arrested for conspiracy to kill Senator Ted Kennedy.

1976 Bilderberger meeting cancelled due to scandal involving Prince Bernhard and Lockheed. Alternate meeting in Nogales, Arizona attended by many CFR/Bilderberger figures.

1976 Walter Bowert publishes "Operation Mind Control". The public begins to be aware of government activities in this area.

1976 Teleguard TG2 DE monitoring device begins to be installed in all TV sets. The device is capable of transmission of all activities and sounds in front of the set to satellite and CIA headquarters. Confirmed in 1993 investigation.

1976 Malathion used in Pakistan poisons 2,500 people.

1976 National Institute for Drug Abuse estimates 5800 deaths in hospitals between 1976-1977 from use of psychiatric drugs on patients.

1976 NSC directive 4A authorizes covert psych ops against US citizens

1976 HIV virus discovered in African blood banks.

1976 Congress concludes all emergencies are over in PL 94-12.

1976 Congress leaves intact all Presidential laws set up under Trading Enemy Act.

1976 Congress passes PL 94-266 to pay for national swine flu inoculation in US

1976 According to a letter from the British Association for Parents of Vaccine Damaged Children, published in the British Medical Journal of February 1976, "two years ago we started to collect details from parents of serious reactions suffered by their children to immunizations of all kinds. In 65% of the cases referred to us, reactions followed "triple" vaccinations. The children in this group total 182 to date. All are severely brain damaged, some are paralyzed, and 5 have died during the past 18 months. Approximately 60% of reactions (major convulsions, collapse, screaming) happened within 3 days and all within 12 days.

1976 Jimmy Carter elected president of the United States. Leaves for vacation on Sr. Simon Island, favorite Bilderberger haunt north of Jekyll Island.

1976 Huge caches of arms found in California owned by groups expecting a Communist takeover of the United States.

1976 The "swine flu" scare and Legionnaires disease.

1976 Unusually cold weather plagues the United States.

1976 Mild traces of HIV virus discovered in African blood banks.

1976 George HW Bush becomes Director of the CIA, the enforcement arm of CFR.

1976 Dr. Robert Simpson of Rurgers University addresses science writers at a seminar of the American Cancer Society, pointing out, "...immunization programs against flu, measles, mumps, polio, etc. May actually be seeding humans with RNA to form latent proviruses in cells throughout the body. These latent proviruses could be molecules in search of diseases, including rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, systemic lupus erythematosis, Parkinsons disease, and perhaps cancer." According to Dr. Wendell Winters, a UCLA virologist who also attended the seminar, "immunizations may cause changes in the slow viruses and changes in the mechanism of DNA. This is being studied by Dr. Robert Hutchinson at the University of Tennessee."

1976 Dr. Jonas Salk, creator of the polio vaccine, says that analysis indicates that the live virus vaccine in use since the 1960's is the principle, if not sole cause of all polio cases since 1961.

1976 More than 500 people receiving flu vaccinations become paralyzed with Guillain-Barre Syndrome.

1976 Dr. D.W. Allman and co-workers from Indiana University School of Medicine feed animals 1part-per-million (ppm) fluoride and notice the urinary levels and tissue levels of a substance called cyclic AMP (adenosine monophosphate) increased by more than 100%. They also found that in the presence of aluminum in a concentration as small as 20 parts per billion, fluoride is able to cause an even larger increase in cyclic AMP levels. Cyclic AMP inhibits the migration rate of white blood cells, as well as the ability of the white blood cell to destroy pathogenic organisms. Ref: Journal of Dental Research, Vol 55, Sup B, p523, 1976, "Effect of Inorganic Fluoride Salts on Urine and Tissue Cyclic AMP Concentration in Vivo". (Note: It is no small accident that toothpaste tubes containing fluoride are often made of aluminum, nor is it an accident that aluminum cookware and fluoride use were injected into the population virtually simultaneously.)

1976 After declining steadily since 1922, cases of Pertussis (whooping cough) suddenly begin to rise significantly between 1976 and 1980, during the same time vaccination for Pertussis was increased. The number of reported cases has risen each year since 1977. Reasons are said to be "unclear" why school age children make up the bulk of the cases.

1976 West Germany ends its mass Pertussis immunization program.

1976 Los Angeles Times quotes US Ambassador Walt Stoessel as telling his Moscow staff that the Soviet microwaves can cause emotional and behavioral problems, as well as leukemia, cancer and cataracts.

1976 American Cancer Society decides to remove its ban on 3 of over 66 known methods of cancer management (Coley's toxins, Staphage Lysate and hyperthermia) with no explanation.

1976 First expansion of ELF grid on Soviet Woodpecker Project (Fall 76).

1976 William J. Clinton runs for Attorney General of Arkansas virtually unopposed.

1976 to Present. New anti-Soviet, US-Vatican axis formalized as Reagan unconstitutionally sent an ambassador to the Vatican for the first time in US history. The Eastern Establishment, while continuing to make pro-Soviet noises in opposition to the Carter-Reagan arms build-up and Reagan's Star Wars, appears strangely "powerless to determine policy or elect a President in the US. Is this lack of power real, or a ruse to maintain "back-channel" disinformative contact with the Soviets? Has the NBE decided that the Soviet Bloc has gone far enough and must now be dealt some defeats? Perhaps in Afghanistan, the disputed Chinese Border, Eastern Europe, and the Caribbean? Or can we expect a sudden catastrophic defeat of the new Vatican-US alliance? Perhaps the loss of all or part of Western Europe, Japan or the Middle East to the Soviet/Orthodox "Third Rome" Imperialist doctrinaires in Moscow?

1977 - The Trilateral Commission publishes official paper #13 entitled "Collaboration with Communist Countries in Mankind's Global Problems." The report recommends "Trilateral/Communist cooperation in nine areas of global concern" including "weather modification."

1977 - "The Third Try at World Order" is published. Author Harlan Cleveland of the Aspen Institute for Humanistic Studies calls for "...changing Americans' attitudes and institutions" for "complete disarmament (except for international soldiers)" and "for individual entitlement to food, health and education."

July 1977 - Jeremiah Novak's article "The Trilateral Connection" appears in the "Atlantic Monthly": "For the third time in this century, a group of American schools, businessmen, and government officials is planning to fashion a New World Order..."

1977 Cancer Blackout 1977. Otto Warburg, Nobel Laureate in Medicine: "Cancer ... there is no disease whose prime cause is better known...in the meantime millions of men must die unnecessarily."

1977 William Jennings Bryan III, master hypnotherapist with CIA connections, is found dead in his hotel room in a Las Vegas hotel. The coroner states he died "of natural causes", even before the autopsy is performed. Bryan is believed to have been involved in the hypnotic programming of Albert De Salvo (Boston Strangler), Sirhan Sirhan (before the attack which led to Robert Kennedy's death), James Earl Ray (jailed for the murder of Martin Luther King) and other significant figures in history.

1977 Ray Ravenhott, director of the population program for the U.S. Agency for International Development (AID), publically announces his agency's goal was to sterilize 25% of the females on the planet in order to "protect U.S. corporate interests from threat of revolutions spawned by chronic unemployment. "Ref: St. Louis Post Dispatch "U.S. Goal: Sterilize Millions of World's Women", also in Womanews (New York) in article by G. Esterman entitled "The Master Plan".

1977 The Congressional Subcommittee on Intergovernmental Relations convenes two (2) full Congressional Hearings on the subject of fluorides. During the hearing, it was proven that (1) The "scientific efforts" of those promoting fluoridation were fraudulent, and (2) That other existing studies proved beyond a doubt that approximately 10,000 excess cancer deaths per year could be attributed to fluoridation in the United States.

1977 Congressional representative L.H. Fountain, chairman of the 1977 Sub- Committee Hearings on Fluoride, states that "the carcinogenic nature of fluoride remains unanswered" and orders the U.S. Public Health Service (USPHS - who is in on the fluoride conspiracy anyway) "to conduct animal studies to see if fluoride causes cancer". Dr. Herman Kraybill, from the National Cancer Institute (who in 1972 had been chosen by NCI to write a memo saying that fluorides do not cause cancer) was placed in charge of these studies. Kraybill boldly states, "this will be the final study to confirm negativity of fluoride ions in carcinogenesis." He cites 13 studies having nothing to do with the subject of fluorides and cancer in order to support his claim that "no link between fluorides and cancer existed." (NCI Director Dr. Arthur Upton later admitted the 13 studies had nothing to do with the subject of the study). (See 1982, 1985,1988)

1977 A Blue Ribbon Panel is convened to investigate the reason for the drop in the general IQ of the United States. Seventy-nine theories were advanced, but none of them satisfactorily explained the drop in mental capacity of the US population. The idea that vaccines could be part of the problem was not brought up. Y.L. Warten, 1977. (The Prussian education system is also part of the problem, for those volkschuelen).

1977 The British government is pressured by the publicity following the new data about Pertussis and DPT vaccinations.

1977 The University of Glasgow in Scotland, Department of Community Medicine, Dr. Gordon Stuart, publishes a study analyzing 160 cases of adverse reaction and neurotoxicity following DPT vaccination. In 65 of those cases, reactions to DPT shots included convulsions, hyperactivity and severe mental defect. In a stern statement, Stuart says, "it seems likely that most adverse reactions are unreported and/or overlooked."

1977 The British government conducts the National Childhood Encephalopathy Study (NCES) which tests the connection between vaccinations and neurological disease.

1977 Russia deployed charged particle beam weapon in space, upsetting US control of planetary space. Cosmos 929 destroys US satellite.

1977 In 1977, Congressional Hearings were held in which Dr. Yiamouyiannis and Dr. Burk were able to show that the increase in deaths were due to water fluoridation. At the conclusion of the hearings, Representative Fountain and his committee instructed the United States Public Health Service (well known by now for questionable and dangerous medical advisory practices which benefit the medical and pharmaceutical industries) to conduct animal studies to "determine whether or not fluoride causes cancer". As a result, the USPHS retained Battelle Memorial Institute (also well known for NWO technical activities and is considered by many to be part of the cancer cover-up) to perform a study on mice and rats - unfortunately rodent physiology differs considerably from humans, making the transfer of data between species relatively meaningless. (See 1989, Battelle Study).

1977 Project Dreamscan comes on line with the ability to enter a persons dream state and cause death. Managed by the NSA, the project had assassination as its eventual aim. Project allegedly halted by Carter.

1977 (Mar) Jonas and Darrell Salk warn live virus vaccines produce same disease.

1977 US sells Soviets a supermagnet which they then use for weather modification.

1977 Timothy Leary publishes "ExoPsychology", in which he confides "there are two aspects of this social conditioning regime which are not stressed by Skinner. To make it work, the government psychologists must have total control over the citizenry, and there must be total secrecy and censorship. One dissident, freedom-oriented psychologist can totally disrupt a psychological fascism by public exposure. Psychological control techniques cannot be employed in a democracy where minority groups can campaign against and publically discuss the techniques being used. Thus, the proposals of B.F. Skinner cannot be implemented except in a state where the government has total control of communication."

1977 United States Hospice, Incorporated is established, funded by the Kaiser Foundation and the Kennedy Institution for Bioethics.

1977 Department of Energy established.

1977 First space shuttle flight in United States.

1977 British announce they have determined complete genetic structure of a living organism.

1977 The US Army admits that it had carried out hundreds of biological warfare tests in the United States over a period of decades since World War II, including 25 major operations targeting the American public employing known disease-causing agents. Crop disease substances were used 31 times.

1977 Voyager I and II explore outer solar system.

1977 In Review of the News, May 18, 1977, historian Arnold Toynbee describes the need for a "world police force", saying "local states ought to be deprived of their sovereignty and subordinated to the sovereignty of a global world government. The world state will need an armed police force to command force to impose peace."

1977 United States population 216 million.

1977 Stewart publishes a study evaluating 160 cases of adverse reactions occurring after a DPT shot. Among the reactions were paralysis.

1977 United States confirms testing of neutron bomb.

1977 Massive electrical blackout in the United States.

1977 New York Times (6/21/77) reports the United States shipped a 40-ton super magnetic to the Soviet Union along with a team of American scientists. The device is capable of generating a magnetic field 250,000 times more powerful than the Earth. The purpose of the magnetic was to build a more efficient MHD power generator to increase the power of the "woodpecker signals". The effect was to override, blank out and interfere with Earths field to permit the Soviet signals to penetrate to the United States. (See 1988, 1994)

1977 US Department of Energy established.

1977 Bilderberger meeting in Torque, England. Alex Home chosen new leader, and admits that group influences world affairs.

1977 Congressional Hearings on the cancer problem in the United States. A report generated concluded that "the public has been misled by the major cancer organizations for the past 25 years." It recommended that those benefiting from "the system" not be allowed to dictate the choices available to the American public. This Congressional study was ignored.

1977 Movie "Close Encounters" released.

1977 CIA admits MKULTRA consisted of 149 sub-projects involving 44 colleges and universities, 15 research foundations, 12 hospitals and 3 prisons.

1977 BBC program "Alternative 3" aired.

1977 Mysterious sonic booms heard off eastern US coast. Sonic booms are also indicative of scalar weapon use.

1977 Soviets deploy Cosmosphere platforms for earth surveillance. (Beter).

1977 Dr. Peter Beter discusses conflict between Rothschild synthetic humanoids and Soviet robotoids in duplication of public figures.

1977 Soviets attack US moon base with particle beam weapons (Beter). According to Dr. Beter, the American moon base had been integral to Rockefeller plot to control the planet. (Battle of Harvest Moon), October 1977. (Beter).

1977 US National Institute of Health reports herpes encephalitis treated with drug.

1977 National Institute of Drug Abuse estimates 4.8 million prescriptions for Thorazine written out in 1977 - over 271 million pills worth.

1977 Second expansion of Soviet ELF grid at Woodpecker Facility.

3rd February, 1977: Parksy and Colby close down the Brierley/Jones Investment funnel and open up seperate channels for Brierley and Jones. Jones will be supplied with 'laundered' funds via Sydney branch of the Nugan Hand Bank, while for Ron Brierley, Gerald Parsky uses Myron Du Bain, Dierctor of United California Bank and also chairman and president of the US Firemen's Fund, which are the largest stockholders in National Insurance (NZ). Funds to be 'laundered' via Chase Manhattan Bank through National Insurance to City Realty and via United California Bank through COMPAC (New Hebrides) to National Insurance and City Realties.

To expand the Bierley/I.E.L. 'front', Parsky establishes Industrial Equity Pacific (Hong Kong).

September 1977: Brierley's new holding company begins operations - A.B. Consolidated. H.W. Revell appointed Deputy Chairman and B. Hancox General Manager, while newly-appointed directors include S. Cushing, B. Judge, O. Gunn and P. Goodman, linked with Renouf, Fletcher and Papps through I.E.L./N.Z.U.C.

* Strategy: To target and divide key sectors of the economy for takeover, exploitation and monopolisation. Operations to extend to use Hong Kong facility, I.E.P. Fletchers to extend the Khashoggi/Rockefeller Travelodge operation by taking holdings in Vacation Hotels and Intercontinental Properties (Renouf Chairman).

October, 1977: Muldoon and JOhn Todd - Shell/BP/Todd - sign an agreement. NZ Govt would take 24.5% holding in the Great South Basin for $1.65 Billion. Hunt would reduce his holding from 45.5% to 27.5% and Arco would sell its 6.5%.

* Reason: Hunt did not possess the technology to pump oil from deep water; Gulf possessed the technology but did not tell Hunt. Arco was not told anything and were swindled out of its 6.5% concession.

November, 1977: Muldoon introduces the S.I.S Amendment Bill, designed to keep the economy free of obstruction and to help uncover obstructive elements. Telephone taps, mail tampering and other surveillance methods approved after CIA input on contents of legislation.

Late 1977: Muldoon travels to the US to meet top Rockefeller officials, including Trilateralists' Deputy Secretary of State, Warren Christopher, and Richard Bolbrooke, who were in charge of the new "South Pacific Desk" at the State Department established by Rockefeller to target exploitatin of both New Zealand and Australia. In Los Angeles, Muldoon meets top Rockefeller officials, Robert Anderson (Rockwell Chairman, also Director of Kashoggi's Security Pacific National Bank) and P. Larkin (Rockwell Director, also Chairman, Executive Committee Security Pacific National Bank and Director of Marac).

April, 1978: Muldoon sets up Petrocorp. New Zealand taxpayers pay for the exploration costs but the oil companies control all distribution outlets. Muldoon blocks development of Maui B as restructured supplies mean higher prices and bigger profits for Shell/BP/Todd. South Island gas market not developed as Great South Basin fields closer than Kapuni. Plans develop for re-opening of National Parks for mineral exploitation.

22nd July, 1978: Director of Australian Federal Bureau of Narcotics suspends his invetigation into the Nugan Hand Bank after pressure from the CIA and Australian politicians controlled by Mafia, particularly Malcolm Fraser.

Brierly's declared assets reach $200 million, with shareholders' funds only $17 million.

April 1978 - The U.S. Department of the Army adds in its "Chaplain's Handbook of Religious Requirements" new religions which had become federally recognized and which could be legally practiced on all military bases throughout the world. These "new" religions are Satanism, witchcraft and other occult religions.

April 1978 - President Jimmy Carter sends a telegram to the American Humanist Association: "Those who participate in the annual meeting of the American Humanist Association are furthering a movement that greatly enhances our way of life. The work of your organization in this area is, therefore, especially gratifying to me, and I welcome this opportunity to applaud your important accomplishments." [Why is a "born-again Christian" congratulating the humanists? The "Humanist Manifesto" signed by Lester Mondale, brother of Vice President Walter Mondale, declares: "Humanists believe that traditional theism, especially faith in the prayer-hearing God, assumed to love and care for persons, to hear and understand prayers, and to be able to do something about them, is an unproved and outmoded faith. No deity will save us; we must save ourselves."] [Damn straight! For once something I agree with them on!

1978 According to Charlotte Parker of the University of Texas Department of Microbiology, the nature of the organism Bordetella Pertussis means that different lots of vaccine made from the same strains sometimes show different properties.

1978 Consumer Reports publishes a two part article in July and August 1978 which includes the claim "the simple truth is that there is no 'scientific controversy' over the safety of fluoridation." Later in 1990, the Technical Director for Consumer Reports disputes the claim, saying "the proponents of fluoridation insist that there are no grounds for controversy at all, and with that I totally disagree. The point is that this is a legitimate scientific controversy." The technical director in 1990 is Dr. Edward Groth III.

1978 William J. Clinton becomes a nominee for Governor of Arkansas and wins the election. Clinton would surround himself with the younger generation, and drug use was allegedly condoned in the Governors mansion.

1978 Immune and auto-immune diseases start to manifest themselves in the population. (Note: Soviet Woodpecker signals started on July 4, 1976). None of the diseases is new. Most are caused by suppression of the immune system and change in the body environment, promoting pleomorphic changes in organisms which have always been in the body, and resulting pathology.

1978 Dr. Andrija Puharich, in January 1978, issues a detailed research paper titled "Global Magnetic Warfare", a laymans collection of "certain artificially induced unusual effects on Earth during 1976 and 1977." Puharich describes early Soviet work with Tesla's method of controlling earthquakes.

1978 Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act of 1978 (50 USC 1801 et seq) authorizes surveillance of calls through tracing devices or pen registers.

1978 The German magazine Stern reports on the Turkish village of Kizilcaoern, where the drinking water contains 5ppm fluorides. All of the children have brown teeth. Women produce dead babies after only four months of pregnancy. All the inhabitants suffer from tremendous premature aging. The same fluoride-related brittle-bone disorders have been observed among people drinking water with as little as 0.7 ppm fluoride.

1978 A court case was won in Pennsylvania that proved fluoridation was harmful and resulted in a ban. It received great publicity, much to the concern of the American Dental Association and the industry. (See 1979)

1978 January issue of Specula magazine describes the effect of Woodpecker signals, saying "an electromagnetic signal of certain frequencies can be transmitted through the Earth which, when introduced into the Earth at multiples of 30 degrees, will form standing waves in the Earth, and in certain cases induces coherence to the wave in the molten core of the Earth. One can induce earthquakes at a distant point, and severe atmospheric disturbances over the target area. (The Tesla Effect).

1978 In the US, despite the fact that teen pregnancies are at the lowest rate in over 40 years, federally mandated family planning and sex education in schools is enacted.

1978 In the United States, the FDA finances and conducts a study at UCLA from January 1, 1978 to December 15, 1979 called "Pertussis Vaccine Project: Rates, Nature and Etiology of Adverse Reactions Associated with DPT Vaccine". The results of the study were published in Pediatrics in November 1981; the unpublished contractors "Final Report" was submitted to the FDA on March 18, 1980 (a year earlier) and contained revealing data. The study found a higher incidence of adverse reactions to the DPT shot than any previously reported in literature. After the study had run nine months, the FDA convened a Pertussis Symposium, at which it was revealed that "the most striking finding in this preliminary analysis is the high frequency of persistent crying, episodes of convulsions and collapse following DPT immunization." Because of these findings, the study was curtailed from the planned examination of 50,000 vaccinations to only 17,000. The UCLA-FDA study also found that systemic reactions in the central nervous system were present in 50% of the vaccinations. Because of this potentially damaging information, the FDA placed an arbitrary time limit of 48 hours within which reactions had to occur, despite ongoing data which indicates that serious reactions occur after that time limit, in order to limit the statistical data and conceal the extent of the problem from the population. (See 1981). In 1988, an FDA-sponsored follow-up study of the "18" children with neurological reactions concluded "no significant neurological impairment." A 1988 re-examination of those same children by an independent researcher, pediatric neurologist Ronald Gabriel, not associated with the FDA, proved that the FDA lied - only 4 of the 18 were normal. The results were presented at a May 1980 meeting of the Institute of Medicine. Results indicate that encephalopathy is followed by subtle learning, behavioral and neurological problems. (Note: See the book Vaccination, Social Violence and Criminality: the Medical Assault on the American Brain, by Harris Coulter, 1990. The FDA is continuously involved in criminal conspiracy and racketeering along with pharmaceutical and chemical companies in the United States.)

1978 International Banks have $90 billion in assets located in London.

1978 Murder rate in United States jumps to 500:100,000.

1978 British neurologist Roger Bannister relates allergies with neurological problems. According to Bannister, "these acute demyelinating diseases have become more serious because of some abnormal process of sensitization of the nervous system."

1978 Bilderberger meeting near Princeton, New Jersey.

1978 Andrija Puharich, owner of Intelectron Corp, a medical technology firm and author, disappears. Puharich was a veteran of MKULTRA involved with experiments in parapsychology and psychedelic drugs, conversant in psychoactive weaponry and his "pet subjects" were mind control and the telepathic effects of ELF waves. Puharich violates CIA confidence by revealing his knowledge publically. His home was torched, and he told Ira Einhorn, a former cohort, that "the CIA was responsible".

1978 US Dollar plunges to record low against other currencies.

1978 In March 1978, the city of Eugene, Oregon was doused in microwave radiation. The Oregon Journal reports "Mysterious Radio Signals Causing Concern". The FCC concludes that the signals came from a Navy transmitter in California. The FCC report concluded that "microwaves were the likely cause of several sudden illnesses among faculty researchers at Oregon State University. Oregonians complained of headaches, fatigue, inability to sleep, reddening of the skin, "clicks in the head" and a buzz harmonizing with a high pitched wail. A similar situation developed in Timmons, Ontario.

1978 Andre Michrowski, a Canadian researcher, writes Trudeau on Sept 19th, 1978, citing a Pacific Northwest Center for Non-Ionizing Radiation study that found that Soviet signals beamed into the US had a "psychoactive" component that was "strongly suggestive of achieving the "the objective of brain control." Michrowski notes that there is "planetary scale brain control that is growing into a reality with each passing week."

1978 First "test tube" baby.

1978 Jonestown CIA medical experiments and death of Leo Ryan.

1978 In England, Griffith studies pertussis vaccine reactions in children, noting a case in which a boy experiences brain damage 3 days after vaccination and dies 27 days later due to injection of triple vaccine.

1978 Naomi Uemura journeys solo to North Pole.

1978 Union Bank of Israel monopoly on Hong Kong diamond market. Union Bank owned by Bank Leumi, in turn owned by Barclay Bank in England.

1978 Federal Emergency Management Agency conducts Rex Exercises.

1978 Gustavo Cisneros buys a minority share in Florida National Bank, one of the organizations that led the fight to de-regulate Florida banks. Cisneros sold his shares in 1981.

1978 Walter Bowart's Operation Mind Control is published.

1978 Trials of Hepatitis B vaccine in New York City on non-monogamous males between 20 and 40 years old. Homosexuals receive a different vaccine.

1978 Huge cylindrical craft seen hovering over oil equipment in Kuwait.

1978 CIA attains control of much worldwide opium traffic.

1978 Drug trafficking economics becomes stated IMF policy, as prices remain relatively stable and it produces quick cash.

1978 A speech by Deputy Director of Engineering of the Army Corps of Engineers, Llotd Duscha, explicitly states that the Corps has built classified underground facilities for the US government.

1978 Congressional estimate of US illicit drug consumption is $80 billion.

1978 The American Psychiatric Assn (APA) conducts a survey on ECT. Doctors were asked if it was likely that electroshock "therapy" produces brain damage. 41% voted yes, and 26% voted no.

1978 RAND Corporation does de-population and martial law studies.

1978 Club of Rome meeting on world population growth.

1978 Peter Schrag publishes "Mind Control" in which Dr. Louis J. West, a former CIA brainwashing specialist, proposes establishing a computerized system employing space technology to monitor and control the violence-prone."

1978 CIA Operation Pique bounces microwaves off the ionosphere in order to affect mental functions of people in selected areas, including Europe. (See 1987 and 1994, reference: HAARP, Eastlund)

1978 Dr. Robert Beck issues a report on ELF magnetic fields and EEG entrainment in which he reports alarming mood alterations in Canada which observers believe are related to Soviet EM transmissions.

1978 US sends F-16 aircraft to NATO countries in Europe on Russian ships.

1978 World Bank official John Holdson reveals that "the coca industry is advantageous", making drug trafficking the stated policy of the IMF.

1979 - Barry Goldwater, retiring Republican Senator from Arizona, publishes his autobiography "With No Apologies." He writes: "In my view the Trilateral Commission represents a skillful, coordinated effort to seize control and consolidate the four centers of power - political, monetary, intellectual, and ecclesiastical. All this is to be done in the interest of creating a more peaceful, more productive world community."

1979 - Congress passes and President Jimmy Carter signs into law legislation establishing a Federal Department of Education - just as William Z. Foster, top leader of the Communist Party USA for 40 years, had called for.

1979 Global 2000 Report created.

1979 In order to counteract the tide of truth on fluorides, the American Dental Association (ADA) issues a "white paper" on fluoridation characterizing opponents of putting fluorides in the public water supply as "uninformed, self-styled experts whose qualifications for speaking out on such a scientific issue as fluoridation were practically nonexistent or whose motivation was self-serving." (Highly ironic, since this is instead the position of the ADA and the medical industrial complex in the first place). In addition, the ADA paper maintained "the lifelong benefits of fluoridation" and encouraged responses to opponents to begin with, "there is no evidence...", "investigators have observed...". The ADA recommended that "the advice of behavioral scientists should be sought with regard to rebuttals". This ADA paper resulted in collusion between the ADA,CDC,EPA,NCHS,NIDR, state dental societies and directors to "identify those communities where the timing is favorable". A planning committee was formed to plan a symposium for the future. (See 1983).

1979 Congressional Investigations Committee on the Assassination of President Kennedy finishes the task started in 1976. They conclude that the assassination was a "probable conspiracy" and prevail on the US Dept of Justice to perform further investigation. The Department of Justice buries the issue.

1979 David Boren (Skull&Bones 1963) elected to US Senate. He becomes chairman of the Senate Intelligence Committee.

1979 The January 20th edition of the New York Times carried a story in which a child was killed because of a lethal dose of fluoride at a city dental clinic. The parents were awarded $750,000.

1979 Epidemiological report by Nancy Wertheimer and Edward Leeper indicates possible health problems associated from proximity exposure to powerlines.

1979 A remote viewing experiment conducted with several individuals reveals that the government possesses Tesla-based technology that is being used to influence elections in the United States from the NORAD facility.

1979 Dr. Peter Beter discusses Carter synthetic replacements on the air.

1979 Los Angeles Herald Examiner, Mar 21, 1979, features an article entitled "A Suit Over Brain Surgery: Man Hallucinates, Says Microwaves Are Murdering Him". The subject was named Leonard Kille, an electronics engineer and holder of patents willed to MIT when the CIA disabled his brain using psychiatrist Vernon Mark of Boston City Hospital and Frank Ervin from UCLA. Kille was a co-inventor of the polaroid camera with Edwin Land, who originally founded the CIA's Scientific Engineering Institute in Boston. The staff at SEI drew moral inspiration from the Deaths Head Order of the Waffen SS.

1979 Book "Alternative Three" released.

1979 Dr. W.L. Gabler and Dr. P.A. Long at the University of Oregon Health Sciences Center find that as little as 0.2 ppm fluoride in the body (the "safe" level for public water supplies is 1.0 ppm, 8 times higher) stimulates superoxide production in resting white blood cells, seriously depressing the ability of white blood cells to destroy pathogenic agents. Superoxide in the bloodstream also gives rise to tissue damage and acceleration of the aging process. Ref: "Fluoride Inhibition of Polymorphonuclear Leukocytes", Journal of Dental Research, Vol 48, No.9, p1933-1939, 1979.

1979 Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) created by Carter under Executive Order 12148. FEMA absorbs the LEAA and becomes the primary control organization for the internal security of the United States during "emergencies". FEMA generates exercises for eventual takeover of the United States: Wintex-Cimex 93, Pressure Point 84 DoD, Rex 82 Bravo, Rex 84 Alpha, Helex Two, Rex Alpha, Night Train 84, Cablesplicer and Gardenplot. All martial law training exercises. Under FEMA are executed other Executive Orders grouped by Nixon and others into single purpose overall EO's, including EO11002, Mandatory Registration of All People including babies and children in the United States at the US Post Office. Forms exist at Post Offices in boxes marked "For Emergency Use Only". EO 11000 provides for seizure of all civilians, who will be organized into work brigades (forced slave labor), which includes the right to split up families, and EO10999, the seizure of all private and commercial transportation. Carter delegates FEMA the power to act for the president.

1979 Electronic Identification Research begins at Los Alamos for ID implants.

1979 Two pediatricians in California report brain swelling associated with DPT vaccine administration.

1979 New rubella vaccine introduced. See 1988.

1979 FDA puts electroshock "therapy" (ECT) machines into Class III category, meaning ECT "demonstrates an unreasonable risk of injury or illness". The APA lobbied to have that decision reversed and was successful. The FDA then gave notification that it would put the machines into Class II, which means they are "safe, do not require testing, and they work". The FDA received hundreds of letters from outraged ECT survivors testifying to the damage done to them. The APA finally responded in 1990 by saying that ECT is "virtually harmless", but said it would classify the machines as safe (Class II) for depression, but not for other disorders. This permits ECT to be used as long as the patient is "diagnosed as depressed". Since the manipulation of diagnoses to fit the treatment is standard psychiatric practice, it affords no protection to the population. Psychiatry places self-interest above scientific inquiry and the well-being of people.

1979 California Supreme Court Chief Justice Rose Byrd, June 25, 1979, dissenting opinion: (Relative to California cancer statutes prohibiting anything except radiation, surgery, and chemotherapy): "To these cancer victims, the enforcement of the (statute), the denial to them of medical treatment, albeit unorthodox, must surely take on a nightmare quality. No demonstrated public danger, no compelling interest of the state, warrants an Orweillian intrusion into the most private of zones of privacy."

1979 Agreement made at Bohemian Grove to run Reagan as President.

1979 On November 11th, up to 50ppm fluoride was dumped into the Annapolis Maryland water supply, resulting in the poisoning of 50,000 people. Many died of heart failure during the week following the spill.

1979 Journal of the American Medical Association on February 9th carries an article by Dr. Maurice Fox of MIT, who stated, "no evidence of the presumed benefit of early detection is apparent in terms of breast cancer mortality, even ten years later"

1979 George GW Bush resigns from the Council on Foreign Relations.

1979 The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) funds a study which represents the first significant "attempt" to evaluate reactions to the DPT shot. The study is conducted at the University of California (UCLA) and was published in Pediatrics in 1981. After studying 16,000 DPT and DT vaccination cases, they concluded that the Pertussis (P) element of the DPT shot was the element causing reactions. They also found that the incidence of all DPT reactions was much higher in the population than had been suspected or reported in the scientific literature. Despite these results, even in 1994 physicians promote Pertussis vaccine with confidence, pay little attention to identification of high risk children, and do not carefully observe contraindications. Parents are legally required to vaccinate their children with Pertussis before entering them in school. (See 1982)

1979 Three Mile Island incident. Bechtel is hired for the "cleanup". FEMA is hired to test population management.

1979 Nelson Rockefeller dies.

1979 Carter Administration, British Intelligence and KGB overthrow the Shah of Iran and install fundamentalist regime of Khomeini, who then take 50 US hostages, which paralyzes the Carter presidency. Reagan delays release to cost Carter reelection.

1979 H.F. Duffy publishes "Long-Term Effects of an Organophosphate upon the Human EEG".

May, 1979: Trilateral Commission secretary Zbignieu Brzezinski appoints Muldoon chairman of Board of Governors of IMF/World Bank on orders of David Rockefeller. Muldoon would head three-man administration committee which included Canadian Finance Minister Mitchell Sharp, key figure in the Mafia Council and the Trilateral Commission. Australian Treasurer McMahon also involved.

8th June, 1979: Michael Hand, Frank Nugan, Brierley and James Fletcher meet in Hand's Sydney penthouse to discuss the establishment of the New Zealand Mafia organisation.

Mid- 1979: Gulf Oil using its man Brierley, begins operations designed to capture key sectors of the economy. A.B Consolidated restructured into the Goodman Group and Goodman to run operations but with the majority of the stock held by IEL and Brierley using Shell companies plus dummy corporations.

* Strategy: To take over food and produce resources, Brierley and Fletcher restructured a small private company, H.W. Smith, using Cyril Smith as Chairman but with key executives Judge, Collins and McKenzie. Bob Jones helps.

Private company used, as no Commerce Commission control, accounts not published, no public disclosure of transactions. Bunting is established as a shell company and the South Island is targeted for asset-stripping and takeover, as well as key sectors of theautomobile industry.

Unlimited funds channelled through City Realties, NZUC and Marac extends Travelodge operations by buying control of Transholdings, which has strategic holdings in Vacation Hotels and Tourist Corp. Fiji Holdings.

17th August, 1979: New Zealand Mafia inaugral meeting in Sydney including Hand, Brierley, Fletcher, Goodman, R.Trotter, Alan Hawkins and L.Papps.

Key sectors of the economy would be taken over- food, using Goodman; forestry and farming, using Fletcher and Trotter; property, using Brierley and Jones. Brierley, Hand and Papps would be responsible for banking, insurance and finance, while Hand and Hawkins would be responsible for setting up new "laundry" channels into New Zealand.

The economy would be taken over using cheap loans of less than 5%, while consumers would pay 28%.

October, 1979: BP Oil begis $100 million joint venture deal with Fletcher and Trotter at Tasman.

Muldoon makes secret deal with oil companies which effectively robs New Zealand taxpayers by giving Shell/BP/Todd the Maui Gas deal. Normally the granting of drilling rights on public land is done using a worldwide system which incorporates an auction tender system. Muldoon bypassed this. Also, Shell/BP/Todd pays no tax on Kapuni profits, while putting funds into Maui development.

19th November, 1979: Secret meeting in Auckland between Muldoon, Fletcher and Trotter to transfer 43% Tasman Pulp and Paper held by New Zealand Government to Challenge Corporation (Chairman Trotter) and Fletchers. Tasman has lucrative 75-year contract for cheap timber signed in 1955.

Muldoon paid off with a $1 million 'non-repayable' loan - $500,000 to be paid into account number 8746665 at New Hebrides branch of the Australian International Bank.

November, 1979: Muldoon drops restrictions on foreign investment. AMAX (Standard Oil of California subsidiary) captures the Martha Hill goldmine.

Muldoon unveils the Government's plans (instructed by Rockefeller) to form New Zealand into an offshore production base for the multi-national corporations as benefits include government export incentives, stable government, cheap labour, and so on.

27th November, 1979: Gerald Parsky's lieutenant, David Kennedy, meets Muldoon to deliver $US100,000 cash to Muldoon for implementing the Internationalists' Mafia Think Big plans.

These plans began with big contracts and guaranteed profits for the Seven Sisters, Bechtel, Mitsubishi, Mitsui, Nippon Steel, Internationalists' Mafia banks.

With the experimental petroleum plant, the oil price has to be $50/barrel to be profitable, yet Mobil's profits are guaranteed.

New Zealand Steel is to be expanded 500%, even though there was a global steel glut of 50%.

Fletchers own 10% of New Zealand Steel and are majority stockholders in Pacific Steel and control monopoly over wire rod, reinforcing steel. Also, New Zealand taxpayers subsidise Fletchers' profits.

Muldoon introduces the National Development Bill with 'fast-track' legislation, to keep the economy 'free of obstruction' for long-term monopolisation. C.E.R. plan introduced, designed to integrate the economies of Australia and New Zealand with the Trilateral Commission for the purpose of exploiting the South Pacific countries and as a 'back-door' entrance into China - the world's largest untapped consumer market. New Zealand is also the closest country to Antarctica, which has a vast mineral resource for future exploitation.

"Think Big" projects begin, even though Muldoon aware of studies that show New Zealand could conserve up to 40% of energy consumption using existing technology, which would mean funds could be invested elsewhere to lower consumer prices, lower inflation rates, less demand for imported oil and increased imployment by creating new industry to manufacture and install energy-saving technology. None of these options seriously considered as all would lessen profits for members of the Rockefeller organisations.

December 1979: Muldoon unveils 'stage two' of a four-stage plan to exploit the Great South Basin discovery. Plan prepared by Trilateralist 'Think Tank' - the Brookings Institute.

'Stage Two' includes methanol plant and synthetic petrol plant, which would initially use gas from the Maui field and later would link with underwater gas pipe from Campbell Island.

With the New Zealand Steel 500% expansion, 'stage three' of the project and Think Big contracts to go to Bechtel, Fluor Corp., Mitsubishi, Mitsui, Nippon Steel, etc. All investments would be financed by the New Zealand taxpayer.

December 26, 1979: Soviet forces invade Afghanistan. They will withdraw in 1989 after a brutal 10-year war. It has been commonly believed that the invasion was unprovoked. But in a 1998 interview, Zbigniew Brzezinski, President Carter's National Security Adviser, reveals that the CIA began destabilizing the pro-Soviet Afghan government six months earlier, in a deliberate attempt to get the Soviets to invade and have their own Vietnam-type costly war: "What is most important to the history of the world? The Taliban or the collapse of the Soviet empire? Some stirred-up Moslems or the liberation of Central Europe and the end of the cold war?"

Le Nouvel Observateur, 1/98, Mirror, 1/29/02] The US and Saudi Arabia give a huge amount of money (estimates range up to $40 billion total for the war) to support the Mujaheddin guerrilla fighters opposing the Russians.

Most of the money is managed by the ISI, Pakistan's intelligence agency. [Nation, 2/15/99]

Early 1980: Osama bin Laden begins providing financial, organizational, and engineering aid for the Mujaheddin in Afghanistan, with the advice and support of the Saudi royal family. [New Yorker, 11/5/01] Some believe he was hand-picked for the job by Prince Turki al-Faisal, head of Saudi Arabia's secret service. [Sunday Times, 8/25/02] Bin Laden has been considered a Turki protégé by some biographers. [New Yorker, 11/5/01]

The Pakistani ISI wanted a Saudi prince as a public demonstration of the commitment of the Saudi royal family and as a way to ensure royal funds for the anti-Soviet forces. The agency failed to get royalty, but bin Laden, with his family's influential ties, was good enough for the ISI. [Miami Herald, 9/24/01]

Salem bin Laden with baby in 1975. [Corbis]

October 1980: Salem bin Laden, Osama's oldest brother, is later described by a French secret intelligence report as one of the two closest friends of Saudi Arabia's King Fahd. As such, he often performs important missions for Saudi Arabia. The French report speculates that he is involved in secret Paris meetings between US and Iranian emissaries this month. Frontline, which published the French report, notes that such meetings have never been confirmed. Rumors of these meetings have been called the "October Surprise" and some have speculated Bush Sr. negotiated in these meetings a delay to the release of the US hostages in Iran, thus helping Ronald Reagan and Bush win the 1980 Presidential election. All of this is highly speculative, but if the French report is correct, it points to a long-standing connection of highly illegal behavior between the Bush and bin Laden families (see also Mid-1980s and 1988). [PBS Frontline, 2001]

17th January, 1980: $500,000 deposited in Muldoon's account number 8746665 at the Australian International Bank, being the final payment for the Tasman deal.

Early 1980: Kashoggi Travelodge operations extended with affiliation agreement between Dominion Breweries and Western International Hotels (Seattle First National Bank).

May, 1980: Mafia's Nugan Hand banking operation crashes after Frank Nugan killed. Death ruled as suicide even though no fingerprints found on the rifle. Maloney, Houghton, Yates and Hand shred important documents, but miss some. CIA helps Hand and Bank President Donald Beasley escape to the U.S. The CIA and Australian Security Intelligence Organisation cover everything up. Beazley appointed President of Miami City National Bank, run by Alberto Dugue for 'laundering' profits from the CIA Colombian cocaine operation.

There is a probability that Michael Hand killed Frank Nugan because of his involvement with Hand's fiancee.

25th May, 1980: Colby arrived in Australia to discuss replacement of the Nugan Hand Bank with Hand, Brierley, and Seldon. Immediate funding available from Sydney branch of the Deak Bank, a separate CIA operation, and IEL would be used to buy NZI Corp., to prepare for future laundering operations.

Maloney, Houghton, Yates, and Hand would shred all documents leading back to the New Zealand Great South Basin connection, and the CIA would help Hand and Bank President Donald Beazley escape to the USA. The CIA and ASIO would also cover everything up.

Hand and Beazley turn up in Miami - Beazley appointed President and Hand 'consultant' to the Miami City National Bank, but also Hand turned up in El Salvador to help organise bankrolling of the Contras with other ex- members of Nugan-Hand.

23rd June, 1980: New Zealand Mafia, including Brierley, Fletcher, Trotter, Jones, Hawkins, Goodman, and Papps meet in Wellington to discuss merger of Fletcher Challenge and Tasman.

In order to replace Nugan Hand Bank's 22 world-wide branches, quick moves are made to buy control of NZI by New Zealand Mafia using Brierley, thereby capturing an established, world-wide organisation through the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, which is also linked to the CIA through its subsidiary, World Finance Corporation.

Late 1980: Fletchers, with strong Rockefeller links, obtains lucrative contracts on US Bases in the Pacific and joint ventures in Saudi Arabia and Iraq.

Control extended over New Zealand natural resources - Fletcher Challenge and Tasman Pulp and Paper merged. NZFP takes control of M.S.D. Spiers and Moore Le Messurier (Aust). Brierley begins joint venture with NZFP through Williamson and Jeffrey. I.E.L, through Goodman, buys 20% of Watties and begins cross-shareholding agreement. Goodman continues buying up control of NZ bakeries and flour- mills.

Sept. 1980 - At a "Prelude to Victory" party given by Presidential candidate Ronald Reagan, Mr. Reagan is photographed with the place of honor, immediately to Reagan's right, given to none other than David Rockefeller, the leader of the CFR and the Trilateral Commission. Earlier in his campaign, Reagan had promised to shun the directions of David Rockefeller's Trilateral Commission. [CFR member William Casey became Reagan's campaign manager and was later appointed CIA Director. George Bush, member of both the Trilateral Commission and the CFR, was chosen as Ronald Reagan's running mate. Cabinet members included Secretary of State Alexander Haig (CFR), Treasury Secretary Donald Regan (CFR), Commerce Secretary Malcolm Baldridge (CFR), and Defense Secretary Caspar Weinberger (Trilateral Commission). Ronald Reagan had also promised that he would cut spending and reduce the size of government, but once again rhetoric did not match reality. When Reagan took office the national debt stood at $935 billion. By the end of his second term it had almost tripled to $2,572 billion.]

1980 - Derek Shearer, a longtime member of the Institute for Policy Studies, publishes a book entitled "Economic Democracy" in which he predicts that a far left President will be elected in the 1990s. [Only one President has been elected in the 1990s - Bill Clinton. And he was Derek Shearer's college roommate in 1969!] The Institute for Policy Studies is "committed to socialism in America and sides with the Soviet Union on almost every important foreign policy issue."

1980 WHO announces worldwide eradication of smallpox.

1980 Nobel to Snell et al for contributions to understanding of tissue rejection.

1980 In Texas, 15 patients die in mental hospitals from heavy doses of psychotropic drugs. Federal suit in US District Court in Dallas.

1980 Covert Action Information Bulletin, No.9, June 1980, sports an article by A.J. Weberman, "Mind Control: The Story of Mankind Research Unlimited, Inc."(MRU) , a Washington DC CIA research front. The MRU brochure on 'Cybernetic Technique", summarized CIA directives and the development of "a means by which information can be fed to humans using other senses than sight and hearing, based on East European research. The process involves beaming information directly to nerve cells for "enhancement of mental and physical performance." MRU is a spinoff from Systems Consultants, Inc. (See 1966).

1980 Murder rate down to 8:100,000.

1980 John B. Alexander and colleagues at Los Alamos National Labs write an article for US Military Review in which it is claimed that "weapons exist that can operate on the power of the human mind and whose lethal capacity has already been demonstrated." (Note: Refer to Non-Lethal weapons research).

1980 US Supreme Court rules that microbes can be patented.

1980 British ICI chemical creates animal food from micro-organisms.

1980 Discovery of iridium layer in earth as residue of meteorite impact.

1980 Author of Scarsdale Medical Diet shot dead by his lover.

1980 Conference of the National Society for Autistic Children. A speaker at the conference noted, "Autism is not a specific disorder. We are really talking about a spectrum." Individuals can have totally different patterns of symptoms, yet both can be diagnosed as autistic.

1980 Estimated 2 million American children with vaccine-caused disabilities.

1980 National Reconnaissance Office budget $3.5 billion. Intelligence Budget is $18 billion.

1980 Movie Hangar 18 released to the public.

1980 William J. Clinton is thrown out of office as Governor of Arkansas when the people elect Frank White.

1980 National Abortion Federation calls for aborting pregnancies of teens in the US.

1980 Issue of Mutation Research shows that children re-vaccinated against smallpox had "chromosomal aberrations in their white blood cells", leading to the conclusion that smallpox vaccination is mutagenic.

1980 State policeman in New Mexico sights a flying disk in the Manzano mountains in New Mexico.

1980 FDA announces removal of 3,000 drugs from market without efficacy proof.

1980 Reagan Administration begins in the United States. Reagans presidential campaign is run by George P. Shultz, president of Bechtel, and Casper Weinberger, vice-president and general counsel of Bechtel. Both were appointed to cabinet positions by Reagan.

1980 Venezuelan Cisneros Empire taken over after death of Diego by sons Gustavo and Ricardo.

1980 Nelson Rockefellers Int'l Basic Economy Corp sold to a British Company

1980 Cash-Landrum incident with errant US plutonium powered aircraft.

1980 Bank Secrecy Act of 1980 requires report on all transactions over $10,000.


Osama bin Laden provides help for the Afghan Mujaheddin and the CIA. Iran-Iraq War. The GOP's "October Surprise" leads to the election of Ronald Reagan as president.


Hostages released. Reagan shot. Egypt's Anwar Sadat assassinated.

1981 Drs. Susheela and Sharma and co-workers from the India Institute of Medical Sciences find that fluoride exposure disrupts the synthesis of collagen in the body and leads to the breakdown of collagen in bone, tendon, muscle, skin cartilage, lung, kidney and trachea. It appears that fluoride disruption of collagen synthesis in cells responsible for laying down collagen leads these cells to try and compensate for their inability to put out intact collagen by producing larger quantities of imperfect collagen and/or non-collagenous protein. Ref: "Fluoride poisoning and the Effects of Collagen Biosynthesis of Osseous and Non-osseous Tissue", Toxicological European Research, Vol 3, No.2, pp99-104, 1981.

1981 David Rockefeller creates the US./Jamaican Businessmens Committee to promote the "Jamaican Model" of dope and free enterprise.

1981 Gustavo Cisneros put on the International Advisory Board of Chase Manhattan Bank.

1981 Dr. John Emsley and co-workers at King's College in London find that fluoride reacts strongly with the bonds which maintain the normal shapes of proteins in the body. The work is subsequently confirmed by Dr. Steven Edwards and co-workers from the University of California in San Diego, and by Drs. Froede and Wilson from the University of Colorado at Boulder. By distorting the configuration of the body's own protein, the immune system attacks its own protein , resulting in an autoimmune or allergic response. Fluorides contribute to the development of an Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome, which is covered up by the media and medical community, which maintains a public focus on a viral cause for the problem, promoting the harmless HIV virus as the "cause" for "AIDS", covering up the pharmacochemical sensitization of the population which has complex legal ramifications.

1981 Larez does a study that shows that fluorides are teratogenic (cancer-causing) in rats.

1981 Montauk III Time Travel Project (until 1983). Thousands allegedly sent ahead 200 to 300 years into the future. Alleged access gained to pyramid on Mars to turn off solar system defense network.

1981 Boston University establishes the Center for Adaptive Systems to further investigate Artificial Intelligence processes. The center is directed by Stephen Grossberg, graduate of Stanford. Grossberg also held positions at MIT and Rockefeller University. Grossberg would become head of a new department of cognitive and neural systems in 1988. The Center for Adaptive Systems would, with the help of Gail carpenter, Adpative Resonance Theory (ART). ART would allow learning of new patterns without forgetting old ones, as well as the ability to accomplish fast-learning of new and unexpected patterns. In applications for which back-propogation would require 20,000 supervised training rounds, ART would accomplish in 5. It would incorporate "mismatch" and "reorientation" signals. It has been determined that ART represents at least one of the operations of the brain necessary for AI learning nets.

1981 At the headquarters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the director of the OSHA office of carcinogenic identification, Dr. Peter Infante, pointed out that a Current Intelligence Bulletin (CIB) on formaldehyde was "an important document assessing formaldehyde's cancer causing potential". The top bureaucracy at OSHA were embarrassed at the release of the truth, and tried to dismiss Infante. On July 27th, Infante writes Dr. John Higginson, director of the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC), disagreeing with the IARC decision to conceal the carcinogenic nature of the substance. Formaldehyde is a common component of vaccines.

1981 Britain conducts the National Childhood Encephalopathy Study, and finds that there exists a significant correlation between serious neurological illness and Pertussis vaccination occurring within 7 days of the shot. In the US, the FDA limits statistical data to 48 hours in order to conceal damaging data and eliminate data on deaths and damage occurring after that period of time.

1981 Japan begins use of a new childhood Pertussis vaccine, recommended to be given as 4th and 5th dose. US vaccine used for 1st,2nd,3rd doses.

1981 Dr. Robert Clark from the Boston University Medical Center shows that fluorides (as in fluoridated water supplies, toothpaste, stimulate granule formation and oxygen consumption in white blood cells when they were not challenged with a foreign agent, but inhibited these processes when the white blood cell needed them to fight off foreign agents. Ref: "Neutrophil Iodination Reaction Induced by Fluoride: Implications for Degranulation and Metabolic Activation" Blood, Vol 57, pp913-921, 1981.

1981 Iran emerges as largest opium producing country worldwide, producing over 600 tons per year against Afghanistans 225 tons.

1981 Aviation Week and Space Technology, as well as CBS news, report that permanent Russian space platforms existed that were armed with killer satellites orbiting the Earth. Pentagon declines comment.

1981 In Britain, Dr. D.L. Miller reports to the NCES on an analysis of the first 1000 cases of neurological illness. He reported "a significant association was shown between serious neurological illness and Pertussis (also DPT) vaccine."

1981 Naval Surface Weapon Office of Non-Lethal Weapons pursues research and development of electromagnetic devices for riot control, clandestine operations and hostage removal.

1981 Space Age Review for November 1981 reveals the development of the "U.S. Space Command", headquartered at Peterson AFB, and that the US was purposely breaking the 1967 Russian-American Space Treaty, which prohibits "placing in orbit any objects carrying nuclear weapons or other weapons of mass destruction."

1981 Studies by Hetzler, Griffin and Fejn on Central Nervous System Function are published. According to the study, "the extremely heterogeneous autistic population may represent a variety of central nervous system dysfunctions resulting in overlapping behavioral manifestations."

1981 Scientists "identify" "AIDS".

1981 Approximate beginning of period where, according to Julianne McKinney, director of the Electronic Surveillance Project of the Association of National Security Alumni (1994), mind control technology begins to fall into the hands of Satanically based techno-cults, much of which is based on the experiments conducted at CIA headquarters in Langley by Dr. Stephen Aldrich, a patron of occult research. (1980's and 1990's, specifically). (See 1962).

1981 On July 18, 1981, NBC Magazine with David Brinkley revealed that the northwestern United States has been continuously bombarded by the USSR with low frequency waves set at the approximate level of biological frequencies; Brinkley: "the Russian government is known to be trying to change human behavior by external electronic influences."

1981 NASA announces that two unusual meteorites in Antarctic may have originated from Mars.

1981 Eldon Byrd, who works for the Naval Surface Weapons Laboratory, is commissioned to develop electromagnetic devices for purposes to include "riot control", clandestine operations and hostage removal.

1981 United Nations "Debt for land" swap is in full swing, as nations become indebted to the World Bank and IMF and trade control of land to discharge world debt. Environmental control of land by the United Nations. (See 1961)

1981 Chinese scientists successfully clone a fish.

1981 George HW Bush becomes Vice President of the United States (to 1989). Makes a speech to the Bilderberger Group in Washington, after which he states that he owes all he is to David Rockefeller.

1981 New England Journal of Medicine (11/26/81) publishes a study showing that tetanus vaccines cause T-cell ratios to drop below normal, with the greatest decrease after two weeks. The altered ratios were found to be similar to those found in AIDS victims.

February, 1981: TNL., Brierley, AMOIL and MIM Holdings begin joint gold mining operation. MIM major shareholder is ASARCO (US), whose Chairman, Barber, is also Director of Chase Manhattan Bank.

New Zealand Insurance and South British merger.

Parliamentarians For World Order - Richard Prebble elected one of twelve councillors.

Fletcher and Papps (Chairman UEB) sell their hotel operations to Singaporian interest clossely associated with the Pritzker family - owners of the Hyatt Hotel chain. Bueton Kanter, Pritzker family lawyer and Director of Hyatt Hotels, who helped arrange the deal, was an old family partner of Paul Helliwell (CIA paymaster for the Bay of Pigs fiasco) and had helped the Pritzker family set up tax shelters using the CIA's Mercantile Bank and Trust and the Castle Bank, which had been set up by Helliwell for 'laundering' profits from the Onassis heroin operations as well as 'skim money' from the Hughes casino operations in Las Vegas.

Others who used these banks include Richard Nixon, Bebe Rozo, Robert Vesco, Teamsters Union, etc.

12th March, 1981: Brierley calls secret meeting in Auckland, which includes Jones, Fletcher, Hawkins, Papps and Burton Kanter, to discuss transfer of the Fletcher Challenge and UEB hotel operations to the Singapore front company controlled by the Pritzker family.

20th July, 1981: Parsky, Colby, Brierley and Seldon meet in Sydney with two new members, Kerry Packer and Alan Bond.

Chase Manhattan and Security Pacific National Bank will acquire 60% of Packer's company, with the stock being held in Australia, and 35% Bond's company, with the stock being held in Hong Kong.

August 1981: Gulf Oil, using Brierley, strengthens its hold over New Zealand natural resources. Cue Energy launched, starring Lawrey and Gunn. NZOG launched with strategic holdings by Jones, Renouf and Brierley with licences in PPD 38206 and 38204 - both next to Hunt's Great South Basin discovery, NZOG also controls 80 million tonnes of coal through the Pike River Coal Company.

Brierley-controlled Wellington Gas, Christchurch Gas, Auckland and Hawkes Bay Gas and Dual Fuel Systems (Australasia) which controls the vehicle gas conversion market.

Liquigas Limited set up to distribute LPG, controlled by Shell/BP/Todd and Fletcher Challenge.

Gulbuddin Hekmatyar

still controls part of

Afghanistan. [BBC]

1982-1991: Afghan opium production skyrockets from 250 tons in 1982 to 2,000 tons in 1991, coinciding with CIA support and funding of the mujaheddin. Alfred McCoy, a professor of Southeast Asian history at the University of Wisconsin, says US and Pakistani intelligence officials sanctioned the rebels' drug trafficking because of their fierce opposition to the Soviets: "If their local allies were involved in narcotics trafficking, it didn't trouble CIA. They were willing to keep working with people who were heavily involved in narcotics." For instance, Gulbuddin Hekmatyar, a rebel leader who received about half of all the CIA's covert weapons, was known to be a major heroin trafficker. The director of the CIA in Afghanistan claims later to be oblivious about the drug trade: "We found out about it later on." Minneapolis Star-Tribune, 9/30/01, Atlantic Monthly, 5/96

15th February, 1982: Brierley calls New Zealand meeting - Jones, Fletcher, Trotter, Hawkins, Goodman and Papps. New members include Bruce Judge, J. Fernyhough, and Frank Renouf.

With Muldoon about to deregulate the liquor industry, Brierley and Fernyhough plan to buy up the New Zealand liquor industry, along with its outlets, Lion Breweries and Rothmans to help.

Brierley will do the same in Australia. J.R. Fletcher becomes Managing Director of Brierley's Dominion Breweries to oversee operations. Rothmans and Brierley (through Goodman) have equal holdings in Saudicapital Corp. Lion Directors Myers and Fernyhough also stockholders in NZOG.

Fletcher and Brierley begin their takeover of the freezing works industry. FCL buys into South Island works while Brierley begins takeover of Waitaki NZR through Watties with the help of Athol Hutton.

With Think Big projects beginning, Fletcher and Trotter plan to take strategic holdings in NZ Cement, Wilkins Davies, Steel & Tube etc., and Brierley would use Renouf to take 3% stake of the Martha Hill gold-mine.

Also targetted are clothing, footwear, carpet manufacture and more of the auto industry for takeover and monopolisation.

June, 1982: Meantime, in Australia, an new money funnel begins. H.W Smith buys to obscure South Pine Quarries, which is renamed Ariadne (Aust). South Pine Quarries owns 50% of Coal-Liquid Inc., with the other half owned by US Defence contractors McDonnellDouglas. Coal-Liquid renamed Impala Securities.

The common link between Gulf Oil and McDonnell Douglas is the CIA's Mercantile Bank and Trust, which both companies use for world-wide bribery and payoff operations. McDonnell Douglas officials McKeough and G.T.Hawkins later appointed directors of Impala Securities.
US links strengthened through Industrial Equity Pacific, which acquires part of Higbee Company in Cleveland, which in turn is closely linked to the National City Bank of Cleveland. This bank is closely associated with Gulf Oil's bank, Pittsburgh National and Mellon Bank.

Bruce Judge installed as Ariadne manager.

July, 1982: Media takeover begins. Brierley takes 24% NZ News Ltd and begins buying up private radio. Rupert Murdoch helps.

27th July, 1982. Brierley, Jones and Goodman meet in Auckland with two Japanese members of the Trilateral Commission to discuss integration of the New Zealand economy into the Pacific Rim economy. Trilateralists include: Takeshi Watanabe (Japanese Chairman of Trilateral Commission) and Daigo Miyado (Chairman Sanwa Bank).

The Japan/New Zealand Business Council would be established to co-ordinate policy with Goodman appointed as Chairman.

17th August, 1982: Inauguration of restructured US Mafia Council - rulers include David Rockefeller, responsible for Banking; John McCloy; Redman Rockefeller and J.D. Rockefeller, who would run the Seven Sisters.

Second-tier Council includes:

• Gerald Parsky - responsible for heroin and cocaine operations
• William Simon - responsible for running the Presidency, Cabinet, etc
• Katherine Graham - link to arms manufacturers
• Zbigniew Brzezinski - link to National Security Council and CIA
• George S. Franklin - link to FBI

Third-tier Council includes:

• Zbigniew Brzezinski - Secretary
• Gerald Parsky - Heroin Cocaine operations
 William Colby - crack operations, assassinations

• John N. Perkins - banking, laundering

• Leonard Woodcock - labour, unions

• Mitchell Sharp - banking

• William Simon - presidency, Cabinet

• Ernest C. Arbuckly - arms manufacturers

• George W. Bull - Bildrberg and Council of Foreign Relations

• Katherine Graham - arms manufacturers

• Alden W. Clausen - World Bank, IMF

• Willam T. Coleman - CIA

• Archibald K. Davis - media, radio, television, and newspapers

• George S. Franklin - FBI, and Trilateral Commission co-ordinator

• J.D. Rockefeller - to "spy" on the 15 man council.

September, 1982: Goodman now helps establish the Japan/New Zealand Council with the Bank of Tokyo and the Industrial Bank of Japan. Tokai Pulp Co. buys shareholding in NZFP, which also begins joint venture with Shell Oil.

Fletcher Challenge strengthens links with the Rockefeller organisation by acquiring the Canadian operations of Crown Zellerbach, whose chairman is also director of Gulf Oil. Crown Zellerbach Corp. has direct connections to Rockefeller through directors Mumford, Hendrickson and Granville, to United California Bank through Roth and to the Bank of America through Chairman C.R. Dahl.

Meanwhile, Robert Jones Investments floated to extend operations of City Realties, Ilmond Properties, Chase Corp., etc. The Commerce Building in Auckland sold to Robert Jones Investments by Robert Jones Holdings for $950,000 when recently it was offered on the market for $200,000. A quick $750,000 for Jones. Robert Jones Investments was set up by Brierley, Jones and Hawkins.

8th December, 1982: Mitchell Sharp heads top-level Mafia meeting in San Francisco. Others include Parsky, Perkins, Woodcock and C.R. Dahl - Chairman of Crown Zellermach.

Also present are - Brierley, Trotter, Fletcher and Seldon. Meeting to discuss Great South Basin exploitation strategy withfirst priority being monopolisation of the economy; second priority to establish oil refineries and related industries; third to integrate New Zealand economy into Trilateral economy and, fourth, to concentrate power back to the U.S through the Seven Sisters, Chase Manhattan and Security Pacific National Bank.

Fletcher Challenge will link New Zealand economy directly to the U.S by merging with Canadian subsidiary of Crown Zellerbach with funds provided by Security Pacific National Bank and United Californian Bank.

Brierley, Fletcher, Trotter and Seldon will be New Zealand Ruling Council, headed by Brierley, who would take orders from Gerald Parsky.


US covert support of Iraq in its war with Iran. Sun Myung Moon becomes a media mogul and an ally of the GOP. Arbusto Oil and Spectrum 7.

April 25, 1982 - A full-page ad appears in major newspapers around the world proclaiming: "THE CHRIST IS NOW HERE." The advertising campaign coincides with the beginning of a speaking tour by one Benjamin Creme, a British theosophist. In various interviews and speeches, Creme explains that in speaking of "the Christ," he does not mean Jesus Christ but Lord Maitreya, the World Teacher. According to Creme, Jesus, Buddha, Krishna, and others are merely disciples of Maitreya. These Ascended Masters comprise an enlightened Spiritual Hierarchy which has guided humanity's evolution throughout history. He maintains that Lord Maitreya fulfills the expectations of all peoples. Maitreya is the Christ awaited by the Christians; to the Jews he is the Messiah, to the Moslems he is the Imam Mahdi, to the Buddhists he is the Fifth Buddha, to the Hindus he is Krishna. In the past, Creme tells us, these Ascended Masters have usually worked through disciples, but now they're among us and ready to help our world take its next step. [Benjamin Creme's publication "Share International" is now produced in association with the U.N.'s Department of Public Information.

1982 A reporter at WRC-TV in Washington, DC breaks a story on Pertussis vaccine reactions in the documentary "DPT: Vaccine Roulette", which generally informs the American public that their children are at risk from Pertussis vaccinations. (See 1988)

1982 In 1982, Salvadoran trade unionists charge that epidemics of previously unknown diseases erupted in many areas after US-directed aerial bombings; particularly cited was hemorrhagic conjunctivitis, which causes bleeding of the eyes.

1982 William J. Clinton returns to become Governor of Arkansas when the people throw Frank White out of office. Clinton, with the assistance of the Stevens family, takes over the state media and political structure of Arkansas during his stint as Governor, which would last more than ten years.

1982 Israeli researchers find that autistic children have a "cell-mediated immune response to brain tissue.", suggesting that an "undetectable brain lesion associated with autoimmunity may play a role in the pathogenesis of autism."

1982 34th Meeting of the American Academy of Neurology releases a study which is published in Neurology magazine indicating that out of 103 infants who dies of Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS), 66% had been vaccinated with DPT prior to death. Of these, 6.5% died within 12 hours of vaccination, 13% within 24 hours, 26% within 3 days, 37% died within 1 week, 61% died within 2 weeks and 70% had died within 3 weeks. It was also found that SIDS frequencies have a bimodal peak occurrence at 2 and 4 months of age - the same ages when initial doses of DPT are administered to infants. Study done at the University School of Medicine at Reno, Nevada. Dr. William Torch.

1982 Homosexuals in Chicago, St. Louis, Denver, Los Angeles and San Francisco get Hepatitis B vaccine.

1982 "Metabolic Ecology: A Way to Win the War on Cancer" by Fred Rohe, is published, detailing cases where breast cancer has been cured through the nutritional approach over a 6 month period.

1982 Ken Davis, vice president of Bechtels nuclear power plant construction division, becomes Deputy Secretary of Energy in the Reagan Administration.

1982 First cases of Chronic Fatigue Syndrome/ Epstein Barr reported.

1982 E.M. Taylor and J.L. Emery write "in our experience, most unexpectant infant deaths have a multifactorial nature. We cannot exclude the possibility of recent vaccination/immunization being one of several contributory factors in an 'occasional' unexpected infant death (SIDS)."

1982 Government doctors in the tiny country of Djibouti are involved in numerous instances of torturing prisoners: injecting coma-inducing drugs, electroshock, amputations, and immersing victims in brine until their skin peels off. Per 1982 CIA report by William Buckley.

1982 Study by Geschwind and Behan on Autism reveals the finding of an association between autism, celiac disease, dyslexia, stuttering, migraine headaches, developmental disabilities and left-handedness (all features of post encephalitic syndrome). The study caused a sensation because of scientific inability to imagine the connecting thread among the disparate conditions. The connecting thread is the childhood vaccination program.

1982 The U.S. Public Health Service conducts its first group of studies on animal cancer and fluorides, mandated by the 1977 Congressional Hearings. The study lasts until 1984, and then is scrapped because of flaws in design and progress. (See 1985, Batelle Memorial Institute).

1982 The Pakistani government expels a U.S. physician working at the Lahore US chemical biological warfare lab after Soviets charge that experiments are being done there to infect mosquitoes with yellow fever and dengue for use in neighboring Afghanistan or Cuba. The doctor was a professor at the University of Maryland, an institutional co-sponsor of the lab and frequent collaborator with Fort Detrick on CBW projects. Ref: New York Times, Feb 10, 1982, "Pakistanis Expel a Malaria Expert". p.A-8.

1982 UN Law of the Sea denotes sea as common heritage of man. US/UK don't sign.

1982 In Britain, dutch elm disease kills 20 million trees.

1982 Dr. Peter Beter gives his last audio letter (#80) before his mysterious death.

1982 Nobel to Klug (UK) for analysis of structures of viruses and DNA.

1982 Peter Wilkinson at the University of Glascow testifies before the Scottish High Court in Edinburgh in a legal case entitled "Inhibition of the Immune System with Low levels of Fluoride" which revealed that fluoride decreases the migration rate of human white blood cells. At a concentration of .2ppm (which is .8ppm below the "approved" level of 1 ppm), relative white cell migration rate is reduced 8%. A concentration of 1ppm would produce a physiological decline of around 10%. Fluoride added to water supplies, tooth paste, school dental washes, supplement pills and dentists visits are increased and promoted, contributing to a further co-factor in the decline of the immune capability of the population.

1982 Bell Telephone agrees to sell 66% of assets after 7-year anti-trust suit.

1982 Magnetized tissues discovered in dolphins.

1982 Human insulin produced by bacteria is marketed.

1982 On May 15, 1982, CBS "60 Minutes" program details the vast numbers of Nazis brought to the US after the war. The program was followed weeks later by an article by Thomas O'Toole in the Washington Post indicating that as many as 5,000 Nazis were smuggled into the US in the 1940's and early 1950's.

1982 Human Rights Law Journal, Vol 3, 1982, features article by Alan Scheflin entitled "Freedom of the Mind as an International Human Rights Issue", derived from study sessions at the International Institute of Human Rights from 1981 to 1982. At this point, right wing military doctors are drawn to electronic mind control as a solution to the "useless eaters" quandary. In the introduction to the article, Scheflin states that "research designed to explicitly control the thoughts and conduct of citizens is in 1982 not only a reality, but the evidence is clear that this research is growing in scope, intensity, and financing."

1982 The New England Journal of Medicine features an article in which an Air Force doctor states "if a criminal's brain waves did not test "normal" after five years, he should be put to death".

1982 In Science magazine, Vol 217 p26-32, Dr. Dennis Leverett of the University of Rochester states, "if there are increasing concentrations of fluoride in the food chain, particularly food for infants, then we should expect fluorosis to be increasing in the population as well. The widespread use of fluorides might have created a situation in which we are approaching a critical mass of fluoride in the environment. There needs to extensive research done." Later in 1983 he would contradict himself at the University of Michigan symposium.


Promis/Inslaw scandal. 241 Marines die in Lebanon. Reagan envoy Donald Rumsfeld meets with Hussein to shore up US-Iraqi relations.

1983 - "The Humanist" publishes an essay which proclaims that "the battle for humankind's future must be waged in the public school classroom...between the rotting corpse of Christianity and the new faith of humanism...and humanism will emerge triumphant."

1983 Allen Ryan, chief Nazi hunter in the US Government, continues his efforts to identify former Nazis in the government and CIA. President Reagan and Vice President Bush derail the attempt. In response, Reagan bestows increased powers to the CIA to conduct surveillance on Americans, operate domestic front companies and prosecute anyone attempting to publically identify agency personnel. This act encourages the development of an extreme right wing fascist technological element in the United States.

1983 Zhang and Zhang publish a study which shows that fluorides cause birth defects in fish.

1983 Terry Read, former combat pilot in Laos, moves to Little Rock, Arkansas at the request of Oliver North to set up a training base for Contra guerillas in Nella, Arkansas - 11 miles from Mena airport.

1983 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency deputy assistant administrator Rebecca Hammer points out that fluoride-polluting industries can get paid for using public drinking waters as a sewer for their toxic waste products when she says "this agency regards the use of fluosilic acid as a source of fluorides for water fluoridation an ideal environmental solution to a long standing problem of contamination of the water and air from fertilizer manufacturing."

1983 Gustavo Cisneros added to International Advisory Board of Pan American Airways and Beatrice Foods.

1983 Park-O-Meter Company in Arkansas, in conjunction with the private police force of Wackenhut and Stormont Labs in Woodland, California, begin the production of delivery systems for new chemical and biological warfare weaponry for use in the Contra war.

1983 The Frederick Cancer Research Facility at Fort Detrick (FCRI) is engaged by the "AIDS Task Force" of the National Cancer Institute (NCI) to "join the efforts to uncover the viral agent that causes AIDS". (Note: The claim that the non-pathogenic virus dubbed "HIV" or HTLV-III causes anything at all has never been proven by any scientific document).

1983 A symposium takes place at the University of Michigan after years of planning between the US Dept of Health and Human Services, the USPHS Michigan state health plans, the Kellogg Foundation, and Medical Products Labs to "discuss the status of organized opposition to fluoridation, to analyze probable motives influencing the anti-fluoride movement, to develop political and legal strategies for the defense and promotion of fluoridation, and to access the need for a national fluoridation strategy." Dr. Dennis Leverett of the University of Rochester reported that his committee felt that fluoridation was a "political issue and not a scientific situation". See 1982,1988.

1983 The white majority South African government is suspected of conducting clandestine research on disease affecting only black people. This was reported to the UN Commission for Namibia in 1983, with no action taken.

1983 National Endowment for Democracy Act maneuvered through Congress by Mormon Bishop Senator Orrin Hatch. Carl Gershman, a staff director of the ADL, is chosen as director of the National Endowment.

1983 End of alleged Montauk III Time Travel project. Lock established to 1963 and 1943. Montauk base on Long Island abandoned above ground.

1983 Stealth 117-A fighter becomes operational.

1983 Dr. John R. Farley and co-workers from Loma Linda University show that treatment of bone cells with less than 1ppm fluoride increases collagen formation by 50 percent (unstable collagen. See 1981 Susheela). Ref: "Fluoride Directly Stimulates Proliferation and Alkaline Phosphatase Activity of Bone Forming Cells", Science, Volume 222, pp330-332, 1983.

1983 Harvard University makes first artificial chromosome and grafts to yeast cell.

1983 US government approves aspartame (NutraSweet) for sale in USA.

1983 Bellman, Ross and Miller publish a study of 269 cases of infantile spasms which returns to the establishment position that "DPT vaccines do not cause infantile spasms, but may trigger their onset in those children in whom the disorder is 'destined to develop'". (Note: Using this logic, if one ca

1983 Over 21,000 Foundations exist in the US, distributing $3.4 billion in grants.

1983 France tests neutron bomb.

1983 Montauk hyperspace project tests, followed by move of equipment and technology projects to the Alsace-Lorraine mountains of Germany under Project Malta. Alsace-Lorain Time Archives. Project continues today. CIA time-space work and mass microwave mind control projects 1943-1983 ar Montauk.

1983 Compact disc player released to public.

1983 Scientific conference in Lake Tahoe. Los Alamos puts forward a proposal to construct a "National Underground Science Facility" from 3,500 to 6,000 feet underground at the Nevada Test Site.

1983 Stanford University Study on Pertussis Vaccine. Lawrence Steinman and colleagues at Stanford University School of Medicine perform a study which reveals that children with allergies may overreact to Pertussis vaccine.

1983 Sadegh Tabatabai, son-in-law of Khomeini, arrested in Germany for having 3.3 pounds of raw opium in his possession. Arms for drugs intent. Released.

1983 Heroin from Southeast Asia accounts for 41% of heroin in western US.

1983 Associated Press article, May 20, 1983, reported that a Soviet machine called the "Lida" has been used by the Soviet Union since at least 1960 to influence human behavior with a 40 Mhz radio wave. The Lida is used in Russia as a tranquilizer and produces a trance-like state. The Russians refer to the Lida as a "distant pulse treatment apparatus" for dealing with psychological problems, hypertension and neurosis. The machine is offered as a "possible substitute for psychotropic drugs. When the AP article appeared in the US, the Lida machine was on loan to Jerry Pettis Memorial Veterans Hospital through a medical exchange program. According to the chief of research at the hospital, the machine may be used in American classrooms to control the behavior of disturbed or retarded children.

1983 US Army Colonel John B. Alexander, involved with Psychological Operations (Psyops), institutes Project Jedi, a human performance experiment using Neurolinguistic Programming (NLP) to influence military training.

1983 Child sexual abuse cases: 82,678.

1983 Alan Greenspan stars in the "Great Social Security Crisis".

1984: Bin Laden moves to Peshawar, a Pakistani town bordering Afghanistan, and is running a front organization for the mujaheddin known as Maktab al-Khidamar (MAK), funneling money, arms and fighters from the outside world into the Afghan war. [New Yorker, 1/24/00] "MAK was nurtured by Pakistan's state security services, the Inter-Services Intelligence agency, or ISI, the CIA's primary conduit for conducting the covert war against Moscow's occupation." [MSNBC, 8/24/98] He becomes closely tied to the warlord Gulbuddin Hekmatyar, and greatly strengthens Hekmatyar's opium smuggling operations. [Le Monde, 9/14/01] Hekmatyar had ties with bin Laden, the CIA and drug running, and has also been called "an ISI stooge and creation" by the Wall Street Journal. [Asia Times, 11/15/01]

1984-1994: The US, through USAID and the University of Nebraska, spends millions of dollars developing and printing textbooks for Afghan schoolchildren. The textbooks are filled with violent images and militant Islamic teachings, part of covert attempts to spur resistance to the Soviet occupation. For instance, children are taught to count with illustrations showing tanks, missiles and land mines. Lacking any alternative, millions of these textbooks are used long after 1994; the Taliban are still using them in 2001. In 2002, the US started producing less violent versions of the same books, which Bush says will have "respect for human dignity, instead of indoctrinating students with fanaticism and bigotry." Bush fails to mention who created those earlier books. [Washington Post, 3/23/02, CBC, 5/6/02] Since the war with Russia ended in 1989, why did the US keep promoting Islamic radicalism another five years?


Rumsfeld gives US approval for Iraqi chemical warfare. Osama bin Laden peddles arms and opium with CIA approval. Iran-Contra scandal brewing.

1984 - "The Power to Lead" is published. Author James McGregor Burns admits: "The framers of the U.S. Constitution have simply been too shrewd for us. They have outwitted us. They designed separate institutions that cannot be unified by mechanical linkages, frail bridges, tinkering. If we are to 'turn the founders upside down' - we must directly confront the constitutional structure they erected."

1984 The British Epidemiological Research Laboratory publishes a study relative to Pertussis vaccinations, saying "Since the decline in Pertussis immunization, hospital admissions and death rates from whooping cough have fallen unexpectedly."

1984 American Cancer Society says vitamins and diet might be of some benefit.

1984 The Journal of the American Medical Association, Vol262, features an article in which UCLA doctors Oye and Shapiro describe how cancer patients are treated with chemotherapy when no evidence existed that the drug would have any effect on their tumors, how new drugs are based on biased studies, and how false reporting, rigged statistics and exaggerated conclusions were practiced regularly in order to get new drugs approved. For example, percentages of "those who respond" is increased by not counting those who die during treatment or whose reaction to drugs could be designated as fatal. (Note: The same parallel exists within the AZT/AIDS scam).

1984 Reagan re-elected in the US with George HW Bush (CIA) as VP.

1984 Permanent Investigations Subcommittee of the US Senate releases a study entitled "Crime and Secrecy: The Use of Offshore Banks and Companies", in which it is revealed that London banking is the international center for concealment of drug money. (Mar 84).

1984 In 1984, MIT neurophysicist John Hopfield's work on neural nets inspires Terry Sejnowski and Geoffrey Hinton to invent the "Boltzmann Machine", which would effectively learn to recognize patterns, but would eat up so much processing power, the model was rendered useless. Hinton would go on to develop "backward processing", which would carry information to Artificial Intelligence networks on the degree of inapplicability of a computer "guess", assisting AI solution to problems that could be set up as a pattern recognition task. The problem still remained that neural nets required too many human-supervised training sessions.

1984 Brookings Institution originates a new program headed by Alice Rivlin, former director of the Congressional Budget Office, that espouses the income tax be replaced by a consumption tax on all consumption, bequests and gifts, laying a tax on citizens by estimating what that spend or consume.

1984 The 1984 issue of Clinical Toxicology of Commercial Products indicates that 1/10 oz of fluoride in the human body is lethal for a 100 pound adult human. Fluoride toothpaste contains up to 1mg/gram of fluoride. A whole tube contains about 199 mg of fluoride - enough to kill a 25-pound child. Tooth brushing causes ingestion of 0.25 mg/day.

1984 Four-man CIA team coordinated by Ray Cline arrive in New Zealand to begin installing equipment for subliminal television advertising at five sites. Equipment can be installed within 1 km of television relay aerials and linked to one remote computer. Tests are conducted through 1987 on New Zealand and Australian television.

1984 The 1984 Connaught Laboratory package insert for DPT vaccine cites a 1978 Scandinavian study linking the vaccine to the development of hemolytic anemia and warns that this is a contraindication. By 1991, they would remove this warning from their package inserts in order to conceal this data. This kind of anemia is typified by weakness and periodic loss of consciousness.

1984 A complaint was filed by a group of US physicians with the UN Center for Human Rights in Geneva, entitled "A Complaint Against Medical Tyranny As Practiced in the United States of America: American Medical Genocide"; the existence of the report was suppressed by the Bush Administration and the media. Reprinted in The Leading Edge in Oct/Nov 1994.

1984 Shaywitz Study at Yale Medical School Pediatrics revealed that "minimal brain damage is perhaps the most common and time-consuming problem in current pediatric practice."

1984 Sexual abuse cases in 1984: 123,400.

1984 Wyeth Laboratories package insert for DPT vaccine states, "The occurrence of Sudden Infant Death Syndrom (SIDS) has been reported following administration of DTP vaccine" and that "approximately 85% of SIDS cases occur in the period 1 through 6 months of age, with the peak incidence at age 2 to 4 months." Two years later in 1986, the Wyeth insert stated, "SIDS has occurred in infants following administration of DPT" but went on to state that "one study showed that there was no casual connection". (Note: One wonders who paid for and did that specific study)

1984 Seven US chemical companies agree to pay Agent Orange damages to vets.

1984 Nobel prizes awarded for research on monoclonal antibodies and immune system studies.

1984 More than 70 US banks fail.

1984 Beirut, Lebanon CIA chief William Buckley is captured and undergoes torture by a doctor trained at the University of Moscow in psychiatric murder. Buckley's ordeal is recorded on video and sent to CIA headquarters at Langley, forcing CIA Director William Casey into desperate measures to save him.

1984 A report to the US House of Representatives admits that "a large number of stores in the United States use ultrasonic commands broadcast 'to discourage shoplifting'". A report from a Department of Defense medical engineer states that "microwaves and other conditioning methods have been regularly used by the Israelis against the Palestinians." (Think of the implications)

1984 Standard Oil acquires Gulf Oil for $13.2 billion.

1984 Former FDA head Stuart Nightingale admits at a House of Delegates meeting in Honolulu that, "we need the AMA to help put chelation therapy out of business."

1984 CDC acknowledges that 60% of those receiving hepatitis vaccine are HIV.

1984 Researchers in Japan were achieving some degree of understanding about fluorides consumption and human cancer. Dr. Takeki Tsutsui of the Nippon Dental College showed in 1984 that "fluoride caused not only genetic damage but was also capable of transforming normal human cells into cancer cells." In Dr.Tsutsui's study, the level of fluoride used was the same level that the United States National Cancer Institute suggested should be used in a study to determine whether fluoridation of public water supplies causes cancer. The level of fluoride deemed "safe" by the United States in 1 ppm. The researchers in Japan found that cells treated with fluoride produced cancer.

1984 Congressman Claude Pepper claims health fraud is $10 billion/yr scandal, and proposes HR6501 to create an AMA backed Strike Force against fraud. The National Council Against Health Fraud (NCAHF) begins meeting in May 84. 1985 Los Angeles meeting of the NCAHF attended by representatives of the FDA, the Federal Trade Commission and the US Postal Service. Illegal involvement of Federal agencies.

Mid-1983: Brierley's Ariadne (Aust) takes control of Repco (NZ) through Repco (Aust), therby taking control of key auto-related industry, helped by Borg Warner and Honeywell - which are closely associated with IEL through International Harvester, Continental Illinois Bank and the First National Bank of Chicago. Toyota and Nissan also help so that Brierley now largest distributor of auto and industrial parts, largest manufacturer of pistons, filters and engine bearings, as well as biggest supplier of forklifts, tractors and agricultural equipment.

Meantime, control is extended over the Great South Basin oil source with Hunt, after big losses resulting from trying to corner the world's silver market, being forced to sell out some of his concession to Gulf Oil, which uses Brierley to set up a new company - Southern Petroleum - which takes a 14.5% interest. Hunt retains overall control with 45.5%, Petro-Corp has 40% and Chairman F. Orr, also a Director of Brierley - controlled Watties.

Brierley, through Goodman, takes control of TNL Group and its subsidiaries NZ Motor Bodies and L & M Mining, which has 15% interest in the Chatham Rise, right next to the Hunt concession.

Southern Petroleum set up by Brierley in New Zealand was spearheaded by the Seven Sisters' companies with Gerald Parsky and William Colby initiators. Southern Petroleum to include 21% of the Great South Basin held by gulf and Mobil Oil. 90% of this stock held in Australia through IEL (ie Brierley's).

11-12th May, 1983: New Zealand Mafia meet in Cook Islands. Includes Brierley, Trotter, Fletcher, Jones, Hawkins, Goodman, Pappas, Judge, Renouf, and Fernyhough. New members include A. Gibbs, McConnell, H.Fletcher and O.Gunn. Japanese Trilateralists Takeshi Wataneve and Daigo Miyado discuss 'integration' of New Zealand into the Pacific Rim economies.

A new political party would be established using Jones and financed by the New Zealand Mafia Council.

* Reason: Parsky and Colby wanted Muldoon out because he had 'welched' on a deal to set up two US military deep-water submarine bases planned for Dusky Sound and Guards Bay in the South Island. Parsky, Brierley and Ray Cline hold a separate meeting to discuss the purchase of New Zealand politicians, including Lange, Douglas and Bolger.

Cline was 'consultant' to the CIA's Deak Bank, took orders from Colby, and was responsible for the 10 Australian politicians on the CIA's payroll, including Bjelke Petersen, I. Sinclair, Keating, McMullen, M.Fraser, D. Anthony, K. Newman, J Carrick, B. Cowan and R. Connor.

Cline outlines CIA plan to begin subliminal television advertising.

22nd June, 1983: New Zealand politician J. Bolger meets Ray Cline in Sydney and agrees to join the organisation for a monthly fee of $US20,000 to be paid into account number GA1282117 at Geneva branch of Credit Swisse.

20th July, 1983: New Zealand politician R. Douglas meets Ray Cline in Wellington and agrees to join the organisation for a monthly fee of $US10,000 to be paid into account number 3791686 at the Sydney Branch of the Deak Bank.

July 1983: Parsky launches a new front company, Chase Corporation, with 25% of the stock being held through Security Pacific National Bank in Australia and 25% held in Hong Kong by Chase Manhattan. Brierley and Hawkins set up a 'back-door' listing to cover up true-ownership.

August, 1983: Muldoon imposes withholding tax on all ofshore borrowing.

Chase Manhattan, United California Bank and Brierley begin new banking operation in New Zealand to take over the International Harvester Credit Co (NZ), Australasian Investment Company. Participants include Chase Manhattan's Kuwait Asia Bank, D.F.C., Saudicorp (Brierley has 12% through Goodman) and United California, represented by National Insurance which is part of Equus Holdings.

Renouf sells 20% NZUC to Barclays and prepared for expanding of operations with Brierley.

Meantime, Murdoch and Brierley expand their close ties by each taking a piece of New Zealand Maritime Holdings and with the election imminent, divide up New Zealand media for takeover to increase Mafia control. NZ News buys Hawkes Bay News, Nelson Tribune, Timaru Herald, etc. Brierley increases holding in Hauraki Enterprises and other private radio stations. Brierley and Murdoch have majority stockholding in NZPA with 48.5%, while in the UK, Murdoch has large stockholding in Reuters.

The phoney news becomes THE news.

Head of the Murdoch operation is Burnett, who is also on the board of Winstones - a Brierley company.

September, 1983: With global heroin epidemic, Rockefeller expands operations to recycle profits.

New Zealand South British sets up the IDAPS computer bureau to establish international holding companies, dummy corporations, etc and to pursue aggressive global acquisition programme. IDAPS linked to satellite bureaux in Australia, Far East, UK and the US, where the global network is completed through links with the Rockefeller organisation computer network.

General Manager of the operation, George Wheller, previously director of the international operators of Firemen's Fund (US), Chairman Du Bain, director of the United California Bank, and Vice-Chairman of Amex.

As part of the expanded laundry operation, Rockefeller associate Adnan Kashoggi establishes new Australian bank - Security Pacific National Bank (Aust). Brierley's part of this operation is to buy up computer companies such as Andas, CID Distributors (NZ Apple computer franchise,etc).

Investment companies begin operations in Australia and New Zealand to assist recycle Mafia profits.

October 1983: Brierley takes over NZFP through Watties, helped by newly- appointed chairman Papps. Papps also chairman of NZ Railways and presided over transport deregulation, the major beneficiaries of which include Watties and Freightways - Managing Director Pettigrew and Director Lang also both on the NZFP board with Papps.

Papps also responsible for the railways' electrification programme with big contracts for Cory Wright & Slamon, whose directors include I.I McKay, also on the board of NZFP.

Late 1983: AMAX (Social) gives Gulf Oil a share in the Martha Hill gold bonanza by selling 15% of its holdings to Briereley through Goodmans. Oil companies say that only $870 million worth of minerals in Martha Hill, while true figure is closer to $3 billion.

21st January, 1984: Australian Mafia Council meets in Sydney. Includes - Brierley, Seldon, Fletcher, Jones, Goodman, Hawkins, Papps, Packer, Bond and Japanese Trilaterist Daigo Miyado. New members include J. Elliott, L. Adler, and Holme's A'Court. Seldon outlines strategy of merging Australian economy with the Trilateralist economy through Europe and the US.

In Australia, the Mafia Council will monopolise the economy with company takeovers through the use of loans at less than 5%.

Holme's A'Court's company would be taken over using Security Pacific National Bank and Chase Manhattan Bank, with some of the stock being held in London.

Equiticorp will be launched using Hawkins, with 50% of the stock held by Security Pacific National Bank and Chase Manhattan in the US Equiticorp to registered in Hong Kong to cover up true ownership, and will use the same laundry as Chase Corporation - Hawkins will set up a maze of shell companies and dummy organisations to disguise operations.

Hawkins previously associated with Kashoggi when Corporate Secretary of Marac, and linked with Renouf through their stockholding in CBA Finance, which is a partner in Commercial Pacific Trust with United California Bank, Hawkins forms umbrella company with Chase Corpl, Jedi Investments and Teltherm and begins setting up a maze of cross holding companies. Brierley retains his connection through his Charter Corporation's holding in Teltherm.

January 1984: Brierley and Elliott begin moves to monopolise the food industry in Australasia by merging Goodman and the Elders Group, while Brierley sells 10% of Watties to the NZ Dairy Board - setting the stage for land takeover and establishment of the Corporate Farm.

February 1984: New Zealand politician D. Lange meets Ray Cline in Wellington and agrees to go on the Mafia payroll for monthly fee of $UA40,000 paid into account number 5263161 at Commercial Pacific Trust, New Hebrides.

March 1984: Muldoon knighted with GCMG for keeping the economy free of obstructions for easier takeover and exploitation.

24th May, 1984: Four-man CIA team co-ordinated by Ray Cline arrive in New Zealand to begin installation of equipment for subliminal television advertising at five sites - Waiatarua, Mt Erin, Kaukau, Sugarloaf and Obelisk.

Sophisticated equipment can be installed within one kilometer of TV relay arrials and all linked to one IDAPS computer bureau in Auckland.

Same equipment installed in Australia August 1985; Japan September 1986; UK February 1987: New York 1987. Also, Amax geoligists now estimate Martha Hill gold source could be worth up to $30 billion on strength of high gold/tonne ore assay.

17th July, 1984: In New Zealand, subliminal advertising begins on Channel Two between 6pm and midnight - hours later extended tobegin at noon. Subliminal messages prepared in the US by the CIA and with New Zealand election imminent, tell voters to support the Labour Party, the New Zealand Party and to buy Mafia company products.

New Zealand Party was formed to ensure that Muldoon would lose, as Big Business unhappy with controls over economy. Big campaign contributions from Brierley, the oil companies and the Business Round Table ensure a Labour victory.

Later, Lange agrees to repay the favour to Brierley by selling the Government holding in the Kariori Pulp Mill to Winstones. New Zealand taxpayer loses $100 million.

Government then becomes the arm of big business, using economic policies provided by the Business Round Table, implemented by Finance Minister Roger Douglas and the package being sold by David Lange, who also keeps up a noisy CIA directed ANZUS withdrawal campaign.

* Reason: 1) ANZUS Treaty did not cover Mafia requirements over the Great South Basin discovery; 2) To identify any oppositin or threats within New Zealand who align themselves with supposed Government policy, Lange increases the SIS budget and strangthens links with the CIA.

Brookings Institute are the actual designers of the New Zealand Government econmomic policies provided by the Business Round Table (NZ Mafia front) and implented by the Government.

Douglas devalues the dollar and deregulates interest rates, which means cheaper labour, cheaper capital assets and high mortgage rates, thereby implementing Big Business policy of driving farmers off the land, establishment of the corporate farm and eventually remove viability of small business sector, etc.

27th September, 1984: New Zealand Mafia meets at new 'safe house' registered under Fernyhough's name, in Auckland. Those present include Brierley, J. Fletcher, Trotter, Jones, Goodman, Gunn, Papps, Hawkins, Judge, Renouf, Fernyhough, Gibbs and McConnell. Daigo Miyado announces appointment of Trotter as International Vice President of the Trilateral Commission Pacific Basin Economic Council.
Brierley outlines strategy of privatisation of the New Zealand Government and the establishment of the New Zealand Centre for Independent Studies which will be chaired by Gibbs, aided by Fernyhough and controlled by Cline, which will 'advise' Treasury on privatisation.

Parsky, Brierley and Seldon hold a separate meeting with Parsky, outlining plans for an expanded laundry operation which will coincide with the launch of 'Crack' - a new addictive product developed by CIA chemists for the world market.

Equiticorp (Aust) will be launched with Adler as Manager and a new merchant bank using Eldrs, Goodman and Jarden.

IEI will merge with Armco Bank, which has 20 branches in South East Asia; Ariadne will acquire the Bank of Queensland, and Brierley Investments will form a cross-shareholding with NZI Corp to further increase control by their Mafia organisation. Other plans include the laundering of funds directly to the New Zealand and Australian Governments and the establishment of key companies within the economies of New Zealand, Australia and Hong Kong.

The first key company will control the food industry in Australasia through merger of Elders, Goodmans, Allied Mills, Fielder Gillespie and Watties. Allied Mills will control 30%Goodmans, 30% Fielder, 20% Watties and will expand into Europe via acquisition of Rank, Hovis McDougall (UK). Allied Mills will be controlled through IEL.

26th October, 1984: Trotter, Hawkins, Lange and Douglas meet in Wellington to implement Mafia plans to privatise the Government and to deregulate the banking system.

Late 1984: As part of the IDAPS computer-controlled 'laundry' operation, Trotter and Fletcher help establish the 'Pacific Investment Fund' with Australian and New Zealand investments to be managed by Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank subsidiary, Wardley and the Japanese operation controlled by Tokyo Trust and Banking Company - owned by Sanwa Bank, Taiyo-Kobe Bank and Nomura Securities. All are members of the Rockefeller World Government organisation.

18th July, 1985: Australian Mafia meet in Sydney to discuss privatisation of the Australian Government. Those present include - Brierley, Trotter, Fletcher, Seldon, Goodman, Papps, Packer, Bond, Elliott, Adler, and Japanese Trilateralist Daigo Miyado.

Cline will set up Australian Centre for Independent Studies to 'advise' the Treasurer on the takeover of the economy.Impala Pacific will be set up in Hong Kong through Ariadne with 60% of the company stock held by Chase Manhattan and Security Pacific National Bank in Australia. In the UK, Tozer, Kemsly & Millbourn would be taken over using IEP, while in Australia, the Holme's A'Court Bell Group would be used to merge with Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, through Standard & Chartered Bank (Hong Kong), and Marae (NZ) Broadlands (Aust) would merge with NZI Corporation.

18th August, 1985: Cline and 6-man CIA team begin installation of subliminal television equipment in Sydney, Brisbane and Perth.

8th November1985: Parsky, Colby and J.D Rockefeller meet in New York to discuss their plans to assassinate McCloy and the Rockefellers and to take control of the Mafia organisation.

Colby would organise a 8-man 'hit squad' to be headed by Gordon Liddy who had worked for Colby in the 1960's as a CIA contract killer, and was responsible for over 10 murders including:

• 17/8/61 - two members of the Gambino Mafia family in New York

 24/11/63 - Officer Tippitt after the Kennedy assassination in Dallas

• 18/12/63 - witness to the Kennedy assassination in Dallas

• 19/4/65 - Politician in Chicago

• 27/7/65 - Politician in Washington

• 8/9/65 - Politician in Washington

• 27/11/66 - US 'independent' cocaine importer, in Mexico.

• 25/11/67 - 'Independent' heroin importer, in Los Angeles

• 9/2/69 - Politician in Washington

28th November 1985: Australian Mafia meet in Sydney - includes: Trotter, Fletcher, Hawkins, Bond, Elliott, Adler and Holme's A'Court - discussed strategy for merger of Goodman, Allied Mills, Fielde Gillespie Davis, Watties and Elders with Chase Manhattan Bank taking 20%, Elders and IEL 10%, with stock being held through Chase-AMP Bank.

Elders would be used as major 'vehicle' in the global liquor economy with Courage Brewery in the UK to be used as entry into Europe.

Strategy finalised to take over BHP, Australia's largest company, using Holme's A'Court, Brierley, Elliott and Hawkins.

In London, Chase Manhattan would takeover stockbrokers Simon & Coates who specialise in Australasia Mafia owned companies such as Fletcher Challenge, Brierley, NZI Corp, Elders, Bell Group and BHP. Chase Manhattan could then issue and buy stock to manipulate the Australasian economy by increasing price, paying no taxes, creating inflation, and enslaving the people through debt to Mafia controlled banks.

Parsky would oversee the 'launder' of further loans to the NZ Government and would begin to channel 'loans' through the Australian Treasury using captive politician Keating. Also NZ Government building would be sold to Jones and Australia Government buildings would be sold to Adler which would then be rented back to the respective Governments at inflated prices.

17th November 1986: Brierley, Seldon, Packer, Bond, Elliott, Holmes a Court and Adler meet in Sydney. Also present is Rupert Murdoch to assist in Parsky strategy of media takeover in Australasia and the Pacific using Packer and Bond (TV and Radio) Brierley and Holmes A'Court (newspapers).

Murdoch takes orders from Brzezinski since his News Corp was taken over in 1982 by Chase Manhattan and Security Pacific National Bank.

At a separate meeting with Brierley, Seldon and Cline, Parsky outlines plan for 'key' Media Australasian Holding company using the Bell Group which would be taken over by with Chase Manhattan holding 27.5% in London and the US. Another 10% of the stock would be held through Security Pacific National Bank (US).

Mid-1980s: Salem bin Laden, Osama's oldest brother, is allegedly involved in the Iran-Contra affair. Quoting a French intelligence report posted by Frontline (see October 1980), The New Yorker reports, "During the nineteen-eighties, when the Reagan Administration secretly arranged for an estimated thirty-four million dollars to be funneled through Saudi Arabia to the Contras, in Nicaragua, Salem bin Laden aided in this cause, according to French intelligence." [New Yorker, 11/5/01, Frontline, 2001]

Mid-1980s (B): The ISI starts a special cell of agents who use profits from heroin production for covert actions "at the insistence of the CIA." "This cell promotes the cultivation of opium and the extraction of heroin in Pakistani territory as well as in the Afghan territory under mujaheddin control for being smuggled into the Soviet controlled areas, in order to turn the Soviet troops heroin addicts. After the withdrawal of the Soviet troops, the ISI's heroin cell started using its network of refineries and smugglers for smuggling heroin to the Western countries and using the money as a supplement to its legitimate economy. But for these heroin dollars, Pakistan's legitimate economy must have collapsed many years ago." [Financial Times, Asian edition, 8/10/01] The ISI grows so powerful on this money, that Time magazine later states, "Even by the shadowy standards of spy agencies, the ISI is notorious. It is commonly branded 'a state within the state,' or Pakistan's 'invisible government.'" [Time, 5/6/02]

Osama bin Laden in 1989. [Sydney Morning Herald]

March 1985: The US decides to escalate the war in Afghanistan. The CIA, British MI6 and the ISI agree to launch guerrilla attacks from Afghanistan into then Soviet-controlled Tajikistan and Uzbekistan, attacking military installations, factories and storage depots within Soviet territory until the end of the war. The CIA also begins supporting the ISI in recruiting radical Muslims from around the world to come to Pakistan and fight with the Afghan mujaheddin. The CIA gives subversive literature and Korans to the ISI, who carry them into the Soviet Union. Eventually, around 35,000 Muslim radicals from 43 Islamic countries will fight with the Afghan mujaheddin. Tens of thousands more will study in the hundreds of new madrassas funded by the ISI and CIA in Pakistan. Their main logistical base is in the Pakistani city of Peshawar. [Washington Post, 7/19/92, Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, 9/23/01, Honolulu Star-Bulletin, 9/23/01, The Hindu, 9/27/01, Taliban: Militant Islam, Oil and Fundamentalism in Central Asia, Ahmed Rashid, 3/01] In the late 1980s, Pakistan's President Benazir Bhutto, feeling the mujaheddin network has grown too strong, tells President George Bush Sr., "You are creating a Frankenstein." But the warning goes unheeded. [Newsweek, 9/24/01] By 1993, the President of Pakistan tells Egyptian President Hasni Mubarak that Peshawar is under de facto control of the mujaheddin, and unsuccessfully asks for military help in reasserting Pakistani control over the city. Thousands of mujaheddin fighters return to their home countries after the war is over, and engage in countless acts of terrorism. One Western diplomat notes these thousands would never have been trained or united without US help, and says "The consequences for all of us are astronomical." [Atlantic Monthly, 5/96]


CIA recruits radical Muslims to fight in Afghanistan. US swaps arms to Iran for hostages.

1985 - Norman Cousins, President of the World Future Society and honorary chairman of Planetary Citizens, says: "World government is coming. In fact, it is inevitable. No arguments for it or against it can change that fact."

1985 Over 15,000 "HIV" positive haemophiliacs who have 94 "HIV" positive wives exist worldwide. Most of the wives died of age-related opportunistic infection. A previous study in 1984 in the Journal of the American Medical Association V251,p1450-54, revealed that in 41 wives of haemophiliacs studied, all the T-cell ratios were entirely normal.

1985 Mutinational companies spend $10 billion acquiring seed and plant breeding companies. Imperial Chemical Industries (ICI) in England is now one of the worlds largest seed suppliers. From 1985 to 1990, ICI swalled up 11 large seed companies.

1985 Tests developed to detect simian viruses in vaccines.

1985 The Salvadoran Association of Health Professionals charges that another new disease, which caused high fevers, headaches, joint pains, rash, and later jaundice, occurred after bombings "of an unfamiliar character" under the auspices of the United States.

1985 The prestigious British medical journal Lancet publishes the Augist 10th work of Peter Skrabanek of Trinity College, University of Dublin, who produces a viable argument against the existence of the ACS "early detection" and mammography program, as relating to orthodox treatment of surgery, radiation or chemotherapy. According to Skrabanek, "the philosophy of breast cancer screening is based on wishful thinking that early cancer is curable cancer, though no one knows what is 'early'. There is no evidence that mastectomy affects survival rate."

1985 A mysterious outbreak of dengue fever - the first ever - occurred in Managua Nicaragua and adjacent areas a few months after the escalation of US aerial surveillance missions. Nearly 50% of the population of the city become sick, and several deaths occurred. The Nicaraguan Health Ministry has been investigating the possibilty of a US Chemical/Biological Warfare role.

1985 Study by the World Congress of Biological Psychiatry finds that in a study of 321 violent individuals, most of them white and middle class, 95% of them showed evidence of brain dysfunction and neurological disabilities.

1985 The U.S. Public Health Service contracts a second set of studies on animal cancer and fluoride, mandated by the 1977 Congressional Hearings. The USPHS contracts Batelle Memorial Institute in Ohio, which conducts a study lasting until 1987. The results are released in 1988. (See 1988).

1985 Supercomputer Network Study Act enacted into law, promotes linkage of all national computer database systems. Law introduced by Al Gore.

1985 The Assistant Secretary of Health, Edward Brandt, Jr.,M.D, testifies before a Senate Committee, "every year 35,000 children suffer neurological complications because of DPT vaccine." (May 3, 1985).

1985 A U.S. Government study shows an awareness of the potential of genetic engineering. "The rapid advances of genetic technology, in which the U.S. is the leader, offer the predictable likelihood of new agents being developed for which no vaccines or counteragents are known or available". Ref: Report of the President's Chemical Warfare Review Commission, 1969.

1985 Washington Post article by David Remnick "The Experiments of Dr. Ewen Cameron" reprinted also in the Congressional Record, Aug 1, 1985, details Camerons activities at the Allen Memorial Clinic in Montreal and involvement in CIA sponsored mind control experiments on Canadians and Americans on systematic annihilation of memory, de-patterning the mind and memory, barbituate sleep and LSD experiments, and psychic driving (repetition of a coded message ) mind programming.

1985 Dental hygenists, psychiatrists, public relations experts, education specialists and psychologists (no scientists) form "The American Oral Health Institute" and release a book "Abuse of the Scientific Literature in an Antifluoridation Pamphlet", in which they attack scientific data relative to fluoride and those who oppose its use in the public water supply. An examination of the book, ironically, revealed "abuse of scientific literature" on the part of the authors, who demonstrated their lack of scientific expertise and themselves were guilty of deception and misrepresentation of scientific fact.

1985 Consensus Conference on Electroconvulsive Therapy is held by the National Institutes of Mental Health (NIMH) and the National Institutes of Health (NIH). At the conference, psychologist and attorney Edward Opton presented evidence that ECT patients show little or no improvement at all. None of the assembled ECT doctors could provide any contradictory evidence, so his conclusions were published in the October 18, 1985 Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA). Optons comments, however, were excluded from the Proceedings of the Conference published by NIMH. It was also omitted from the APA task force report.

1985 Supercomputer Network Study Act of 1985 enacted into law, introduced by Senator Al Gore. Created the basis for the Elementary and Secondary Integrated Data System linked with all other federal computers collecting data on US citizens.

1985 Hemophilus Influenza type B (HIB) vaccine approved for general use in US. The Hib vaccine is often referred to as the "meningitis" vaccine, but meningitus has several causes.

1985 Study at St.Marys Hospital in London demonstrates that even "HIV"-negative homosexual men had significantly reduced T and B cell activity compared with heterosexual controls. Their immune systems were just as compromised as those of symptomless "HIV"-positive homosexual men. (Clinical Experimental Immunology, Vol75, p7-11) (Supports work suggesting that "poppers" made by Burroughs Wellcome in England contributed to the decline of those who used them - typically homosexuals). Wellcome is getting twice the profit, for it also makes the cellular toxin AZT, with which AIDS patients are killed.

1985 Electromagnetic weapon tests on Greenham Common protestors creates new evidence of crowd control and electromagnetic disease creation. Use of ELF weapons on civilians protesting presence of US cruise missles.

1985 NBC broadcasts program about black unmarked helicopters and secret projects.

1985 British Imperial Chemical Industries (ICI) begins buying US seed companies.

1985 Britain begins blood supply "screening for HIV virus."

1985 After ten years of study, there are indications that ELF signals interfere with biological cueing frequencies, producing chronic stress and lowered immune system capabilities. Revealed in The Body Electric by Dr. Robert Becker. 1985 Military missions begin on space shuttle.

1985 Bilderberger meeting in Rye, New York, May 10-12, 1985.

1985 Scientific American in November 1985 featured Dr. John Cairns of the Harvard Medical School of Public Health, who wrote that chemotherapy was useful for only a few rare cancers. He found no significant gains against the primary cancers since the 1950's, and estimated that only 3% of those with cancer have their life extended by chemotherapy out of the 400,000 deaths each year in the United States. (Note: How similar this is to the use of the experimental chemotherapy drug AZT in the AIDS paradigm).

1985 Book about DPT vaccinations DPT: A Shot in the Dark is published, revealing aspects of collusion between government agencies, the medical establishment and the pharmaceutical industry.

1986: The CIA, ISI and bin Laden work together to build the Khost tunnel complex in Afghanistan. This will be a major target of bombing and fighting in the US defeat of the Taliban in 2001. [Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, 9/23/01, Honolulu Star-Bulletin, 9/23/01, The Hindu, 9/27/01, Taliban: Militant Islam, Oil and Fundamentalism in Central Asia, Ahmed Rashid, 3/01] It is reported before 9/11 that "bin Laden worked closely with Saudi, Pakistani and US intelligence services to recruit mujaheddin from many Muslim countries," but this hasn't been reported much since. [UPI, 6/14/01] A CIA spokesman will later claim, "For the record, you should know that the CIA never employed, paid, or maintained any relationship whatsoever with bin Laden." [Ananova, 10/31/01]


The Clintons extricate themselves from Whitewater. Reagan illegally funds Nicaraguan Contras. Chernobyl. Harken Oil. Iran-Contra scandal breaks; Dick Cheney protects Vice President Bush. Reagan administration successfully blunts Iran-Contra investigation.

Aug. 13, 1986 - Associated Press reports: "People scattered over much of the eastern United States reported a mysterious light in the night sky, and residents of Kentucky said they heard a boom and felt their houses shake. There were similar reports in other parts of the East. The mysterious light was witnessed by Americans from Michigan, Maine, Louisiana and Kentucky. Some people said they saw a 'great big ball of fire,' Clark County Kentucky Sheriff Larry Lawson said. The people said their homes shook and windows vibrated as if there had been an explosion or earthquake, but it was just for a few seconds. They said the whole sky lit up."

Aug. 14, 1986 - "USA Today" describes the events which occurred on the night of August 12: "A spectacular light show that pranced across the night sky east of the Mississippi had astronomers baffled."

1986 In Kansas, 1300 cases of Pertussis reported. Over 1100 had been vaccinated.

1986 150 lawsuits pending against DPT vaccine makers.

1986 The book entitled The Truth about AIDS - Evolution of an Epidemic, written by Fettner and Clark, provides documentation on the origin of AIDS and its relation to the biomedical evidence regarding ELF and the destruction of the human immune system.

1986 Robert Gallo is interviewed at the National Cancer Institute, where he says, "HTLV-III is the sole cause of AIDS. You don't need any co-factors!"

1986 National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act. Administered by the US Claims Court in Washington, DC, which does recognize an association between the DPT shot and infantile spasms. The court awarded $2 million to a body in 1989 relative to a reaction to DPT vaccine.

1986 Employee of Boeing Aircraft allegedly finds the document Silent Weapons for Quiet Wars in an office copier. The document discusses social engineering of civilization to obtain total control, the technology for which supposedly originated in England during World War II.

1986 The May 1986 issue of the New England Journal of Medicine features an article by Elaine Smith of the University of Iowa and Dr. John Bailar of Harvard University. Dr. Bailar was a former editor of the Journal of the National Cancer Institute, an expert in statistical evaluation and statistical consultant to the New England Journal of Medicine, and a senior scientist of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Disease Prevention and Health Promotion. In the article, Bailar and Smith analyze the cancer treatment phenomenon and discover an 8% increase in cancer since 1950, which was getting worse. They state that "there has been no apparent change in mortality from breast cancer since 1950." Immediately on the defensive, the NCI and ACS lie to the public, and state that "cancer statistics indicate great progress." (See 1987, General Accounting Office).

1986 The Rocky Mountain Poison Control Center reports 87 cases of fluoride poisoning . Two cases involved fluoride treatment by a dentist. One 13 month old child died. Twenty five suffered gastrointestinal symptoms. Sodium fluoride is the most frequent single cause of acute poisoning in children.

1986 New England Journal of Medicine [Vol314:p647] featured a study of maleria patients from Venezuela, where the rate of "false positives" with Western Blot was 25-41%. This led the researchers to conclude that "HIV is not causing 'AIDS', even in the presence of the severe immunoregulatory disturbances characteristic of acute maleria."

1986 In a study published in Lancet [1:1090-92], the amount of HIV antibody detected in ELISA tests was greatest immediately after blood transfusion and decreased between transfusions.

1986 Challenger explosion stops shuttle program.

1986 US Government reveals that a hydrogen bomb accidently dropped near Albuquerque, New Mexico. It did not explode.

1986 Child abuse reports: 1.2 million.

1986 Navy Captain Paul Taylor prepares an assessment of electromagnetic weaponry for Maxwell Air Force Base which reveals "some of the uses include dealing with terrorist groups, crowd control and tactical warfare. In all cases, EM systems produce mild to severe physiological disruption or perceptual disorientation.

1986 Immigration Control Act of 1986. Gives the president of the US the authority to implement whatever type of identification necessary to control the population. (Section 100).

1986 National Survey reveals over 10 million American adults are illiterate. The study also discovers that 36 million Americans cannot read at 8th grade level, 40% of adults cannot interpret a road map, and 80% could not mentally calculate a tip or understand a bus schedule. The survey covered 3,400 adults using a mutiple choice test.

1986 National Health Survey finds that between 1969 and 1981, the prevalence of "activity-limiting chronic conditions" in children increased by 44%, from 2.9 million children to 3.8 million children. Almost all of the increase happened between 1969 and 1975. Most of these conditions are readily associated with post-encephalitic syndrome. Childhood respiratory disease during this period increased 47%, childhood asthma increased 65% (with deaths from asthma increasing), mental and nervous system disorders increased 80%, personality and other non-psychotic disorders (behavior disorders, drug abuse and hyperactivity increased 300%, diseases of the eyes and ears (especially otitis media) rose 120%, and cases of hearing loss in the ears rose 129%. All of these increases were identical in both high and low income groups. For the same period of time, levels of disease not associated with vaccine damage remained unchanged.

1986 Connaught Laboratory, manufacturer of DPT vaccine, changes the product info sheet to warn against "allergies" and "anaphylactic sensitivity".

1986 Michael Hutchinson publishes "Megabrain", in which it is revealed that scientists in the Los Altos Hills in California, drawing from CIA black budget money, "applied acoustical telemetry in the development of transmitters that create infra-sound (low frequency) waves in the head, wiping clear all information stored by the brain cells."

1986 American Dental Association adopts resolution which declares that mercury amalgam fillings "pose no health hazard to the non-allergic patient" and that "removal of amalgam fillings for the alleged purpose of removing toxic substances from the body, when treatment is performed solely at the recommendation of the dentist, is improper and unethical."

1986 Chicago Tribune (12/11/86) reports that giant whirlpools, some nearly 60 miles wide, were detected moving along the Norway coast. The mammoth whirlpools were unknown prior to 1980, and reportedly seen by orbiting astronauts (Aviation Week, 3/16/87).

1986 In the USSR, the Chernobyl reactor, the main power source for the Soviet Gomel Woodpecker signal, explodes.

1986 Connaught Laboratories package insert for their DPT vaccine reads "some data suggests that fever is more likely to happen in those who have had local reactions, and that local reactions are more likely to occur with increasing numbers of doses of DPT."

September 1987-March 1989: Michael Springmann, the head US consular official in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, later claims that he is "repeatedly told to issue visas to unqualified applicants." He turns them down, but is repeatedly overruled by superiors. Springmann loudly complains about the practice to numerous government offices, but no action is taken. He eventually is fired and the files he has kept on these applicants are destroyed. Springmann speculates that the issuing of visas to radical Islamic fighters continued until 9/11. He says he later learns that recruits from many countries fighting for bin Laden against Russia in Afghanistan were funneled through the Jeddah office to get visas to come to the US. They would then train for the Afghan war in the US. He says the Jeddah consulate was run by the CIA and staffed almost entirely by intelligence agents. Springmann suggests that this visa system may have continued until present day, and that the 15 of the 19 9/11 hijackers getting their visas through Jeddah (see May 21, 2002 (C)) could have been a part of it (see also October 21, 2002 and October 23, 2002). [BBC, 11/6/01, AP, 7/17/02, Fox News, 7/18/02]


Reagan admits involvement in Iran-Contra. USS Stark attacked by Iraq; US blames Iran. Robert Bork blocked from US Supreme Court, raising ire of conservatives.

1987 - Governor Bill Clinton of Arkansas visits Socialist Antonio Gramsci in Italy. When asked by an Italian newspaper if he is there to learn how to implement Socialist economic policies in the United States, Governor Clinton replies in the affirmative.

1987 - "The Secret Constitution and the Need for Constitutional Change" is sponsored in part by the Rockefeller Foundation. In it, author Arthur S. Miller says: "...a pervasive system of thought control exists in the United States...the citizenry is indoctrinated by employment of the mass media and the system of public education...people are told what to think about...a new vision is required to plan and manage the future, a global vision that will transcend national boundaries and eliminate the poison of nationalistic solutions...a new Constitution is necessary."

April 2, 1987 - Raymond English, Vice President of the Ethics and Public Policy Center, tells the National Advisory Council on Educational Research and Improvement that "critical thinking means not only learning how to think for oneself, but it also means learning how to subvert the traditional values in your society. You're not thinking 'critically' if you're accepting the values that mommy and daddy taught you. That's not 'critical.' "

July 3, 1987 - The "Arizona Republic" reports: "A sharp, startling boom jolted northern San Diego County during the night, but authorities said they don't know what caused the mysterious blast." Meteorologist Wilbur Shigehara of the National Weather Service is quoted as saying: "It sounded like a blast from a cannon. It was a big momentary shake. It is a mystery. Last year, we had several shakes like this. It happened three or four times a day for a week. We never found out what it was."

July 8, 1987 - The "Arizona Republic" reports: "For reasons unknown even to weather experts, the temperature at Greensberg, Kansas, jumped 20 degrees in ten minutes." Bill Ellis, an observer for the National Weather Service, says: "I've never seen anything like it, and I don't know anybody that ever has." [A secret experiment in weather modification?]

Aug. 11, 1987 - The U.S. Patent Office grants Patent Number 4,686,605 to Dr. Bernard Eastlund, a physicist who is a consultant for the Atlantic Richfield Company. Dr. Eastlund also does work for the Defense Department's ARPA (Advanced Research Projects Agency). The patent is for a technology to "change the weather by redirecting the very high wind patterns." By bombarding the jet stream with high-intensity electromagnetic waves, Dr. Eastlund is able to divert it and alter the weather patterns in a particular area.

Nov. 2, 1987 - Mikhail Gorbachev addresses the Soviet Politburo: "In October 1917, we parted with the old world, rejecting it once and for all. We are moving toward a new world, the world of Communism. We shall never turn off that road!" He further reassures his Communist colleagues: "Comrades, do not be concerned about all that you hear about glasnost and perestroika and democracy in the coming years. These are primarily for outward consumption. There will be no significant internal change within the Soviet Union other than for cosmetic purposes. Our purpose is to disarm the Americans and let them fall asleep."

1987 CIA William Casey dies of pneumonia following brain surgery to remove a tumor.

1987 The General Accounting Office (GAO) completes a two-year study of cancer statistics. The results validate Bailar and Smith (See 1986). According to the GAO, $2 billion per year was spent on cancer research (more than 50% of it government funds). Depsite this enormous expense, "only slight improvement in cancer patient survival was indicated for the 30-year period 1950-1982. The GAO study was shelved to protect the cancer industry.

1987 Bernard J. Eastlund issued patent # 4,686,605, based on Tesla technology, for "Method and Apparatus for Altering a Region in the Earths Atmosphere". The patent is immediately classified by the Navy for six years. (See 1994 and discussion of HAARP). Part of the patent reads, "this invention provides the ability to put unprecedented amounts of power in the atmosphere at strategic locations and to maintain the power injection level, particularly if random pulsing is employed" and "by knowing the frequencies employed in this invention, a third party can sustain a communications network while the rest of the world's communications are interrupted", and "could be employed to pick up signals of others for intelligence purposes."

1987 Centers for Disease Control (CDC) releases a study indicating that the Hib vaccine shows an efficacy (effectiveness) rate of 41%. Children were found to be five times more likely to contract the disease than those not vaccinated.

1987 Star Wars budget is 4.1 billion. Intelligence budget $35 billion.

1987 Altantic Monthly magazine elaborates on how EM weaponry has been developed with the ability to both affect the nervous system and to induce death.

1987 CDC now refuses to give out figures relative to hepatitis vaccinations and HIV+ to justify their claims.

1987 The Philadelphia Daily News carries a story that Colonel David L. Huxsoll, chief of the U.S. Army Medical Research Institute for Infectious Disease (USAMRIID) told a meeting of Soviet scientists that Soviet charges that the U.S. military created the HIV virus constituted "disinformation".

1987 Iran-Contra Hearings. In a conversation between Rep. Jack Brooks and Senator Inouye, Inouye declines to answer Brooks question about FEMA and suspension of rights in the US, deferring an answer to a closed executive session.

1987 Project Moonscan allegedly gets under way for prepositioning mind control technology on the Moon to influence Earth's population. Managed by Airborn Instrument Labs and run by Eaton Corporation. DOD takes over management in 1988.

1987 In its own dreamworld that ignors everyone else, the American Cancer Society on March 15th "officially announces" that "caught early enough, breast cancer has cure rates approaching 100 percent." (Note: The ACS definition of "cured" involves life for 5 years after diagnosis, so "early detection" would in fact artificially increase the ACS "cure rate").

1987 LA policeman dies after finding CIA heroin distribution point in LA, CA.

1987 Murder rate in the US jumps to 600:100,000.

1987 Estimated cases of rape number 910,000 in the United States. (Based on a rate of 91,000 as a 10% reported figure).

1987 "Dulce Papers" released.

1987 Recorded cases of syphillus jump 23 % - largest increase since 1977.

1987 Unusually large number of humpback whales die of unknown causes, followed by toxic algal blooms (red tides) on the east coast of North America.

1987 Study determines that 16% of those under 30 are left handed.

1987 Johns Hopkins University irradiation conference stacked with proponents.

1987 European Parliament votes against food irradiation on precautionary grounds.

1987 Canadian Minister of Health announces food irradiation will be permitted.

1987 Alan Greenspan of J.P.Morgan Company appointed to head Federal Reserve.

1987 Sixty-six Japanese victims of Pertussis vaccine receive huge damage awards from the Japanese government.

1987 AMA found guilty of conspiring for 20 years to destroy chiropractic. The court concludes that "under the Sherman Act, every combination or conspiracy in restraint of trade is illegal."

1987 National Reconaissance Office budget $9 billion.

1987 Swedish Health Board declares amalgam to be toxic and unsuitable as a dental filling material.

1987 William Bise had the only article published on the behavioral effect of microwaves that is accepted by the "establishment" scientific community. Together with Elizabeth Raucher, Bise created an amazing demonstration that was video taped and nationally televised on October of 1987. Although nine hours of video tape was taken, only four minutes made it on the air. Four years went into their un-funded work, and the results speak for themselves. They had 300 human subjects that were tested under clincal conditions. Over 85% of them showed a repeatable response between an externally generated magnetic field and EEG brainwaves. Three male subjects were exposed to specific electronic patterns, such as spike waves, sawtooth waves, lissijous patterns, complex patterns like square waves with pulses,etc. In all cases they were correctly identified. This is not a statistical process. There was a medical doctor present in many cases. In one case, the doctor was supposed to be somebody from Army Intelligence, who said, "wow, this is really interesting". They never heard from him again. The EEG documentation clearly showed pattern shifts associated with each change in waveform. There were distinct signatures present in the brainwaves when the input magnetic field was shifted. The induction of line images into the human brain from a distance is publically proven.

1987 Dr. Vincent DeVita, head of the National Cancer Institute, issues a contro- versial recommendation to 13,000 cancer specialists "to give chemotherapy and surgery to all women with breast cancer, regardless of whether it has spread."

1987 The November issue of Newsweek refers to Michael Aquino as the "Second Beast of Revelation" in the wake of a criminal investigation involving child molestation at Presidio Army base.

8th February 1987: US Mafia Council meet in Washington - including David Rockefeller, John McCloy, Brzezinski, Parsky, Simon, Katherine Graham, and George Franklin.

Brzezinski outlines plans to invade Iran using 75,000 strong mercenary army supported by US Air Force and Navy with starting date of 8th February, 1988. An integral part of the plan Saudi and Kuwaiti oil tankers would fly the US flag to provoke an Iranian attack so that US invasion of Iran would be 'justified'.

* Reason: The Seven Sisters wanted to exploit a secret oil field near Bandar Abbas discovered in 1976 with estimate 150 billion barrels and also a huge gold source at Neyshabur discovered in 1977.

The Iranian invasion would begin after the World economic system was collapsed by the Mafia controlled banks - target date 17th January 1988. Other countries on the takeover list include:

• Mexico - for oil at Baisas

• Nicaragua - for oil at Connto

• Colombia - for gold at Papayan

• South Korea - for gold at Chunchon

• New Zealand - for oil in the Great South Basin

1988: Prior to this year, George Bush Jr. is a failed oil man. Three times friends and investors have bailed him out to keep him from going bankrupt. But in this year, the same year his father becomes President, some Saudis buy a portion of his small company, Harken, which has never worked outside of Texas. Later in the year, Harken wins a contract in the Persian Gulf and starts doing well financially. These transactions seem so suspicious that the Wall Street Journal in 1991 states it "raises the question of ... an effort to cozy up to a presidential son."Two major investors in Bush's company during this time are Salem bin Laden, Osama bin Laden's oldest brother, and Khaled bin Mahfouz. [Salon, 11/19/01, Intelligence Newsletter, 3/2/00] Khaled bin Mahfouz is a Saudi banker with a 20 percent stake in BCCI, a bank that will go bankrupt a few years later in the biggest corruption scandal in banking history (see July 5, 1991).�In 1999 bin Mahfouz will be placed under house arrest in Saudi Arabia for contributions he gave to welfare organizations closely linked to bin Laden (see April 1999). Bin Mahfouz's sister is married to Osama bin Laden (see also August 13, 1996, Early December 2001 (B), December 4, 2001 (B), and November 26, 2002). [Washington Post, 2/17/02] In late 2002, Ron Motley, the lead lawyer in a 9/11 Saudi suit (see August 15, 2002), threatens that Bush, now President, "may find himself being deposed" in court for these financial ties to bin Mahfouz. [Minneapolis Star Tribune, 8/16/02]

Al-Qaeda soldiers.

August 11, 1988: Bin Laden forms al-Qaeda this year (notes are later found showing a meeting led by bin Laden on this day discussing "the establishment of a new military group"). [AP, 2/19/03]

August 12, 1988: The first media report appears about Echelon, a high-tech global electronic surveillance network between the US, Britain, Canada, Australia and New Zealand. Governments deny that Echelon exists, but whistleblowers expose it. They claim it's being abused in many ways, including to spy on politicians domestically. Echelon is capable of "near total interception of international commercial and satellite communications," including taps into transoceanic cables, but it is "impossible for analysts to listen to all but a small fraction of the billions of telephone calls, and other signals which might contain 'significant' information." [New Statesman, 8/12/88] Understanding the information surveillance capabilities of Echelon is vital to determining what should have been known about 9/11.


Rush Limbaugh begins broadcasting nationally. Operation Anfal in Iraq kills thousands of Kurds. Iran-Contra indictments. Halabjah massacre. Soviets begin withdrawing from Afghanistan. US directly attacks Iranian forces. Echelon launched. Al-Qaeda founded. Iran-Iraq war ends. Pan Am plane bombed over Lockerbie, Scotland, by Islamic terrorists. George H.W. Bush becomes President.

June 1988 - Lord Maitreya mysteriously appears before an audience in Nairobi, Kenya. [Maitreya has appeared to several groups in different parts of the world since that time. When Maitreya appears, it is claimed that water in the area is "charged" - that it takes on miraculous healing powers. Benjamin Creme's attitude toward those who refuse to accept this figure as the world's Messiah is seen in this statement: "When men see Maitreya they will know that the time has come to choose; to go forward with Him into a future dazzling in its promise - or to cease to be."]

Dec. 7, 1988 - In an address to the U.N., Mikhail Gorbachev says: "World progress is only possible through a search for universal human consensus as we move forward to a new world order."

1988 The Aquinos are featured on Oprah Winfrey. Nazi aspects of the Temple of Set are brought out on the program.

1988 Wall Street Journal article (7/15/88) details discoveries by scientists at the US Naval Observatory and the Jet Propulsion Lab that the Earth has developed a wobble in its spin.

1988 An article in Medical Hypothesis, Vol 25, p151-62, by Eleni Eleopoulos notes that about 25% of the population of Southern Japan has antibodies against the "HIV" virus, compared with 1% of the population of the United States; there were only 14 cases of AIDS reported in Japan (a figure that has not significantly increased).

1988 Lederle Laboratories package insert for DPT vaccine reads "Pertussis vaccine has been associated with a greater proportion of adverse reactions than many other childhood vaccinations. Local reactions are common after administration of DTP, occurring in 35-50% of recipients. Febrile reactions are more likely to occur in those who have experienced such responses after prior doses."

1988 A Swedish study finds that mammograms and early detection of breast cancer did not reduce the rate of death. Dr. Lars Janzon studied 42,000 women before concluding in an October 1988 British Medical Journal that mammograms should be restricted. When the Wall Street Journal in the U.S. informs an official of the American Cancer Society of the report, the official dismisses it.

1988 It becomes known that George Bush had fascists on his campaign staff; Philip Guarino (Freemasonic P2 Guard, formed by the SS) and Nicolas Nazarenko (German SS Cossack Division), Laszlo Pasztor (Nazi collaborator and former member of the SS Arrow Cross Party), Radi Slavoff (member of Bulgarian cell formed from Nazi Bulgarian Legion) are examples. Bush campaign co-chairman Jerome Bentrar admits to having assisted hundreds of Nazis to emigrate to the United States. Bush quickly instituted a policy of not releasing the roster of his "ethnic outreach group" available any longer.

1988 Medical Tribune publishes article "Brain Autoantibodies in 33% of Schizophrenics" which indicates that 33% of schizophrenia cases appear to be autoimmune in nature."

1988 Battelle Memorial Institute releases its studies on fluorides and animal cancer for the USPHS which, ironically, report highly specific fluoride-related cancers. The data is turned over to the National Toxicology Program (NTP), who gives the data to the Experimental Pathology Labs, who reclassify and delete items damaging to the pro-fluoridation faction. The altered data is then submitted to the "pathology working group" on December 6, 1989, after a year of reworking. All this with the full knowledge of EPA and USPHS. (See 1990).

1988 Dr.Joel Boriskin, chairman of the ADA national fluoridation advisory committee, in an address before the Calgary Health Department, claims that "1500 mg of fluoride per day is prescribed to older people that have progressive hearing loss". (Note: 1500 mg/day is a lethal dose).

1988 Pan American Flight crashes over Lockerbie, Scotland after CIA drug runner has a bomb planted in his baggage. The Libyans are blamed for the crash of flight 103 as a coverup. Six agents on the plane were on their way to the United States to testigy in a major drug case implicating the CIA.

1988 Popular Science, Jan 1988, details US supermagnets, each capable of reaching 9 Teslas, or 180,000 times the strength of Earths field, that are in use in the United States.

1988 New Education Data Improvement Project (1988-1991) provides technical assistance to each state in responding to federal data reporting requirements. The project additionally "analyzed the capacity of each state in the US to provide standard data on US students, school staff, revenues and expenditures."

1988 Researchers at the Argonne National Laboratory discover that fluoride promotes and enhances the carcinogenicity of other cancer-causing chemicals in the food and environment. Interestingly, this work confirmed studies sponsored by the United States National Cancer Institute conducted back in 1963 by Herskowitz and Norton at Saint Louis University. More than 30 years ago, these scientists showed that low levels of fluoride increased the incidence of melanotic tumors in living organisms from 12 to 100% - often these tumors were induced by fluoride over a period of days. These studies were further amplified by work done by the Taylor's at the University of Texas which found that 1 ppm fluoride in drinking water increased tumor growth rate in mice by 25%.

1988 Penthouse Magazine, August 1988, details seven scientists murdered in Britain who worked on Star Wars (cover for EM Mind Control) projects at Marconi. Eventually, more than 22 British scientists working on related programs would commit suicide in bizarre ways. Another company who had scientists die was Plessey Defense Systems. Nearly all the scientists who died held electronics or computer-related contracts with the British Ministry of Defence academies. The British government blamed the deaths on "stress".

1988 The US Agency for International Development commits $88 million to a five year plan to sterilize non-whites in foreign countries.

1988 Most powerful neural-net computer in the 1980's would be the Department of Defense commissioned TRW Mark III neuro-computer, consisting of 1 million "synapses", but it only had 1/10000 of the capacity of a housefly. Later, AT&T Bell Labs researcher H.P. Graf develops an experimental chip comprising 256 neurons connected with 32000 synapses. The chips can be plugged into a standard computer.

1988 US tests acellular Pertussis vaccine on Swedish children. Five children die, up to five months after vaccination. Deaths in the US that occur within hours or days of a whole-cell vaccination are quickly dismissed and rarely investigated.

1988 Discovered that ingestion of 100mg (.004 ounce) of sugar reduces the immune functions in the body by 50% within one hour. Other studies confirm that excessive sugar consumption may increase the incidence of infections and reduce the body's ability to defend against disease. Ref: Eat for Health, William Manahan, M.D, Tiburon Press, 1988; Robert Mendelsohn, M.D, "The Risks of Immunizations", 1988, Peoples Doctor Newsletter, Inc.

1988 Hearings held in Sweden on amalgam. 1987 ruling upheld.

1988 New York Times (4/19/88) reports that waves in the Atlantic ocean have increased more than 20% since the 1960's. Measurements taken since the 1960's indicate that "during the late 1970's" ( a period following the start of Soviet and US ELF transmissions), the waves got bigger.

1988 US introduces plutonium powered pacemaker.

1988 Cocaine wars in Columbia.

1988 Both Soviet Mars "Phobos" probes fail during flight.

1988 Space shuttle Discovery launched successfully.

1988 Hawkins-Stafford Education Improvement Amendments, PL100-297 establishes the National Cooperative Education Statistics System "to involve state and federal governments in a mutual effort to produce state comparable and nationally uniform data on public and private school systems.

1988 Internet computer virus jams 6,000 military computers in the US.

1988 British perform first brain cell transplants.

1988 Texas A&M University conducts study for lunar boring machine with a lithium cooled reactor.

1988 The B-2 stealth bomber is unveiled.

1988 The US Environmental Protection Agency declares scrap dental amalgam to be a hazardous waste material. Mercury comprises over 50% of the "silver" dental filling. Mercury is a protoplasmic poison more toxic than lead, cadmium and arsenic. Dr. Thomas Clarkson and Dr. John Hursh of the University of Rochester, School of Medicine, Department of Toxicology, and Dr. Magnus Nylander and Dr. Lars Friberg of the Karolinska Institute of Stockholm, Sweden, concluded from their research that "the release of mercury from dental amalgam makes the predominant contribution to human exposure to inorganic mercury, including mercury vapor in the general population." Over 100 million people have amalgam implants.

1988 Strecker Report on AIDS as artificial creation released. Streckers brother Ted found dead of "self-inflicted gunshot wound." Illinois State Representative Douglas Huff, who beat the drum about an AIDS coverup, found dead in his home of an overdose of heroin and cocaine.

1988 Two scientific studies find that new rubella vaccine introduced in 1979 was found to be the cause of Chronic Fatigue Syndrome (Epstein-Barr virus), an immune disorder first reported in 1982.

1988 President Reagan issues EO 12656, defining a National Emergency as "any occurrence that seriously degrades or threatens the security of the US"

1988 Robert S. Mendelsohn M.D, publishes material indicating that Dr. John Seal of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Disease believes that "any and all flu vaccines are capable of causing Guillain Barre."

1988 Bush proposes to use old miltary bases as prisons.

1988 New "conjugated" Hib vaccine approved for use in children at least 18 months old in the United States. Hib = Hemophilus Influenza Type B.

1988 Omnibus Anti-Drug Act of 1988.

1988 Research indicates that 25% of those vaccinated against rubella show no evidence of immunity within five years. In Wyoming, 73% of rubella cases occur in vaccinated children.

1988 According to a New York Times article on Nov 8, 1988, page C-1, it is estimated that adolescence was now lasting until the late 20's and that this represented evidence of a general developmental delay in a generation.

1988 The book "Matrix" released by Nevada Aerial Research Group (LERG).

1988 Senator Cranston allegedly shown disks at Norton AFB, California.

1988 (Feb) National Cancer Institute Report says since 1953 cancer keeps growing

1988 Announced in Washington Post that all polio since 1979 caused by vaccine

1988 Washington Post reports only 2% of 60,000 chemicals in use have been tested for human safety.

1988 Brooklyn Family Court Study finds that 40% of juveniles have learning dysfunction.

1988 CIA director George HW Bush becomes president until 1992.

1988 Wall St. Journal reports Swedish dentist pituitaries contain 40x avg mercury level.

1988 Washington Post reports more than 50% of pacemakers are unneeded.

1988 Study reveals that mathematical ability has virtually vanished in American adolescents. Nearly 50% cannot perform Junior High School problems, and 33% do not normally understand what the teacher is saying; 27% could not perform elementary math.

1988 Rex Niles, a former Southern California electronics salesman and a federal informant in a kickback ring of Pentagon contractors, is harassed by government microwave weapons and helicopters over his home, depriving of so much sleep that he was unable to testify. Los Angeles Times, "A Fearful Fix Grips Figure in Kickbacks", March 28, 1988.

Raed Hijazi. [AP]

1989-May 2000: Nabil al-Marabh moves to Boston in 1989 and apparently lives there as a taxi driver and al-Qaeda sleeper agent for the next ten years. [New York Times, 9/18/01, Boston Herald, 9/19/01] In 1992 he learns to use weapons in an Afghan al-Qaeda training camp with a terrorist named Raed Hijazi. [Chicago Sun-Times, 9/5/02] He and Hijazi live together and drive taxis at the same company in Boston for several years. [Los Angeles Times, 9/21/01] A mutual friend at the same taxi company is later killed participating in a 1999 al-Qaeda terrorist attack. [Boston Herald, 9/19/01] Hijazi helps plan the USS Cole bombing (see October 12, 2000), and then participates in a failed attempt to bomb a hotel in Jordan (see November 30, 1999). In May 1999, the FBI approaches al-Marabh looking for Hijazi, but al-Marabh lies and says he doesn't know Hijazi. [Washington Post, 9/4/02] Hijazi is arrested in Syria in October 2000 and imprisoned in Jordan for his bomb attempt there. [Toronto Sun, 10/16/01] He begins to cooperate with investigators and identifies al-Marabh as a US al-Qaeda operative. [New York Times, 9/18/01] Terrorist Ahmed Ressam (see December 14, 1999) gives evidence helping to prove that al-Marabh sent money to Hijazi for the Jordan bombing. [Toronto Sun, 11/16/01, ABC 7, 1/31/02] By February 1999, al-Marabh is driving taxis in Tampa, Florida while maintaining a cover of living in Boston. [Toronto Star, 10/26/01, ABC 7, 1/31/02] [New York Times, 9/18/01] He apparently lives in Tampa at least part time until February 200; investigators later wonder if he is an advance man for the Florida-based hijackers. [New York Times, 9/18/01, ABC 7, 1/31/02] Al-Marabh is living in Detroit by May 2000, though he maintains a Boston address until September 2000 (see May 30, 2000-September 11, 2001). [Boston Herald, 9/19/01] These connections with Hijazi lead to a US Customs investigation into al-Marabh in early 2001 that connects him with two of the 9/11 hijackers (see Spring 2001 (B)). Yet, despite all of these al-Qaeda connections and more, the US later decides there is no evidence that al-Marabh is a terrorist (see September 19, 2001-September 3, 2002).

January 20, 1989: George Bush Sr. is inaugurated as US president, replacing Ronald Reagan. He remains president until 1993 (see January 20, 1993). Many of the key members in his government later have important positions again when his son George Bush Jr. becomes president in 2001 (see January 21, 2001). For instance, Joint Chiefs of Staff Chairman Colin Powell later becomes Secretary of State, and Defense Secretary Dick Cheney later becomes Vice President.

February 15, 1989: Soviet forces withdraw from Afghanistan. Afghan Communists retain control of Kabul, the capital, until April 1992. [Washington Post, 7/19/92]

November 9, 1989: The Berlin Wall begins to fall in East Germany, signifying the end of the Soviet Union as a superpower. Just six days later, Joint Chiefs of Staff Chairman Colin Powell presents a new strategy document to President Bush Sr., proposing that the US shift from countering Soviet attempts at world dominance to ensuring US world dominance. Bush Sr. accepts this plan in a public speech, with slight modifications, on August 2, 1990, the same day Iraq begins invading Kuwait. In early 1992, Powell, counter to his usual public dove persona, tells congresspeople that the US requires "sufficient power" to "deter any challenger from ever dreaming of challenging us on the world stage." He says, "I want to be the bully on the block." Powell's early ideas of global hegemony will be formalized by others in a 1992 policy document (see March 8, 1992) and finally realized as policy when Bush Jr. becomes president in 2001. [Harper's, 10/02]


Prescott Bush ties with Japanese crime lords. Bush escalates secret support of Iraq. BCCI investigation. George W. Bush buys into Texas Rangers. Tiananmen Square protests in Beijing. Newt Gingrich successfully forces Jim Wright out of power. Berlin Wall falls. Noriega regime in Panama overthrown by US.

1989 - Dr. Shirley McCune, Senior Director of the Mid-continent Educational Laboratory, addresses the 1989 Governors' Conference on Education: "What's happening in America today...is a total transformation of our society. We have moved into a new era...I'm not sure we have really begun to comprehend...the tremendous amount of organizational restructuring and human resource development...What we have to do is build a future...The revolution in curriculum is that we no longer are teaching facts to children."

May 12, 1989 - At Texas A&M University, George Bush states that the United States is ready to welcome the Soviet Union "back into the world order."

1989 Soviets lose Mars probe link.

1989 Arms Control and Disarmament Act of 1989. HR1495 "construed carefully to avoid constitutional concerns."

1989 At the in New Orleans Institute for Electric and Electronic Engineers Engineering and Medical Biology Conference in 1989, the following papers were presented:

"Proto-biological basis of laser bio-stimulation" (USSR)

"Basic mechanisms of magnetic coil excitation of the nervous system in humans and monkeys and their application"

"Stimulation of excitable brain tissue with time-varying magnetic fields"

"Trans-cranial stimulation of the cerebral cortex"

"Directed ability of magnetic flux density vector in magneto stimulators"

1989 Washington Post article, Feb 17, "Bank Killer Tormented by Voices". The subject was Emmanuel Tsegaye, an Ethiopian bank teller, who became "depressed and suicidal", killing three bank employees in Bethesda, Maryland. Tsegaye was described as "attempting suicide several times", and was institutionalized more than once at St. Elizabeths Hospital, well known for its involvement with CIA psychiatric programs. Said Tsegaye, " I used to hear voices, repeated voices, speaking about the things I was thinking."

1989 Air Force begins construction of second underground facility at Manzano Mountains in New Mexico. Completed in June 1992.

1989 On March 30, 1989, the California Department of Health Services reported that Niagara brand bottled water was found to contain 450ppm fluoride. The state health director, Kenneth Kizer, warned residents that consumption could be fatal.

1989 Prestigious journal Nature publishes an article entitled "High Abundance of Viruses Found in Aquatic Environments", detailing the discovery of 2.5 trillion viral particles 0.2 microns in size found in each liter of unpolluted sea water. (Aug 10, 1989 ). Size equivalent to Naessens "somatids". Is this the reason fish cannot live in synthetic sea water unless 2 oz of real sea water is added?

1989 California gunman shoots playground kids and kills himself.

1989 Article in the Independent, Sept 5, 1989, "Doubts surface over "suicide" of defense scientist", details the strange death of Sayyed Bideer, an advisor to Egyptian president Hosni Mubarak. Bideer's speciality was microwave communications.

1989 Los Angeles Times, June 5, 1989, prints a brief on "Englands Electromagnetic Death Ray", where British EM devices killed two Soviet citizens in London, according to an allegation by Soviet newspaper Izvestia. (See 1965)

1989 Los Angeles undergoes spraying with 47,000 gallons of nerve toxin Malathion until May 30, 1990, one month after the Office of Technology and Assessment issued a report on Neurotoxicity of Organophosphates (malathion is one). The substance is known to cause severe behavioral manifestations.

1989 Bush inaugurates $7.8 billion anti-drug program and authorizes $300 billion to prevent collapse of S&L system (looted by techno-traffickers and CIA).

1989 Computer viruses infect systems worldwide.

1989 In 1989 Dr. Yiamouyiannis used the Freedom of Information Act to obtain carcinogenicity studies conducted by Proctor and Gamble (one of the makers of fluoridated toothpaste) that were submitted to (and covered up by) the United States Public Health Service. These studies showed dose dependent cell abnormalities caused by fluoride. These results were reported in the February 22, 1990 issue of the Medical Tribune. Additional studies by Proctor and Gamble scientists confirmed the link between oral precancerous growth and fluoride, as well as an increase in osteomas (bone tumors) and osteosarcomas (bone cancer). In fact, the National Cancer Institute found in 1991 that the incidence of bone cancer was 50% higher in men ages 0-19 years of age exposed to fluoridated water compared to those who were not.

1989 Gordon Thomas publishes "Journey into Madness: The True Story of Secret CIA Mind Control and Medical Abuse".

1989 A study by Hildebolt, et al. on 6,000 school children contradicts any alleged benefit from the use of sodium fluorides.

1989 Project Trident, Office of Naval Research, using airborne mind control methods over large cities to stimulate the public into civil violence. Los Angeles responds well. Black helicopters with long probes are seen more around the United States.

1989 On February 23, 1989, Battelle released the results of its study of fluorides on mice. A most curious result of the study, from the USPHS point of view, was that fluoride induced the occurrence of an extremely rare form of liver cancer, called hepatocholangio carcinoma, in fluoride-treated male and female mice. Two months later in April of 1989, Battelle released the results of its study of fluorides and rats. The study showed a dose-dependent relationship between the incidence of oral cancerous tumors and fluorides. It is interesting to note that mice and rats yielded different The results with fluoride - different types of cancer. As a response to the Batelle study, the National Cancer Institute from examined the incidence of oral cancer in fluoridated and non-fluoridated countries over the period from 1973 to 1987. The National Cancer Institute study found that as exposure to fluoridation increases, so does the incidence of oral cancer; sometimes as much as a 50% increase in oral cancer rates occur in fluoridated areas - this translates to 8,000 new cases of oral and pharyngeal cancer per year, needless pain and suffering and a financial windfall to the medical and pharmaceutical factions that concern themselves with treatment.

1989 Magnetometers at Corralitos, California detect unusual ULF waves (.01 to 10 Hz) on September 12, 1989. The waves increased 30x in strength by Oct 5, 1989 and then weakened. At 2 pm on October 17th, the signals grew to the point where they went off the scale. Within 3 hours, the 7.1 Loma Prieta quake struck. The epicenter was 4 miles from Corralitos.

1989 Gunman shoots 14 women at Montreal University.

1989 French co-discoverer of the HIV virus, Luc Montagnier in France, admits "HIV is not capable of causing the destruction to the immune system which is seen in people with AIDS".

1989 Microwave News reports Boris Yeltsin "told a reporter that the KGB has an ELF device that can stop a human heart with a powerful 7-11 Hz signal.

1989 Television series "War of the World" debut.

1989 Robert Lazar declares his scenario at Dreamland to the public.

1989 Bush states desire to have manned outpost on the Moon and visits to Mars.

1990: Hani Hanjour enters the US, the first of the hijackers to do so. He takes an English course in Tuscon, Arizona. [Time, 9/24/01, Cox News, 10/15/01, New York Times, 6/19/02] However, the FBI claims Hanjour first arrived on October 3, 1991. [Congressional Intelligence Committee, 9/26/02]

Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman. [AP]

July 1990: Despite being on a terrorist watch list, radical Muslim leader Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman enters the US on a "much-disputed" tourist visa issued by an undercover CIA agent. [Village Voice, 3/30/93, Atlantic Monthly, 5/96] Abdul-Rahman was heavily involved with the CIA and ISI efforts to defeat the Soviets in Afghanistan, and became famous traveling all over the world for five years recruiting new mujaheddin. But he never hid his prime goals, which were to overthrow the governments of the US and Egypt. [Atlantic Monthly, 5/96] He is "infamous throughout the Arab world for his alleged role in the assassination of Egyptian president Anwar el-Sadat." Abdul-Rahman immediately begins setting up a terrorist network in the US. [Village Voice, 3/30/93] He is known to have befriended bin Laden while in Afghanistan, and bin Laden secretly pays Abdul-Rahman's US living expenses. [Atlantic Monthly, 5/96, ABC News, 8/16/02] Abdul-Rahman's ties to the assassination of Rabbi Meir Kahane in later 1990 is ignored (see November 5, 1990). As one FBI agent says in 1993, he is "hands-off.... It was no accident that the sheikh got a visa and that he's still in the country. He's here under the banner of national security, the State Department, the NSA, and the CIA." A very high-ranking Egyptian official says Abdul-Rahman continues to assist the CIA in recruiting new mujaheddin after moving to the US. This official says, "We begged America not to coddle the sheikh." Egyptian intelligence warns the US that Abdul-Rahman is planning new terrorist attacks, and on November 12, 1992, terrorists connected to him machine-gun a busload of Western tourists in Egypt. But still he lives freely in New York City. [Village Voice, 3/30/93] He is finally arrested in 1993 and convicted for assisting in the 1993 WTC bombing (see February 26, 1993). [Atlantic Monthly, 5/96]

Rabbi Meir Kahane (left) and his assassin El Sayyid Nosair (right).

November 5, 1990: An Egyptian American named El Sayyid Nosair assassinates controversial right-wing Zionist leader Rabbi Meir Kahane.
 Kahane's organization, the Jewish Defense League, was linked to dozens of bombings and was ranked by the FBI as the most lethal domestic terrorist group in the US at the time. Nosair is captured after a police shoot-out. An FBI informant says he saw Nosair meeting with Muslim leader Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman a few days before the attack (see July 1990), and possessions indicating a wider plot with additional targets are found. [Village Voice, 3/30/93] Incredibly, files found in his possession which give details of a terrorist cell, mention al-Qaeda, and discuss the destruction of tall US buildings, are not translated until years later. [ABC News, 8/16/02] Instead, within 12 hours of the assassination, New York police declare the assassination was the work of a "lone gunman" and they stick with that story. In his trial, prosecutors choose not to introduce his incriminating possessions as evidence, nor is his confession even mentioned, and an apparent "open-and-shut case" ends with his acquittal. However, he is sentenced to 22 years on other lesser charges. [Village Voice, 3/30/93] Bin Laden contributes to Nosair's defense fund. Many of those involved in Kahane's assassination later plan the 1993 WTC bombing (see February 26, 1993). As one FBI agent puts it, "The fact is that in 1990, myself and my detectives, we had in our office in handcuffs, the people who blew up the World Trade Center in '93.… We were told to release them." [ABC News, 8/16/02]


Harken Oil contracts to drill in Persian Gulf. US government gives Saddam Hussein green light to invade Kuwait. US falsifies evidence that Iraq is preparing to attack Saudi Arabia. Iraq invades Kuwait; Bush responds with "Operation Desert Shield." US falsifies evidence that Iraqi troops murdered Kuwaiti babies; the global outcry legitimizes US military escalation in Kuwait. Rabbi Meir Kahane assassinated.

1990 - In his book "The Keys of This Blood," Catholic priest Malachi Martin quotes Pope John Paul II as saying: "By the end of this decade we will live under the first One World Government that has ever existed in the society of nations...a government with absolute authority to decide the basic issues of survival. One world government is inevitable."

1990 - Peter Kawaja, in charge of security for a company called Product Ingredient Technology in Boca Raton, Florida, learns to his dismay that the factory he was led to believe was manufacturing a cherry flavoring is actually producing chemical/biological agents to be shipped to Iraq. He also discovers that this is being done with the full knowledge and consent of the FBI, the CIA and the Bush Administration. When he attempts to alert authorities, government agents seize the documents he has collected and his wife is killed. [Hence, the mysterious Gulf War Illness which the Federal government refuses to acknowledge.]

Sept. 11, 1990 - In an address to Congress entitled "Toward a New World Order," George Bush says: "The crisis in the Persian Gulf offers a rare opportunity to move toward an historic period of cooperation. Out of these troubled times a new world order can emerge. We are now in sight of a United Nations that performs as envisioned by its founders." [But who were the founders of the U.N. and what exactly were their intentions? At least 43 members of the U.S. delegation to the founding conference in San Francisco were also members of the CFR. The Secretary General at the U.N. founding conference in 1945 was a U.S. State Department official named Alger Hiss. It was later determined that Alger Hiss was a Soviet spy. He was convicted of perjury for lying about his pro-Soviet activities. And Hiss was not just an aberration. The U.N. has always chosen socialist one-worlders for leaders.]

Oct. 1, 1990 - In a U.N. address, President Bush speaks of the "...collective strength of the world community expressed by the U.N....an historic movement towards a new world order."

1990 The FDA convene a conference in May 1990 to look at the diagnostic and therapeutic potential of the electromagnetic spectrum.

1990 The National Toxicology Program issues a Press Release with data confirming findings of a link between fluoride and osteosarcomas as well as higher rates of oral cancer in rats. (January 1990)

1990 The American Dental Association issues a Press Release which states "water fluoridation remains the safest, most effective, and most economical public health measure to reduce tooth decay."

1990 The National Toxicology Program in February 1990 releases its pathological data tables with a cover letter which, in a turnabout, claims "there has not been any evidence that shows a relationship between fluoridation and cancer or any other diseases in humans", and "water fluoridation has proven highly effective in improving the nation's dental health by markedly reducing tooth decay". The NTP final report, issued in March, omitted all studies which showed genetic damage from fluorides, and important studies showing that fluorides induce tumors and cancers were ignored. Kraybill, head of the NTP study, becomes a consultant to the American Council of Science and Health (ACSH), who threatens to sue the EPA if it "tries to undermine public confidence in fluoride."

1990 The American Dental Associations ADA News reports that Proctor and Gamble (who make fluoride-based toothpaste) has "unpublished findings" which "refute the carcinogenicity of fluoride". Proctor and Gamble in March 1990 publish their paper on fluoride and bone cancer (rats) and leave out their data on mice. The rat studies confirm an earlier study that proved that fluorides in food resulted in precancerous growth in the mouth. In contradiction to their own results, P&G declares that fluoride "does not cause precancerous or cancerous changes

1990 William J. Clinton runs reelection in Arkansas and barely wins. He then declares his objective to bring his circle of power to Washington D.C as president of the United States. The Arkansas Department of Pollution (why not Department of Clean Water?) tests the rivers in Arkansas and finds 94% unsuitable for swimming and fishing and full of bacteria and disease.

1990 Health Consciousness magazine features article entitled "Live Virus Vaccines and Genetic Mutation" by H.E. Buttram, M.D, in which it is determined that "the physical invasion of the human body by foreign genetic material may have the immediate effect of permanently weakening the immune system, setting in motion a new era of autoimmune diseases."

1990 Omni Magazine (7/90) reports that between January 24 to February 3, 1990, the rotation of the Earth suddenly and unexpectedly slowed down again. (See 1991).

1990 American Psychiatric Association (APA) task force report "The Practice of Electroconvulsive Therapy" (ECT) discusses and dismisses brain damage and memory loss from ECT, and ignored animal studies by well-known groups, research on memory loss by Janis, Squire and Slater, and the work done by Pettinati and Bonner on ECT of the elderly. Ironically, the APA's 1978 report contained more information on memory loss.

1990 Psi-Corps receives psionic harward from NSA capable of tracking information worldwide.

1990 The error-prone nature of the standard test for "HIV", the ELISA test, was illustrated in Russia in 1990. Out of 20,000 "positive" ELISA tests, only 112 were confirmed through the secondary Western Blot test, which itself is subject to doubt. (See 1994, The Sunday Times)

1990 Lancet, the Journal of the British Medical Association, V1,p123-8, admits that Karposi Sarcoma is not caused directly or indirectly by "HIV".

1990 Total US Government budget for Human Resources is $197 billion. This includes social behavioral programs and similar activities.

1990 Supreme Court (April 17, 1990) rules that religious freedom is not a right - as guaranteed under the Constitution - but a privilege to be enjoyed at the pleasure of the government. This legislation corrected in 1993 with the Religious Freedom Restoration Act, signed by Clinton.

1990 School boards in the United States number 15,000. (See 1960, 1932)

1990 CBS 60 Minutes program on mercury amalgam dangers (Dec 16) caused the ADA to slightly modify its position. The National Institute for Dental Research subsequently issued a position paper calling for "a gradual phase-out" of mercury amalgams, in favor of "far less toxic" composite materials to be developed." (Note: Less toxic? How about non-toxic?)

1990 FDA Conference on Diagnostic and Therapeutic Uses Of The Electromagnetic Spectrum (May 1990).

1990 The Great Banking and S&L Scandal, after US banking system is progressively looted for black budget project money between 1980 and 1990 under the Bush and Reagan administrations and the CIA.

1990 Project RF Media in Boulder, Colorado, using mind control subliminals over television carrier waves.

1990 The US Public Health Service Immunization Practices Advisory Committee (ACIP) and the American Academy of Pediatrics considers high-pitched screaming after a Pertussis (DPT) vaccination an absolute contraindication to further Pertussis vaccine.

1990 Pediatric neurologist Dr. John H. Menkes, professor emeritus at UCLA, reports on 46 children experiencing neurological adverse reaction within 72 hours of a DPT shot. Over 87% of the children reacted with a seizure, 2 children died and most surviving children became retarded, with 72% having uncontrollable seizure disorders. Menkes conclude, "Pertussis vaccine encephalopathy (brain damage) is not a myth but rather a serious complication of immunization."

1990 Project Tower, CIA and Office of Naval Research step up electronic behavior control efforts through cellular telephone systems, which resonate at a harmonic of the humans skull.

1990 A study by Dr. John Yiamouyiannis on 39,000 school children contradicts any alleged benefits from the use of sodium fluorides.

1990 U.S. Claims Court, as of October 31, 1990, indicates that "several thousand claims for compensation from injuries or death caused by vaccines have already been filed." National Vaccine Information Center.

1990 Estimated 3 million in US with vaccine-caused disabilities. IMAGINE THAT THE RATE OF DEATH BEFORE 20 IS 60% SO 3 MILLION ALIVE that’s 40% how many are the dead ones ? THIS MANY DEATHS . AND THIS IS A COUNSIOUS ACTION PEOPLE FROM THE ONES YOU PAY TO PROTECT YOU .Now don’t tell me you don’t deserve this . You have failed to protect yourself , you have failed to protect your family and you don’t deserve NONE OF YOU TO BE CALLED EITHER A MOTHER OR A FATHER. SHAME ON YOU .

1990 Dr. John Colquhoun in New Zealand is forced into early requirement in New Zealand after he conducts a study on 60,000 school children and finds no difference in tooth decay between fluoridated and unfluoridated areas. He additionally finds that a substantial number of children in fluoridated areas suffered from dental fluorosis. He makes the study public.

1990 US House of Representatives introduced HR 4079 (Gingrich/Gramm), which declares a National Drug and Crime Emergency beginning on the date of the enactment and lasting 5 years. The bill provides for the arrest of large numbers of people, incarceration in forced labor camps, suspension of "perceived Constitutional rights", and no provision for humane housing and treatment. Assets would become bounty. Usual laws relative to search and seizure would be suspended for this five year period. All limitations on drug testing of individuals (except the President and Congress) would be removed. The bill targets drug traffickers and violent criminals. The effect of the bill would be to create a sub-society of mind controlled drones.

1990 La Prensa Dominical, a newspaper in Honduras (Jul 22) reports that police in El Salvador had uncovered a child smuggling ring that was buying children for resale in the US, noting that 20,000 children per year vanish in Mexico. Many children are used as sources for organ transplants.

1990 New England Journal of Medicine reports that giving vitamin A to children with measles reduces complications and death.

1990 The September 14th issue of Newsweek reports that the study performed by Batelle Memorial Institute under Congressional mandate to look into fluorides and animal cancer (that found a connection) was refused for publication by the Journal of the National Cancer Institute.

1990 New York Dental License Board removes license from Dentist Joel Berger for removing mercury amalgam fillings from a woman in 1984 in order to encourage remission of her rheumatoid arthritis.

1990 The Los Angeles Times on October 10th publishes an article "Brain Cancer on Rise in Elderly", noting that "brain cancer has increased 500% among elderly Americans." And "it was once considered that brain tumors reached a peak rate in people in their '30s, and then would rapidly decline, but it now appears that the incidence continues to increase with age."

1990 In December of 1990, a federal regulation was adopted permitting the FDA to circumvent US and International laws forbidding medical experimentation on unwilling subjects. This regulation permits the FDA to inject American military with unapproved experimental drugs or vaccines without informed consent. The FDA merely needs to deem it "not feasible" to obtain the soldiers permission. See Health Letter, Washington, DC. Public Citizens Health Research Group "400,000 Human Guinea Pigs in the Persian Gulf", Feb 12, 1991. See 1991 Gulf War Entry.

1990 Approximate time period where Dr. Michael Aquino, a colonel in US Army Intelligence, is leader of a Church of Satan spinoff named the Temple of Set. Aquino is an expert in military mind control, and has expounded on what he terms LBM (Lesser Black Magic) used in the control of populations, including psychological operations and conventional forms of terrorism. He was investigated by military and civilian authorities on claims of child sexual abuse at San Francisco's Presidio military base. It is also curious that today, Mikhail Gorbachev, "ex" Russian KGB, has his office at the same Presidio facility. The Presidio is home for the Gorbachev Institute, where Mikhail writes books and does US government planning for military base closures. Dr./Colonel Acquino has written on his theories of mind control in an article which he submitted to the Washington Military Review, titled "From PSYOP to MINDWAR: The Psychology of Victory", essentially a work on the usage of psychotronic (physiological-electronic) techniques, citing in particular the usage of air ionization alteration. (See 1994 HAARP)

1991:�Future National Security Advisor Rice joins Chevron's board of directors, and works with Chevron until being picked as Bush's National Security Advisor in 2001. Chevron even names an oil tanker after her. Rice is hired for her expertise in Central Asia, and much of her job is spent arranging oil deals in the Central Asian region. Chevron also has massive investments there, which grow through the 1990s. [Salon, 11/19/01]

1991 (B): Bin Laden, having returned from Afghanistan to Saudi Arabia and the family business in 1989, moves to Sudan. With a personal fortune of around $250 million (estimates range from $50 to $800 million [Miami Herald, 9/24/01]), he begins plotting terrorist attacks against the US. [New Yorker, 1/24/00]

1991-1995: According to a Dutch government report, the US military secretly breaks a United Nations arms embargo during the 1991-1995 Yugoslavia war by channeling arms through radical Muslim groups in an "Iran-Contra-style operation." US, Turkish and Iranian intelligence groups work with radical Muslims in what the Dutch report calls the "Croatian pipeline." Arms bought by Iran and Turkey and financed by Saudi Arabia are flown into Croatia. Mujaheddin fighters are also flown in. The US is "very closely involved" in the flagrant breach of the embargo, an embargo the US is in charge of monitoring. [Guardian, 4/22/02] Could bin Laden have had a secret deal with the US to jointly support the Bosnian Muslims, and in return the US didn't try to catch bin Laden? If so, did it last after 1995?

1991-1997:�The Soviet Union collapses in 1991, creating many new nations in Central Asia. Major US oil companies, including ExxonMobil, Texaco, Unocal, BP Amoco, Shell and Enron, directly invest billions in these Central Asian nations, bribing heads of state to secure equity rights in the huge oil reserves in these regions.�The oil companies commit to future direct investments in Kazakhstan of $35 billion.�These companies face the problem however of having to pay exorbitant prices to Russia to use Russian pipelines to get the oil out.�These oil fields have an estimated $6 trillion potential value. US companies own approximately 75% of the rights.�[New Yorker, 7/9/01, Asia Times, 1/26/02] FTW

March 1991: Did bin Laden ever truly break with the US and the CIA? The strongest motive that he did comes from this time, which is also roughly when al-Qaeda first starts targeting US interests. Although the Gulf War against Iraq just ended, the US does not withdraw all of its soldiers from Saudi Arabia, but stations some 15,000-20,000 there permanently. [Nation, 2/15/99] In 1991, President Bush Sr. falsely claims that all US troops have withdrawn. [Guardian, 12/21/01] Their presence isn't admitted until 1995, and there has never been an official explanation as to why they are there. The Nation postulates that they are there to prevent a coup. Saudi Arabia has an incredible array of high-tech weaponry, but may lack the expertise to use it and local soldiers may have conflicting loyalties. In 1998, bin Laden will release a statement: "For more than seven years the United States has been occupying the lands of Islam in the holiest of places, the Arabian peninsula, plundering its riches, dictating to its rulers, humiliating its people, terrorizing its neighbors, and turning its bases in the peninsula into a spearhead through which to fight the neighboring Muslim peoples." [Nation, 2/15/99]

July 5, 1991: The Bank of England shuts down the Bank of Credit and Commerce International (BCCI), the largest Muslim bank in the world. Based in Pakistan, this bank financed numerous Muslim terrorist organizations and laundered money generated by illicit drug trafficking and other illegal activities, including arms trafficking. Bin Laden and many other terrorists had accounts there. [Detroit News, 9/30/01] One money-laundering expert claims, "BCCI did dirty work for every major terrorist service in the world." [Los Angeles Times, 1/20/02] American and British governments knew about all this yet kept the bank open for years. The ISI had major connections to the bank. But, as later State Department reports indicate, Pakistan remains a major drug trafficking and money-laundering center despite the bank's closing. [Detroit News, 9/30/01] The Washington Post claims, "The CIA used BCCI to funnel millions of dollars to the fighters battling the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan." A French intelligence report later suggests the BCCI network has been largely rebuilt by bin Laden (see October 2001). [Washington Post, 2/17/02] The ruling family of Abu Dhabi, the dominant emirate in the United Arab Emirates, owned 77 percent of the bank. [Los Angeles Times, 1/20/02] A network of drug, weapons and money laundering later develops between al-Qaeda, the Taliban, United Arab Emirates and Pakistan (see Mid-1996-October 2001). Is the ISI still connected to this ex-BCCI network? Is the CIA?


US invades Iraq: "Operation Desert Storm." US destroys Iraqi water supply, leading to the deaths of tens of thousands of Iraqis. Iraqi forces set oil fields ablaze. Entire invasion and "liberation" of Kuwait carefully stage-managed by GOP-hired public relations firms. After invasion, Hussein crushes Kurdish rebellion, which was encouraged by US. SEC investigates Harken Oil; investigation derailed by friends of Bush family. Coup in Russia leads to deposing of Mikhail Gorbachev and dissolution of USSR. Clarence Thomas named to Supreme Court. US military presence in Saudi Arabia infuriates Islamic radicals and leads to "jihad" against US.

1991 - Brittney Settle, a ninth grader in Tennessee, is given a "zero" by her teacher for writing a research paper about the life of Jesus Christ. She is told that is "not an appropriate thing to do in a public school." Other students in that same class are allowed to write papers on reincarnation, magic and witchcraft.

1991 - President Bush praises the New World Order in a State of the Union Message: "What is at stake is more than one small country, it is a big idea - a new world order...to achieve the universal aspirations of mankind...based on shared principles and the rule of law...The illumination of a thousand points of light...The winds of change are with us now." [Theosophist Alice Bailey used that very same expression - "points of light" - in describing the process of occult enlightenment.]

1991 - On the eve of the Gulf War, General Brent Scowcroft, President Bush's National Security Advisor, proclaims: "A colossal event is upon us, the birth of a New World Order."

June 1991 - The CFR cosponsors an assembly, "Rethinking America's Security: Beyond Cold War to New World Order," attended by 65 prestigious members of government, labor, academia, media, military, and professions from nine countries.

July 1991 - The Southeastern World Affairs Institute discusses the New World Order in a program with topics: "Legal Structures for a New World Order" and "The United Nations: From Its Conception to a New World Order."

July 1991 - On a CNN program, former CIA Director Stansfield Turner (CFR), when asked about Iraq, responds: "We have a much bigger objective. We've got to look at the long run here. This is an example - the situation between the United Nations and Iraq - where the United Nations is deliberately intruding into the sovereignty of a sovereign nation...Now this is a marvelous precedent to be used in all countries of the world..."

Aug. 1991 - We are told that hard-liners in the Soviet Union have mounted a coup and that Mikhail Gorbachev has been arrested. The coup attempt fails, and this results in the apparent demise of the Soviet system and the installation of Boris Yeltsin. [It has since been learned that the "coup" was a sham designed to convince the West that Communism had fallen when in reality it had not. Mikhail Gorbachev had actually planned the staged coup three weeks before it happened. All the leaders of the coup have been pardoned and released.]

Oct. 29, 1991 - David Funderburk, former U.S. Ambassador to Romania, tells a North Carolina audience: "George Bush has been surrounding himself with people who believe in one-world government. They believe that the Soviet system and the American system are converging."

1991 NATO Advanced Research Workshop in the Coherent and Emergent Phenomena on Bio-Molecular Systems is conducted at the University of Arizona (Jan 15-19, 1991). One of the papers presented by Harlan E. Girard is "Effects of Gigahertz Radiation on the Human Nervous System: Recent Developments in the Technology of Political Control". Girard reports on haphazard testing of EMR "non-lethal" effect weapon systems as having a principle feature of producing "auditory effects and visual hallucinations". Girard describes the visual hallucinations induced "as having the quality of 35mm slides". According to Girard, the equipment "can be used to block all sensation". He concludes with the consideration that long range mind control is "truly Satanic."

1991 The U.S. Senate adopts a resolution calling for the CIA to reveal its budget to Congress. The resolution is dropped.

1991 Operation Desert Storm. Bush stops war after 100 hours at preserve Iraq as a threat. American troops are given experimental vaccines against biological agents. Within months thousands of troops sicken with communicable cancer causing virus. Disease deemed "Gulf War Syndrome". Government denies responsibility. Over 8,000 troops were vaccinated with Botulism, over 150,000 troops were given anthrax vaccine, and all 500,000 troops were given Pyristigimine, an experimental nerve agent. All drugs were experimental. From the 500.000 troops given the vaccine today only 10% are alive .

1991 New York Times, Mar 17th, 1991 "US Vaccine Plan Uses Welfare Offices" indicates the Federal government has considered denying welfare and nutritional benefits to families who refuse vaccinations.

1991 Collapse of BCCI international bank, after involvement with drug money laundering becomes apparent.

1991 The US Public Health Service Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) drafts new guidelines which eliminate most contraindications to Pertussis vaccine. Essentially, this results in a denial or coverup of most reactions on the grounds that "there is no proof the vaccine causes brain damage." They base their position on several studies financed by vaccine manufacturers conducted in the late 1980's by vaccine policymakers such as Dr. James Cherry and Dr. Edward Mortimer, who sit on the ACIP Committee and are also paid consultants to US Pertussis vaccine manufacturers, resulting in biased and flawed studies in order to prove "no cause and effect" between the Pertussis vaccine and permanent brain damage. US vaccine policymakers are the CDC and the American Academy of Pediatrics. All this, despite decades of experience indicating the opposite conclusion. (Note: This policy constitutes criminal neglect, racketeering and conspiracy).

1991 Carl Campbell strolls to a Pentagon bus stop and shoots Navy Commander Edward Higgins, arms control specialist for the Department of Defense. The man, taken into custody, claimed the CIA had "injected him with a microchip that controls his mind."

1991 The "conjugated" Hib vaccine introduced in 1988 is extended for use in infants as young as two months. It becomes mandated in 44 states in the US.

1991 The CDC begins the process of mandating Hepatitis B vaccinations for all infants in the United States. Many infants receive multiple doses from birth.

1991 National Institutes of Health (8/91) state mercury amalgam is safe. (W. Post)

1991 Cobden Club Document distributed during Eco-Conference preplanning advises members that nations must establish quotas for reducing existing population.

1991 The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) again engages ICAIR Life Systems to perform a literature search on fluorides. A researcher for ICAIR, Dr. John Beaver, admits that he was instructed to select only certain reports and ignore others. The final series of reports was sent to EPA, who forwards them to the Subcommittee on Risk Assessment of Ingested Fluoride of the National Academy of Sciences as an "independent" report. Five out of eight members of the Subcommittee are historically pro-fluoridation.

1991 Jean Claude Pecker, Frances leading astronomer and former director of the Institute of Astrophysics in Paris, speaks at a symposium sponsored by the Royal Society of Canada. He asserts that mass sterilization in poor countries might be the only way to curb population, and that it would be necessary within 50 years. Planned Parenthood in Canada strongly rejected the idea of forced sterilization in favor of raising living standards and education.

1991 The United Nations Population Fund, managed by William Draper III, asserts that 254 million couples will be surgically sterilized in the course of the 1990's, and that if present trends continue, 80% of women in Puerto Rico and Panama will be sterilized. Mexico is high on the list of targeted nations for population control.

1991 New York Times (8/9/91) article describes the possible cause of the slowdown in Earth's rotation (1988/1990) as an influence on the ELF level affecting core flow through magnetic induction.

1991 Second Immunization Conference in Canberra, Australia. Dr. Viera Scheibnerova reports that "vaccination is the single most prevalent and most preventable cause of infant deaths"

1991 Diane Sawyer does report on ABC about Burroughs Wellcome AZT tests on Romanian babies. FLV.23A is a reagent oxidative catalyst , as AZT is toxic to humans and destroys the immune system.

1991 The US Public Health Service recommends a child receive the first DPT shot at two months of age, with subsequent shots given at 4,6, and 18 months, and between the ages of 4 and 6. At the same time, Europe, Sweden and several other countries routinely "wait" until after 6 months of age "because of the improved antibody response in babies whose immune systems are more developed."

1991 Annual Conference of the Society of Homeopaths, Manchester, England, September 91, Richard Moskowitz, M.D. Revelation that the English National Health Service pays a "bonus" to doctors with documented vaccination rates above SPECIFIED averages.

March 8, 1992: The Defense Planning Guidance, "a blueprint for the department's spending priorities in the aftermath of the first Gulf War and the collapse of the Soviet Union," is leaked to the New York Times. [New York Times, 3/8/92, Newsday, 3/16/03] The paper causes controversy, because it hadn't yet been "scrubbed" to replace candid language with euphemisms. [New York Times, 3/10/92, New York Times, 3/11/92, Observer, 4/7/02] The document argues that the US dominates the world as sole superpower, and to maintain that role it "must maintain the mechanisms for deterring potential competitors from even aspiring to a larger regional or global role." [New York Times, 3/8/92, New York Times, 3/8/92 (B)] As the Observer summarizes it, "America's friends are potential enemies. They must be in a state of dependence and seek solutions to their problems in Washington." [Observer, 4/7/02] The document is mainly written by Paul Wolfowitz and Lewis Libby, who hold relatively low posts at the time, but under Bush Jr. become Deputy Defense Secretary and Vice President Cheney's Chief of Staff, respectively. [Newsday, 3/16/03] The document conspicuously avoids mention of collective security arrangements through the United Nations, instead suggesting the US "should expect future coalitions to be ad hoc assemblies, often not lasting beyond the crisis being confronted." [New York Times, 3/8/92] It also calls for "punishing" or "threatening punishment" against regional aggressors before they act. Interests to be defended pre-emptively include "access to vital raw materials, primarily Persian Gulf oil, proliferation of weapons of mass destruction and ballistic missiles, [and] threats to US citizens from terrorism." [Harper's, 10/02] Senator Lincoln Chafee (R), later says, "It is my opinion that [Bush Jr.'s] plan for preemptive strikes was formed back at the end of the first Bush administration with that 1992 report." [Newsday, 3/16/03] In response to the controversy, in May 1992 the US releases an updated version of the document that stresses the US will work with the United Nations and its allies (see also January 1993). [Washington Post, 5/24/92, Harper's, 10/02]

June 4, 1992: It is reported that the FBI is investigating the connections between James Bath and George Bush Jr. Bath is Salem bin Laden's official representative in the US. "Documents indicate that the Saudis were using Bath and their huge financial resources to influence US policy," since Bush Jr.'s father is president.�Bush denies any connections to Saudi money.What became of this investigation is unclear.�[Houston Chronicle, 6/4/92]

September 1, 1992: Terrorists Ahmad Ajaj and Ramzi Yousef enter the US together. Ajaj is arrested at Kennedy Airport in New York City. Ramzi Yousef is not arrested, and later masterminds the 1993 bombing of the WTC (see February 26, 1993). "The US government was pretty sure Ahmad Ajaj was a terrorist from the moment he stepped foot on US soil," because his "suitcases were stuffed with fake passports, fake IDs and a cheat sheet on how to lie to US immigration inspectors," plus "two handwritten notebooks filled with bomb recipes, six bomb-making manuals, four how-to videotapes concerning weaponry and an advanced guide to surveillance training." However, Ajaj is only charged with passport fraud, and serves a six-month sentence. From prison, Ajaj frequently calls Ramzi Yousef and others in the WTC bombing plot, but no one monitors or translates the calls until long after the bombing. [Los Angeles Times, 10/14/01] An Israeli newsweekly later reports that the Palestinian Ajaj may have been a mole for the Israeli Mossad. The Village Voice has suggested that Ajaj may have had "advance knowledge of the World Trade Center bombing, which he shared with Mossad, and that Mossad, for whatever reason, kept the secret to itself." Ajaj was not just knowledgeable, but was involved in the planning of the bombing from his prison cell. [Village Voice, 8/3/93] Ajaj is released from prison three days after the WTC bombing, but is later rearrested and sentenced to more than 100 years in prison. [Los Angeles Times, 10/14/01] One of the manuals seized from Ajaj is horribly mistranslated for the trial. For instance, the title page is said to say "The Basic Rule," published in 1982, when in fact the title says "Al-Qaeda" (which means "the base" in English), published in 1989. Investigators later complain that a proper translation could have shown an early connection between al-Qaeda and the WTC bombing. [New York Times, 1/14/01]

December 1992: A bomb explodes in a hotel in Aden, Yemen, killing two tourists. US soldiers had just left the hotel for Somalia. Intelligence agents suspect this may be the first terrorist attack against the US connected to bin Laden. [Miami Herald, 9/24/01]


"Defense Planning Guidance" article lays out GOP foreign policy for next twenty years; primarily authored by Paul Wolfowitz, with input from Dick Cheney and other hawks. Bush sends troops to Somalia. Bill Clinton becomes President. George H.W. Bush pardons a number of convicted Iran-Contra figures.

1992 - "The Twilight of Sovereignty" by former Citicorp Chairman Walter Wriston (CFR) is published, in which he claims: "A truly global economy will require compromises of national sovereignty. There is no escaping the system."

1992 - "The United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED) Earth Summit" takes place in Rio de Janeiro, headed by Conference Secretary-General Maurice Strong. The main products of this summit are the "Biodiversity Treaty" and "Agenda 21," which the U.S. hesitates to sign because of opposition at home due to the threat to sovereignty and economics. The summit says the first world's wealth must be transferred to the third world. We are told: "Effective execution of Agenda 21 will require a profound reorganization of all human society, unlike anything the world has ever experienced." [Under the principles of Agenda 21, the Wildlands Project seeks to return 50% of the land in the U.S. to wilderness. Already 20 locations in this country have been designated U.N. World Heritage Sites and 47 locations in this country have been set aside as U.N. Biosphere Reserves. Control over these areas within U.S. borders has been turned over to the U.N.] The sinister intentions of the radical environmentalists are revealed in a statement by famous underwater explorer Jacques Cousteau, an attendee at the Earth Summit: "In order to stabilize world population, we must eliminate 350,000 people per day."

May 21, 1992 - In an address to the Bilderberger organization meeting in Evian, France, former Secretary of State Henry Kissinger declares: "Today Americans would be outraged if U.N. troops entered Los Angeles to restore order; tomorrow they will be grateful! This is especially true if they were told there was an outside threat from beyond, whether real or promulgated, that threatened our very existence. It is then that all peoples of the world will plead with world leaders to deliver them from this evil. The one thing every man fears is the unknown. When presented with this scenario, individual rights will be willingly relinquished for the guarantee of their well being granted to them by their world government."

July 20, 1992 - "TIME" magazine publishes "The Birth of the Global Nation," by Strobe Talbott, Rhodes Scholar, roommate of Bill Clinton at Oxford University, CFR Director and Trilateralist, in which he writes: "Nationhood as we know it will be obsolete; all states will recognize a single global authority. 'Citizen of the world' will have assumed real meaning."

Aug. 21, 1992 - Near Ruby Ridge, Idaho, the home of Randy and Vicki Weaver and their four children has been under surveillance by the U.S. Marshals Service for 17 months. When the family dog begins barking, family friend Kevin Harris and the Weavers' 13-year-old son Sammy follow, thinking it is on the scent of a deer. Men in camouflage clothing (the marshals) shoot the dog, and Harris and Sammy return fire. Deputy Marshal William Degan and Sammy are killed in the exchange. Sammy is shot in the back as he runs for the house. The Marshals Service requests assistance from the FBI, which sends its Hostage Rescue Team (HRT) to the scene.

Aug. 22, 1992 - A HRT sniper, Lon Horiuchi, fires two shots: the first wounds Randy Weaver (though not seriously); the second kills Vicki Weaver as she holds her baby in her arms and seriously wounds Kevin Harris. [Randy Weaver's "violation"? He had allegedly sawed off a shotgun barrel a quarter of an inch too short. For that, his house was surrounded by Federal agents and his wife and son were killed.]

Aug. 31, 1992 - The 11-day siege ends when Randy Weaver surrenders to authorities. [A jury found Weaver innocent of the original firearms violation he was accused of.]

Sept. 29, 1992 - At a town hall meeting in Los Angeles, Trilateralist and former CFR president Winston Lord [later Assistant Secretary of State in the Clinton Administration] delivers a speech entitled "Changing Our Ways: America and the New World," in which he remarks: "To a certain extent, we are going to have to yield some of our sovereignty, which will be controversial at home. Under the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA), some Americans are going to be hurt as low-wage jobs are taken away."

Winter 1992-93 - The CFR's "Foreign Affairs" publishes "Empowering the United Nations," by U.N. Secretary General Boutros-Boutros Ghali, who asserts: "It is undeniable that the centuries-old doctrine of absolute and exclusive sovereignty no longer stands...Underlying the rights of the individual and the rights of peoples is a dimension of universal sovereignty that resides in all humanity...It is a sense that increasingly finds expression in the gradual expansion of international law...In this setting the significance of the United Nations should be evident and accepted."

Ali Mohamed.

1993: Canadian police arrest Ali Mohamed, a high ranking al-Qaeda figure. However, they release him when the FBI says he is a US agent. [Globe and Mail, 11/22/01] Mohamed, a former US Army sergeant, then will continue to work for al-Qaeda for a number of years. He trains bin Laden's personal bodyguards and trains a terrorist cell in Kenya that later blows up the US embassy there. Meanwhile, at least between 1993 and 1997 he tells secrets to the FBI about al-Qaeda's operations. He is arrested in late 1998 and subsequently convicted of his role in the 1998 US embassy bombing in Kenya. [CNN, 10/30/98, Independent, 11/1/98] Says a former Egyptian intelligence officer: "For five years he was moving back and forth between the US and Afghanistan. It's impossible the CIA thought he was going there as a tourist. If the CIA hadn't caught on to him, it should be dissolved and its budget used for something worthwhile." [Wall Street Journal, 11/26/01] Was Mohamed really playing the FBI and CIA for fools, or was he a double agent inside al-Qaeda? If the latter, why couldn't the US kill bin Laden in the 1990s if the head of his personal security was secretly a US agent?

1993 (B): Bin Laden buys a jet from the US military in Arizona (the Pentagon approved the transaction). This aircraft is later used to transport missiles from Pakistan that kill American special forces in Somalia. He also has some of his followers begin training as pilots in US flight schools. These initial flight trainings come to nothing when details are later revealed in a court case about Operation Bojinka (see January 6, 1995). [Sunday Herald, 9/16/01]

1993 (C): An expert panel commissioned by the Pentagon postulates that an airplane could be used as a missile to bomb national landmarks. But the panel doesn't publish this idea in its report, Terror 2000. [Washington Post, 10/2/01] One of the authors of the report says. "We were told by the Department of Defense not to put it in... and I said, 'It's unclassified, everything is available.' And they said, 'We don't want it released, because you can't handle a crisis before it becomes a crisis. And no one is going to believe you.'" [ABC News, 2/20/02] However, in 1994 one of the panel's experts will write in Futurist magazine: "Targets such as the World Trade Center not only provide the requisite casualties but, because of their symbolic nature, provide more bang for the buck. In order to maximize their odds for success, terrorist groups will likely consider mounting multiple, simultaneous operations with the aim of overtaxing a government's ability to respond, as well as demonstrating their professionalism and reach." [Washington Post, 10/2/01]

January 1993: In his last days in office as Defense Secretary, Dick Cheney releases a document called Defense Strategy for the 1990s. It reasserts the plans for US global domination outlined in an earlier Pentagon policy paper (see March 8, 1992). [Harper's, 10/02] But because of Clinton's presidential victory, the implementation of these plans will have to wait until Bush Jr. becomes president in 2001 and Cheney becomes vice president. However, Cheney and others will continue to refine this vision of global domination through the Project for the New American Century think tank while they wait to reassume political power (see June 3, 1997 and September 2000).

January 20, 1993: Bill Clinton is inaugurated as president, replacing George Bush Sr. He remains president until 2001 (see January 21, 2001).

Damage underground the WTC in 1993. [AP]

February 26, 1993:�An attempt to blow up the WTC fails.�Six people are killed in the misfired blast.�Analysts later determine that had the terrorists not made a minor error in the placement of the bomb, both towers could have fallen and up to 50,000 people could have been killed.�The attempt is organized by Ramzi Yousef, who has close ties to bin Laden.�[Congressional Hearings, 2/24/98] The New York Times later reports on Emad Salem, an undercover agent who ends up being the key government witness in the trial against the bomber.�Salem testifies that the FBI knew about the attack beforehand and told him they would thwart it by substituting a harmless powder for the explosives.�However, this plan was called off by an FBI supervisor, and the bombing was not stopped.�[New York Times, 10/28/93] Why did the FBI seemingly let the terrorists go ahead with the bombing? Others suspects are ineptly investigated before the bombing (see July 1990 and November 5, 1990). Several of the bombers were trained by the CIA to fight in the Afghan war, and the CIA later concludes in internal documents that it was "partly culpable" for this bombing attempt. [Independent, 11/1/98] Ahmad Ajaj, an associate of Yousef, may have been a mole for the Israeli Mossad, and the Mossad may have had advanced knowledge of the bombing (see September 1, 1992). US officials later state that the overall mastermind of the 9/11 attacks, Khalid Shaikh Mohammed, is a close relative of Ramzi Yousef, [Independent, 6/6/02] probably his uncle. [Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02] One of the attackers even left a message found by investigators stating, "Next time, it will be very precise." 9/11 can be seen as a completion of this failed attack. [AP, 9/30/01]

June 1993-October 1994: Saeed Sheikh, a brilliant British student at the London School of Economics, drops out of school and moves to his homeland of Pakistan to become a terrorist. Two months later, he begins training in Afghanistan at camps run by al-Qaeda and the Pakistani army. By mid-1994, he has become a terrorist instructor. In June 1994, he begins kidnapping Western tourists in India. In October 1994, he is captured after kidnapping three Britons and an American, and is put in a maximum-security prison (see November 1994-December 1999). The ISI pays for a lawyer to defend him. [Los Angeles Times, 2/9/02, Daily Mail, 7/16/02, Vanity Fair, 8/02] His supervisor for his terror work is an ISI officer named Ijaz Shah (see February 5, 2002). [Times of India, 3/12/02, Guardian, 7/16/02] Al-Qaeda and the ISI later rescue him from prison (see December 24-31, 1999) and he becomes a central figure in the financing of the 9/11 plot (see Early August 2001 (D)).

October 3-4, 1993: Eighteen US soldiers are attacked and killed in Mogadishu, Somalia, in a spontaneous gun battle (later the subject of the movie Black Hawk Down). A 1998 US indictment charges bin Laden and his followers with training the attackers. [PBS Frontline, 10/3/02] The link between bin Laden and the Somali killers of US soldiers appears to be Pakistani terrorist Maulana Masood Azhar. [Los Angeles Times, 2/25/02] Azhar is associated with Pakistan's ISI (see December 24-31, 1999), and the US has not publicly complained that he is a free man in Pakistan (see December 14, 2002).

The Dabhol power plant. [Enron]

November 1993: The Indian government gives approval for Enron's Dabhol power plant, located near Bombay on the west coast of India. Enron has invested $3 billion, the largest single foreign investment in India's history.�Enron owns 65 percent of Dabhol.�This liquefied natural gas powered plant is supposed to provide one-fifth of India's energy needs by 1997�[Asia Times, 1/81/01, Indian Express, 2/27/00] It is the largest gas-fired power plant in the world. Earlier in the year, the World Bank concludes that the plant is "not economically viable" and refuses to invest in it. [New York Times, 3/20/01] Enron apparently tries to make the plant financially viable by investing in gas fields in nearby Uzbekistan (see June 24, 1996), but it cannot get that gas to Dabhol without a gas pipeline through Afghanistan (see June 24, 1996 and June 1998 (B)). Construction of the plant is abandoned just before completion (see June 2001 (J)).


Clinton administration buries "October Surprise" evidence. Clinton is asked by Bush to back off on Iraq/BCCI investigation and agrees. WTC bombing. US foils assassination attempt on former president Bush. Branch Davidian debacle. White House travel office imbroglio demonstrates that conservatives are determined to destroy Clinton no matter what. Suicide of Vince Foster becomes a cause celebré among Clinton conspiracy mongers. A US military raid in Somalia goes awry, causing the deaths of 18 soldiers. Communist resistance to change in the former USSR is defeated. Whitewater investigation begins. "Troopergate," a bogus scandal concocted by right-wing media, hits the US press.

1993 - A second Parliament of World Religions is held in Chicago on the 100th anniversary of the first. Like the first convention, this one seeks to join all the religions of the world into "one harmonious whole," but it wants to make them "merge back into their original element." Traditional beliefs of monotheistic religions such as Christianity are considered incompatible with individual "enlightenment" and must be drastically altered.

Feb. 28, 1993 - A force of 76 ATF agents becomes embroiled in a deadly firefight with Branch Davidians while attempting to present an arrest warrant on the sect leader David Koresh for alleged federal firearms and explosives violations. Four ATF agents are killed [Steve Willis, Robert William, Conway Lebleu, and Tod McKeehan [...] transferred from the Secret Service, where they were Clinton guards - to BATF prior to the assault - Killed by friendly fire. All died with gunshot wounds to the left temple. -Ed., from Slick's Skeleton's list] and 16 wounded during the shootout, while an estimated six Davidians are killed and an unknown number (including Koresh) injured. [Federal law strictly prohibits the use of military personnel and equipment against American citizens. An exception is allowed if drugs are involved. ATF agents simply lied in order to obtain the use of National Guard helicopters in their assault. They claimed there was a methamphetamine lab in the Branch Davidian compound. There was no evidence whatsoever of the existence of a methamphetamine lab in the Branch Davidian compound. There are no indications that the ATF ever attempted to serve their warrant or even announce who they were. They just emerged from stock trailers with guns blazing. At the same time that the ground assault began, helicopter gunships began firing at the Branch Davidian compound from above. The Branch Davidians did not begin returning fire until nine minutes after the ATF attack began. The ATF had also positioned snipers in a building some distance away from the Branch Davidian compound. They could not shoot at the Branch Davidians without firing over the heads of the attacking ATF agents. It is entirely possible that some of the ATF casualties were hit by their own men. Two of the ATF agents who were killed in the raid had entered a second story window of the Branch Davidian home. A third ATF agent then fired directly into the window his comrades had just entered.]

April 19, 1993 - Following a 51-day siege, military tanks driven by FBI personnel begin punching holes in the Branch Davidian complex to insert a tearing agent and end the standoff. Shortly after noon, fire breaks out within the building and it is rapidly engulfed in flames. The remains of at least 74 individuals, including 21 children under the age of 16, are recovered from the ruins, some of whom had died of gunshot wounds. [The CS gas the FBI introduced into the Branch Davidian compound had been previously banned from international warfare. The U.S. couldn't have used it against Saddam Hussein, yet it was used on women and children at Waco. The manufacturer of the gas had quit selling it to Israel because they had used it against Palestinians in their homes, and several children had been killed by it. The manufacturer had warned that the gas should not be used in a closed space because of its potentially lethal consequences. The gas is also highly flammable. Paul Gray, the "independent" arson investigator who determined that the Branch Davidians were responsible for the fire, was a former ATF employee, and his wife was a current ATF employee - hardly an unbiased third party. In Congressional hearings, Attorney General Janet Reno claimed the government had to act because children were being abused. This raises an interesting question: Why was the ATF involved at all? Child abuse cases are not within the jurisdiction of the Bureau of Alcohol Tobacco and Firearms. Kiri Jewell, the 14-year-old girl whose tear-jerking testimony convinced many that the raid was justified, was not even with the Branch Davidians at the time she alleges that David Koresh abused her. She was living with her mother and grandmother in California.]

July 18, 1993 - CFR member and Trilateralist Henry Kissinger writes in the "Los Angeles Times" concerning NAFTA: "What Congress will have before it is not a conventional trade agreement but the architecture of a new international system...a first step toward a new world order."

July 20, 1993 - White House Counsel Vincent Foster is found dead in Ft. Marcy Park under mysterious circumstances. He had been shot in the head. The official ruling is suicide. FBI Director William Sessions is fired by President Clinton only hours before Foster turns up dead. [In order to get to the location where his body was found, Foster would have had to walk 700 feet through a heavily wooded park. Yet no soil was found on his shoes. FBI agents were prevented from investigating Foster's office by Administration officials until after they had removed several files. Vincent Scalice, an expert witness who has investigated thousands of homicides during his 35 years as a homicide investigator for the New York City Police Department, observes: "In my experience, I have never seen a case so poorly handled and investigated, especially since there is so much evidence of foul play." Vince Foster had been a partner with Hillary Clinton in the Rose Law Firm.]

Oct. 30, 1993 - "Washington Post" ombudsman Richard Harwood does an op-ed piece about the role of the CFR's media members: "Their membership is an acknowledgment of their ascension into the American ruling class where they do not merely analyze and interpret foreign policy for the United States; they help make it."

1994: Mohammed al-Khilewi, the First Secretary at the Saudi Mission to the United Nations, defects and seeks political asylum in the US. He brings with him 14,000 internal government documents depicting the Saudi royal family's corruption, human-rights abuses, and financial support for terrorists. He meets with two FBI agents and an Assistant US Attorney. "We gave them a sampling of the documents and put them on the table," says his lawyer, "but the agents refused to accept them." [New Yorker, 10/16/01] The documents include "details of the $7 billion the Saudis gave to [Iraq leader] Saddam Hussein for his nuclear program -- the first attempt to build an Islamic Bomb." But FBI agents were "ordered not to accept evidence of Saudi criminal activity, even on US soil." [Best Democracy Money Can Buy, by Greg Palast, 2/03]

1994 (B): Coincidentally, three separate attacks this year involve hijacking airplanes to crash them into buildings. A disgruntled Federal Express worker tries to crash a DC-10 into a company building in Memphis but is overpowered by the crew.�A lone pilot crashes a small plane onto the White House grounds, just missing the President's bedroom.�An Air France flight is hijacked by a terrorist group linked to al-Qaeda, with the aim of crashing it into the Eiffel Tower, but French Special Forces storm the plane before it takes off.�[New York Times, 10/3/01]

1994 (C): The Phoenix FBI office uncovers startling evidence connecting Arizona to radical Muslim terrorists. The office videotapes two men trying to recruit a Phoenix FBI informant to be a suicide bomber. One of the men is linked to terrorist leader Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman (see July 1990). [Los Angeles Times, 5/26/02, New York Times, 6/19/02] In 1998, the office's international terrorism squad investigates a possible Middle Eastern extremist taking flight lessons at a Phoenix airport. By 1990, Arizona has become one of the main centers in the US for radical Muslims and remains so. But terrorism remains a low priority for the office. Meanwhile, hijacker Hani Hanjour moves to Arizona for the first time around 1990 (see 1990) and spends much of the next decade in the state. The FBI apparently remains oblivious about Hanjour, though one FBI informant claims that by 1998 they "knew everything about the guy" (see 1998 (F)). [New York Times, 6/19/02] FBI agent Ken Williams later investigates the possibility of terrorists learning to fly aircraft (see April 17, 2000 and July 10, 2001), but he has no easy way to query a central FBI database about similar cases. As a result of this and other FBI communication problems, he remains unaware of most US intelligence reports about the potential use of airplanes as weapons, as well as other, specific FBI warnings about terrorists training at US flight schools (see May 18, 1998, After May 15, 1998, 1999 (L), and September 1999 (E)). [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03]

Mohammed in a 1998 FBI wanted poster, quite possibly digitally altered to show him without a beard.

Early 1994-January 1995: 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed lives in the Philippines for a year, planning the Bojinka plot until the plot is exposed and he has to flee (see January 6, 1995). Police later say he lives a very expensive and non-religious lifestyle. He meets in karaoke bars and go-go clubs, dates go-go dancers, stays in four-star hotels, and takes scuba diving lessons. Once he rents a helicopter just to fly it past the window of a girlfriend's office in an attempt to impress her. This appears to be a pattern; for instance he has a big drinking party in 1998. [Los Angeles Times, 6/24/02] Officials believe his obvious access to large sums of money indicate that some larger network is backing him by this time. [Los Angeles Times, 6/6/02] It has been suggested that Mohammed, a Pakistani, is able "to operate as he pleased in Pakistan" in the 1990s [Los Angeles Times, 6/24/02], and even is linked to the Pakistani ISI (see June 4, 2002). Could the ISI be backing him at this early date? His hedonistic time in the Philippines resembles reports of hijackers Mohamed Atta and Marwan Alshehhi in the Philippines (see 1998-2000). Mohammed returns to the Philippines occasionally, even being spotted there after 9/11. [Knight Ridder, 9/9/02] He almost gets caught while visiting an old girlfriend there in 1999, and fails in a second plot to kill the Pope when the Pope cancels his visit to the Philippines that year. [Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02, London Times, 11/10/02] Does Mohammed meet the hijackers in the Philippines?

Prince Sultan, the Saudi Minister of Defense and Aviation.

August 1994: A Saudi named Omar al-Bayoumi arrives in San Diego. He will later become well known for his suspicious connections to both some 9/11 hijackers and the Saudi government (see December 4, 1999, Early February 2000, and November 22, 2002). Acquaintances in San Diego long suspect he is a Saudi government spy, reporting on the activities of Saudi-born college students. [San Diego Union-Tribune, 9/14/02, Newsweek, 11/22/02, San Diego Magazine, 9/03] Says one witness, "He was always watching [young Saudi college students], always checking up on them, literally following them around and then apparently reporting their activities back to Saudi Arabia." [Newsweek, 11/24/02] Just prior to moving to the US, he worked for the Saudi Ministry of Defense and Aviation, headed by Prince Sultan (see August 2001 (G), August 31, 2001, and August 15, 2002). His salary in this job is approved by Hamid al-Rashid, a Saudi government official whose son Saud al-Rashid is strongly suspected of al-Qaeda ties (see August 15, 2002 (D)). [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03] Once in San Diego, al-Bayoumi tells people that he's a student, or a pilot, and even claims to be receiving monthly payments from "family in India" (despite being Saudi). But these explanations didn't seem credible and he is none of those things. [Sunday Mercury, 10/21/01, Wall Street Journal, 8/11/03] In fact, as he tells some people, he receives a monthly stipend from a Saudi aviation company called Dallah Avco that has extensive ties to the same Saudi Ministry of Defense and Aviation. [Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02, Newsweek, 11/24/02] From early 1995 until 2002 he is paid about $3000 a month for a project in Saudi Arabia even though he's living in the US. According the New York Times, Congressional officials believe he is a "ghost employee" doing no actual work. The classified section of the 9/11 Congressional Inquiry report (see July 24, 2003) notes that his payments increase significantly just after he comes into contact with two hijackers in early 2000. [New York Times, 8/2/03] The FBI is investigating possible ties between Dallah Avco and al-Qaeda. [Newsweek, 10/29/02] The firm’s owner, Saudi billionaire Saleh Abdullah Kamel, has denied the accusation. [Newsweek, 7/28/03] Kamel is on a secret United Nations list of terror financiers (see November 26, 2002). According to leaks from the still-classified section of the 9/11 Congressional Inquiry report, al-Bayoumi also receives a monthly government stipend that increases sharply just after he comes into contact with two hijackers in early 2000 (see Spring 2000 (D)). A few years later, al-Bayoumi gets an additional ghost job (see June 1998 (D)), is investigated by the FBI, and also is saved from losing his Dallah Avco job by the Saudi government (see September 1998-July 1999).

September 1994: Starting as Afghani exiles in Pakistan religious schools, the Taliban begin their conquest of Afghanistan. [MSNBC, 10/2/01] "The Taliban are widely alleged to be the creation of Pakistan's military intelligence [the ISI]. Experts say that explains the Taliban's swift military successes." [CNN, 10/5/96] Less often reported is that the CIA worked with the ISI to create the Taliban. A long-time regional expert with extensive CIA ties says: "I warned them that we were creating a monster." He adds that even years later, "The Taliban are not just recruits from 'madrassas' (Muslim theological schools) but are on the payroll of the ISI." [Times of India, 3/7/01] The same claim is made on CNN in February 2002. [CNN, 2/27/02] The Wall Street Journal will state in November 2001: "Despite their clean chins and pressed uniforms, the ISI men are as deeply fundamentalist as any bearded fanatic; the ISI created the Taliban as their own instrument and still supports it." [Asia Times, 11/15/01]

Saeed in an Indian hospital shortly after being arrested in 1994. He was shot while being captured. [Indian Express]

November 1994-December 1999: Saeed Sheikh is imprisoned in India for kidnapping Westerners (see June 1993-October 1994). While there, he meets another prisoner named Aftab Ansari. Ansari, an Indian gangster, will be released on bail near the end of 1999. [India Today, 2/25/02] Saeed also meets another prisoner named Asif Raza Khan, who also is released in 1999. [Rediff, 11/17/01] After Saeed is rescued from prison (see December 24-31, 1999), he works with Ansari and Khan to kidnap Indians and then uses some of the profits to fund the 9/11 attacks (see Early August 2001 (D)). [Frontline, 2/2/02, India Today, 2/14/02] Saeed also becomes good friends with prisoner Maulana Masood Azhar, a terrorist with al-Qaeda connections (see October 3-4, 1993). [Sunday Times, 4/21/02] Saeed will later commit further terrorist acts together with Azhar's group, Jaish-e-Mohammad (see for instance October 1, 2001 (D) and December 13, 2001). [Independent, 2/26/02]

December 12, 1994: Terrorist Ramzi Yousef attempts a trial run of Operation Bojinka (see January 6, 1995), planting a small bomb on a Philippine Airlines flight to Tokyo (he gets off on a stopover before the bomb is detonated). It explodes, killing one man, and would have caused the plane to crash if not for what were described as heroic efforts by the pilot. [Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02, Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]


Pentagon derails investigations into Gulf War syndrome. Donald Rumsfeld's firm supplies North Korea with uranium and nuclear technology; blame for North Korea's nuclear program will later be shifted onto Clinton. Paula Jones accuses Clinton of sexual impropriety. Robert Fiske finds nothing to Whitewater allegations, and is replaced by GOP hardliner Kenneth Starr. FBI buries evidence of Saudi involvement with Islamic terror groups. Taliban takes power in Afghanistan. George W. Bush becomes governor of Texas.

Feb. 1994 - A U.S. District Court jury in San Antonio, Texas, finds 11 members of the Branch Davidian sect innocent of murder and conspiracy charges at Waco.

May 3, 1994 - President Bill Clinton signs Presidential Decision Directive 25 and then declares it Classified so the American people can't see what it says. [The summary of PDD-25 issued to members of Congress tells us that it authorizes the President to turn over control of U.S. military units to U.N. command.]

May 10, 1994 - U.S. Marines stationed at Twenty-Nine Palms, California, are given a survey in which they are asked if they would be willing to swear to a code which declares: "I am a United Nations fighting person." They are also asked in the survey if they would be willing to fire on American citizens.

Sept. 1994 - The U.S. Senate comes very close to ratifying the Convention on Biological Diversity which came out of the Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro in 1992 and was signed by President Clinton in 1993. At the last minute, senators become aware of its outrageous agenda to subjugate most of humankind to "sacred nature." The U.N. objectives this treaty fulfills include: "make nature worship a State Religion," "classify people as the enemy," and "create areas devoid of human presence." The treaty itself is less than 30 pages long - a loosely worded, rambling conglomeration of "legalese" and statements of principle. But the implementing protocols would not be written until after the Senate ratifies the treaty! In effect, Congress would be signing a blank check. Worse yet, the enabling protocols are to be written by Non-Governmental Organizations - radical environmental and socialist organizations.

Sept. 23, 1994 - The globalists realize that as more and more people begin to wake up to what's going on, they have only a limited amount of time in which to implement their policies. Speaking at the United Nations Ambassadors' dinner, David Rockefeller remarks: "This present window of opportunity, during which a truly peaceful and interdependent world order might be built, will not be open for too long." [Notice that he did not question if world order would come - only whether it would arrive peacefully.] He believes: "We are on the verge of a global transformation. All we need is the right major crisis and the nations will accept the New World Order."

1995:�For the first time, though not the last, the government of Sudan offers the US all of its files on bin Laden and al-Qaeda.�The US turns down the offer.� Bin Laden had been living in Sudan since 1991, because there were no visa requirements to live there. Sudan was monitoring him, collecting a "vast intelligence database on Osama bin Laden and more than 200 leading members of his al-Qaeda terrorist network... [The US was] offered thick files, with photographs and detailed biographies of many of his principal cadres, and vital information about al-Qaeda's financial interests in many parts of the globe."�After 9/11, a US agent who has seen the files on bin Laden's men in Khartoum says some were "an inch and a half thick." [Guardian, 9/30/01]

1995-2001: After the Taliban takes control of the area around Kandahar, Afghanistan (see September 1994), prominent Persian Gulf state officials and businessmen, including high-ranking UAE and Saudi government ministers such as Saudi intelligence minister Prince Turki al-Faisal (see July 1998), frequently secretly fly into Kandahar on state and private jets for hunting expeditions. [Los Angeles Times, 11/18/01] General Wayne Downing, Bush’s former national director for combating terrorism, says: "They would go out and see Osama, spend some time with him, talk with him, you know, live out in the tents, eat the simple food, engage in falconing, some other pursuits, ride horses." [MSNBC, 9/5/03] While there, some develop ties to the Taliban and al-Qaeda and give them money. Both Bin Laden and Taliban leader Mullah Omar sometimes participate in these hunting trips. Former US and Afghan officials suspect that the dignitaries' outbound jets may also have smuggled out al-Qaeda and Taliban cargo, just as smuggling was rampant on other airplanes flying out of the country (see Mid-1996-October 2001). [Los Angeles Times, 11/18/01]

A 1998 CNN map of likely flights to be hijacked in one version of Operation Bojinka. [CNN]

January 6, 1995: Philippine investigators uncover an al-Qaeda plot to assassinate the Pope that would take place when he visits the Philippines one week later. While investigating that, they also uncover Operation Bojinka, planned by the same people: 1993 WTC bomber Ramzi Yousef (see February 26, 1993) and 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed (see Early 1994-January 1995).[Independent, 6/6/02, Los Angeles Times, 6/24/02, Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02] FTW The plan is to explode 11 or 12 passenger planes over the Pacific Ocean simultaneously. [Agence France Presse, 12/8/01] If successful, up to 4,000 people would have been killed in planes flying to Los Angeles, San Francisco, Honolulu, and New York. [Insight, 5/27/02] Operation Bojinka was scheduled to go forward just two weeks later on January 21. Apparently a plan was also found for a second phase of attacks. [The Cell, John Miller, Michael Stone and Chris Mitchell, 8/02, p. 124, Insight, 5/27/02] According to an investigator, in this phase, planes would be hijacked and flown into "key structures in the United States. The World Trade Center, the White House, the Pentagon, the Transamerican Tower, and the Sears Tower were among the prominent structures that had been identified in the plans that we had decoded." [Village Voice, 9/26/01] One pilot, Abdul Hakim Murad, who learned to fly in US flight schools, confesses that his role was to crash a plane into the CIA headquarters as part of this phase of attacks. [Washington Post, 9/23/01] An interrogation report from 1995 states: "[Murad] will hijack said aircraft, control its cockpit and dive it at the CIA headquarters. There will be no bomb or any explosive that he will use in its execution. It is simply a suicidal mission that he is very much willing to execute." [Insight, 5/27/02] A Philippine investigator said on the day of 9/11: "It's Bojinka." He later says: "We told the Americans everything about Bojinka. Why didn't they pay attention?"�[Washington Post, 9/23/01] In an interview after 9/11, Khalid Shaikh Mohammed will claim that the 9/11 attacks were a refinement and resurrection of Bojinka. [Australian, 9/9/02]

Ramzi Yousef. [BBC]

February 7, 1995: Terrorist Ramzi Yousef is arrested in Pakistan (see February 26, 1993 and January 6, 1995). The next day, as Yousef is flying over New York City on his way to a prison cell, an FBI agent says to Yousef, "You see the Trade Centers down there, they're still standing, aren't they?" Yousef responds, "They wouldn't be if I had enough money and enough explosives." [MSNBC, 9/23/01, The Cell, John Miller, Michael Stone and Chris Mitchell, 8/02, p. 135]

March 1995: Belgian investigators find a CD-ROM of an al-Qaeda terrorist manual and begin translating it a few months later. Versions of the manual circulate widely and are seized by the police all over Europe. A former CIA official claims the CIA does not obtain a copy of the manual until the end of 1999: "The truth is, they missed for years the largest terrorist guide ever written." He blames CIA reluctance to scrutinize its support for the anti-Soviet jihad in the 1980s (see December 26, 1979 and March 1985). The CIA claims that the manual isn't that important, and that it had copies for years in any case (see also September 1, 1992). [New York Times, 1/14/01, CBS, 2/20/02]

March 1995-February 1996: A man named Ziad Jarrah rents an apartment in Brooklyn, New York. [Among the Heroes, Jere Longman, 2002, p. 90] The landlords later identify his photograph as being that of the 9/11 hijacker. A Brooklyn apartment lease bears Ziad Jarrah's name. [Boston Globe, 9/25/01] "Another man named Ihassan Jarrah lived with Ziad, drove a livery cab and paid the eight-hundred-dollar monthly rent. The men were quiet, well-mannered, said hello and good-bye. Ziad Jarrah carried a camera and told his landlords that he was a photographer. He would disappear for a few days on occasion, then reappear. Sometimes a woman who appeared to be a prostitute arrived with one of the men. 'Me and my brother used to crack jokes that they were terrorists,' said Jason Matos, a construction worker who lived in a basement there, and whose mother owned the house." [Among the Heroes, Jere Longman, 2002, p. 90] However, Ziad Jarrah is actually still in his home country of Lebanon at this time. He is studying in a Catholic school in Beirut, and is in frequent contact with the rest of his family. His parents drive him home to be with the family nearly every weekend, and they are in frequent contact by telephone as well. [Los Angeles Times, 10/23/01] Not until April 1996 does Jarrah leave Lebanon for the first time, to study in Germany. [Boston Globe, 9/25/01] His family believes that the New York lease proves that there were two Jarrahs. [CNN, 9/18/01] This is not the only example of their Jarrah being in two places at the same time - see Late November 2000-January 30, 2001. Could Jarrah have had a doppelganger?

Spring 1995: In the wake of the uncovering of the Operation Bojinka plot, a letter written by the terrorists who planned the failed 1993 WTC bombing (see February 26, 1993) is found on a computer disk in the Philippines. This letter warns that future attacks would be more precise and they would continue to target the WTC if their demands were not met. This letter was never sent, but its contents are revealed in 1998 congressional testimony. [Congressional Hearings, 2/24/98] The Manila, Philippines police chief also reports discovering a statement from bin Laden around this time that although they failed to blow up the WTC in 1993, "on the second attempt they would be successful." [AFP, 9/13/01] Why wasn't security at the WTC noticeably improved after these revelations, or later?

April 3, 1995: Time magazine's cover story reports on the potential for terrorists to kill thousands in highly destructive acts. Senator Sam Nunn outlines a scenario in which terrorists destroy the US Capitol Building by crashing a radio controlled airplane into it. "Its not far-fetched," he says. His idea was taken from Tom Clancy's book Debt of Honour published in August 1994. [Time, 4/3/95] High-ranking al-Qaeda leaders later claim that Flight 93's target was the Capitol Building. [Guardian, 9/9/02]

October 21, 1995: The oil company Unocal signs a contract with Turkmenistan to export $8 billion worth of natural gas through a $3 billion pipeline which would go from Turkmenistan through Afghanistan to Pakistan. Political considerations and pressures allow Unocal to edge out a more experienced Argentinean company for the contract. Henry Kissinger, a Unocal consultant, calls it "the triumph of hope over experience." [Washington Post, 10/5/98]

November 13, 1995: Two truck bombs kill five Americans and two Indians in a US-operated Saudi National Guard training center in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia. Al-Qaeda is blamed for the attacks. [AP, 8/19/02] The attack changes US investigators' views of bin Laden from terrorist financier to terrorist leader. [The Cell, John Miller, Michael Stone and Chris Mitchell, 8/02, p. 150]

Late 1995: King Fahd of Saudi Arabia suffers a severe stroke. Afterwards, he is able to sit in a chair and open his eyes, but little more. The resulting lack of leadership begins a behind-the-scenes struggle for power and leads to increased corruption. The situation continues to this day. Crown Prince Abdullah has been urging his fellow princes to address the problem of corruption in the kingdom - so far unsuccessfully. A former White House adviser says: "The only reason Fahd's being kept alive is so Abdullah can't become king." [New Yorker, 10/16/01]


Clinton administration continues to stonewall investigations into US connections to Iraq. White supremacist Timothy McVeigh bombs a federal building in Oklahoma, killing 168. Two congressional investigations find no evidence of criminal activity on the Clintons' involvement in Whitewater; Starr continues to investigate. BCCI investigation concludes. False offer of al-Qaeda information from Sudan. Dick Cheney's Halliburton Oil fined for doing business with terror sponsor Libya. Clinton-Lewinsky affair. Israel's Yitzhak Rabin assassinated. Newt Gingrich engineers shutdown of federal government. GOP Senator Orrin Hatch stonewalls investigation into FBI mistakes leading to 1993 WTC bombing. RTC clears Clintons of wrongdoing in Whitewater.

March 1995 - U.N. delegates meet in Copenhagen, Denmark, to discuss various methods for imposing global taxes on the people of the world.

April 19, 1995 - An explosion devastates the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building in Oklahoma City, resulting in the deaths of 168 people. [Both former FBI agent Ted Gunderson and Air Force explosives expert General Benton Partin say that an ammonium-nitrate/fuel oil bomb in a truck parked in front of the building could not possibly have caused the extensive structural damage that resulted. There had to be explosives attached to the columns inside the building. Some of the debris from the Murrah Building was blown toward the truck. Dr. Raymon Brown, a geophysicist for the Oklahoma Geological Survey, reports seismic data for that date which indicate that there were actually two explosions about 12 seconds apart. Televised video taken shortly after the bombing shows unexploded devices from the building being hauled away by the bomb squad. Edye Smith, whose two children were killed in the Murrah daycare, asked the question on national TV, "Where was the ATF?" All of their employees survived because they were told not go in to work that day. After she asked that question, she says government agents told her, "Keep your mouth shut, don't talk about it." Lester Martz, in charge of the Dallas ATF office, claims that an ATF agent and a DEA agent were riding in an elevator in the building, that after the blast their elevator free fell 50 feet and that they escaped from the elevator and rescued several people. Yet elevator service personnel say that no one was in the elevators, none of the elevators free fell and the doors of all the elevators were jammed shut by the explosion. They say that if anyone had free fallen 50 feet they would have, at the very least, broken their ankles. When asked if he had suspected that something might happen on April 19th, John Magaw, Director of the Bureau of Alcohol Tobacco and Firearms, replied that he had, and he stated that all BATF facilities across the country had been notified to be on the alert. When BATF agents in Oklahoma City were asked that same question, they replied that they had no idea anything would happen on that date. Clearly, somebody is not telling the truth. Immediately after the bombing, the FBI launched a massive manhunt for "John Doe No. 2." Now we are expected to believe that he never existed. Witnesses who say they saw John Doe No. 2 were not allowed to testify before the grand jury which indicted Timothy McVeigh.]

May 1995 - Incredibly, Larry Potts, the FBI's man in charge of the Ruby Ridge and Waco operations, is promoted to become the number two man at the Bureau.

Sept. 1995 - "Popular Science" magazine describes a top secret U.S. Navy installation called HAARP (High-Frequency Active Auroral Research Program) in the state of Alaska. This project beams powerful radio energy into the earth's upper atmosphere. One of the goals of the program is to develop the capability of "manipulating local weather" using the techniques developed by Bernard Eastlund. [The program has been underway since 1990.]

Sept. 27-Oct. 1, 1995 - "The State of the World Forum" takes place, sponsored by the Gorbachev Foundation, located at the Presidio in San Francisco. [It is important to realize that Mikhail Gorbachev established his foundation in 1991, before the coup attempt which eventually led to his "fall" from office and the breakup of the Soviet Union.] Foundation President Jim Garrison chairs the meeting, which includes Mikhail Gorbachev, George Bush, Britain's Margaret Thatcher, Canadian occultist Maurice Strong, media mogul Ted Turner, Microsoft wizard Bill Gates and others. Conversation centers around the oneness of mankind and the coming global government. However, the term "global governance" is used in place of "new world order" since the latter has become a lightning rod for opponents of global government. The mission statement issued by the conference organizers is direct and revealing: "The State of the World Forum will focus on the fundamental challenges and opportunities as we enter the next phase of human development. It is being held in the belief that at this momentous juncture in history, we are giving birth to the first global civilization."

Anas al-Liby. [FBI]

1996: Al-Muqatila, a Libyan group that is actually the cover name of an al-Qaeda terrorist cell, tries to kill Libyan leader Colonel Mu'ammar al-Qadhafi. Al-Qadhafi survives, but several terrorists and innocent bystanders are killed. [Dawn, 10/30/02] According to David Shayler, a member of the British intelligence agency MI5, and Jean-Charles Brisard and Guillaume Dasquié, authors of the controversial book The Forbidden Truth, the related British intelligence agency MI6 pays al-Qaeda the equivalent of $160,000 to help fund this assassination attempt. Shayler later goes to prison for revealing this information and the British press is banned from discussing the case. [New York Times, 8/5/98, Observer, 11/10/02] Well after the failed attempt, the British continue to support al-Muqatila - for instance, the group publishes a newsletter from a London office. [The Forbidden Truth, by Jean-Charles Brisard and Guillaume Dasquié, 5/02 edition, pp. 97-98] Anas al-Liby, a member of the Libyan al-Qaeda cell, is given political asylum in Britain and lives there until May 2000. He is now on the US's most wanted list, with a $25 million reward for his capture. [Observer, 11/10/02] The Forbidden Truth claims that even in 1998 Britain and the US aren't very interested in capturing bin Laden because of his assistance in plots like these (see April 15, 1998). The British government later attempts to censor their role in this assassination attempt (see November 5, 2002).

1996 (C): The Saudi Arabian government starts paying huge amounts of money to al-Qaeda, becoming its largest financial backer. It also gives money to other extremist groups throughout Asia. This money vastly increases the capability of al-Qaeda. [New Yorker, 10/16/01] Saudis agree to continue sponsoring bin Laden's network (see also May 1996 and July 1998). Says one US official, "'96 is the key year... Bin Laden hooked up to all the bad guys - it's like the Grand Alliance - and had a capability for conducting large-scale operations." The Saudi regime, he says, had "gone to the dark side." Electronic intercepts by the NSA "depict a regime increasingly corrupt, alienated from the country's religious rank and file, and so weakened and frightened that it has brokered its future by channeling hundreds of millions of dollars in what amounts to protection money to fundamentalist groups that wish to overthrow it." US officials later privately complain "that the Bush Administration, like the Clinton Administration, is refusing to confront this reality, even in the aftermath of the September 11th terrorist attacks." [New Yorker, 10/16/01]

1996 (D): Having found a business card of a US flight school in the possession of Bojinka plotter Abdul Hakim Murad (see January 6, 1995), the FBI investigates the US flight schools Murad attended. [Washington Post, 9/23/01]�He had trained at about 6 flight schools off and on, starting in 1990. Apparently they stop their investigation when they fail to find any other potential suspects (see May 18, 1998). [Insight, 5/27/02]�

1996-December 2000: Thirteen of the hijackers disappear for significant periods of time before the end of 2000:

1) Nawaf Alhazmi: The CIA says he first travels to Afghanistan in 1993 as a teenager. In 1995, he travels with Khalid Almihdhar to Bosnia and fights against the Serbs. Sometime before 1998 he returns to Afghanistan and swears loyalty to bin Laden. He fights there against the Northern Alliance. He returns to Saudi Arabia in early 1999 and shares information about the 1998 US embassy bombings. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03, CIA Director Tenet Testimony, 6/18/02]

He fights in Chechnya in or 1998 [Observer, 9/23/01, ABC News, 1/9/02]

2) Khalid Almihdhar: CIA Director calls him, like Nawaf Alhazmi, an "al-Qaeda veteran." He fights in Bosnia with Alhazmi in 1995. He makes his first visit to the Afghanistan training camps in early 1996. He swears loyalty to bin Laden in Afghanistan in 1998. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03, CIA Director Tenet Testimony, 6/18/02] His family claims he fights in Chechnya in 1997. [Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02]

3) Salem Alhazmi: Spends time in Chechnya with his brother Nawaf Alhazmi. [ABC News, 1/9/02] He also possibly fights with his brother in Afghanistan. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03]

4) Ahmed Alhaznawi: leaves for Chechnya in 1999 [ABC News, 1/9/02], lost family contact in late 2000. [Arab News, 9/22/01]

5) Hamza Alghamdi: leaves for Chechnya in early 2000. [Independent, 9/27/01, [Washington Post, 9/25/01] Another report says he goes there around January 2001. He calls home several times until about June 2001, saying he was in Chechnya. [Arab News, 9/18/01]

6) Mohand Alshehri: leaves to fight in Chechnya in early 2000. [Arab News, 9/22/01]

7) Ahmed Alnami: leaves home in June 2000. He calls home once in June 2001 from an unnamed location. [Arab News, 9/19/01, Washington Post, 9/25/01]

8) Fayez Ahmed Banihammad: leaves home in July 2000 saying he wants to participate in a holy war or do relief work. [St. Petersburg Times, 9/27/01, Washington Post, 9/25/01] He calls his parents one time afterwards. [Arab News, 9/18/01]

9) Ahmed Alghamdi: leaves his studies to fight in Chechnya in 2000, last seen by his family in December 2000. He calls his parents for the last time in July 2001 but doesn't mention being in the US. [Arab News, 9/18/01, Arab News, 9/20/01]

10) Waleed Alshehri: disappears with Wail Alshehri in December 2000, speaking of fighting in Chechnya. [Washington Post, 9/25/01, Arab News, 9/18/01]

11) Wail Alshehri: having psychological problems, he goes with his brother to Mecca to seek help. Both disappear. [Washington Post, 9/25/01]

12) Majed Moqed: last seen by a friend in 2000 in Saudi Arabia, who says, "he had a plan to visit the United States to learn English." [Arab News, 9/22/01]

Clearly there is a pattern: 11 appear likely to have fought in Chechnya, and two others are known to have gone missing. It's possible that others have similar histories, but it's hard to tell because "almost nothing [is] known about some." [New York Times, 9/21/01] Furthermore, a colleague claims hijackers Atta, Marwan Alshehhi, Ziad Jarrah and would-be hijacker Ramzi bin al-Shibh wanted to fight in Chechnya but were told in early 2000 that they were needed elsewhere. [Washington Post, 10/23/02, Reuters, 10/29/02] Reuters has reported: "Western diplomats play down any Chechen involvement by al-Qaeda." [Reuters, 10/24/02] The Chechnya connection to the 9/11 plot has been hardly discussed; could this be because of political implications with Russia? Many of the FBI hijackers photos appear to be incorrect (see September 16-23, 2001). Could some hijackers have died fighting in Chechnya and had their identities used by someone else?

January 1996: US intelligence gets information concerning a planned suicide attack by individuals connected with Shaykh Omar Adb al-Rahman and a key al-Qaeda operative. The plan is to fly from Afghanistan to the US and attack the White House. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

Khalid Shaikh Mohammed, from a 1998 FBI wanted poster.

January-May 1996: In the months after uncovering Operation Bojinka in the Philippines (see January 6, 1995), nearly all of its major planners, including Ramzi Yousef, are found and arrested. The one exception is 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed. He flees to Qatar in the Persian Gulf, where he lives openly using his real name, enjoying the patronage of Abdallah bin Khalid al-Thani, Qatar's Interior Minister and a member of the royal family. [ABC News, 2/7/03] In January 1996, he is indicted in the US for his role in the 1993 WTC bombing, and in the same month the US determines his location in Qatar. FBI Director Louis Freeh sends a letter to the Qatari government asking for permission to send a team after him. [Los Angeles Times, 12/22/02] One of Freeh's diplomatic notes states that Mohammed was involved in a conspiracy to "bomb US airliners" and is believed to be "in the process of manufacturing an explosive device." [New Yorker, 5/27/02] Qatar confirms that Mohammed is there and is making an explosive, but they delay in handing him over. After waiting several months, a high level meeting takes place in Washington to consider a commando raid to seize him. But the raid is deemed too risky, and another letter is sent to the Qatari government instead. One person at the meeting later states, "If we had gone in and nabbed this guy, or just cut his head off, the Qatari government would not have complained a bit. Everyone around the table for their own reasons refused to go after someone who fundamentally threatened American interests...." [Los Angeles Times, 12/22/02] Around May 1996, Mohammed's patron Abdallah bin Khalid al-Thani makes sure that Mohammed and four others are given blank passports and a chance to escape. Qatar's police chief later says the other men include Ayman al-Zawahiri and Mohammed Atef, al-Qaeda's number two and number three leaders respectively (see also Late 1998 (E)). [Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02, ABC News, 2/7/03] In late 1997 former CIA agent Robert Baer learns how the Qataris helped Mohammed escape and passes the information to the CIA, but they appear uninterested (see December 1997). Bin Laden twice visits al-Thani in Qatar. [New York Times, 6/8/02, ABC News, 2/7/03] Does the US miss a chance to catch bin Laden by not caring about al-Thani? After leaving Qatar, Mohammed takes part in many terrorist acts (see Mid-1996-September 11, 2001).

Early 1996: The CIA's Counter-Terrorism Center creates a special unit to focus specifically on bin Laden. About 10-15 individuals are assigned to the unit initially. This grows to about 35-40 by 9/11. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02] The unit is set up "largely because of evidence linking him to the 1993 bombing of the WTC." [Washington Post, 10/3/01 (C)]

Early 1996-October 1998: In early 1996, a friend gives bin Laden a satellite phone. The phone is used by both bin Laden and his military commander Muhammad Atef to direct al-Qaeda's operations. But its use is discontinued two months after a US missile strike against his camps (see August 20, 1998), when an unnamed senior official boasts that the US can track his movements through the use of the phone. [Sunday Times, 3/24/02, Senator Shelby Congressional Inquiry Report, 12/11/02] Records show "Britain was at the heart of the terrorist's planning for his worldwide campaign of murder and destruction," since 260 calls were made to 27 phone numbers in Britain. The other countries called were Yemen (over 200 calls), Sudan (131), Iran (106), Azerbaijan (67), Pakistan (59), Saudi Arabia (57), a ship in the Indian Ocean (13), US (6), Italy (6), Malaysia (4) and Senegal (2). "The most surprising omission is Iraq, with not a single call recorded." [Sunday Times, 3/24/02] Why weren't these calls used more aggressively to target bin Laden and the people he called?

March 1996:�The US pressures Sudan to do something about bin Laden, who is based in that country.�Sudan readily agrees, not wanting to be labeled a terrorist nation.�Sudan's Minister of Defense engages in secret negotiations with the CIA in Washington. Sudan offers to extradite bin Laden to anywhere he might stand trial.�The US decides not to take him because they apparently don't have enough evidence at the time to charge him with a crime.�Saudi Arabia is discussed as a possibility, but the Saudi Arabian government doesn't want him, even though bin Laden has pledged to bring down the Saudi Arabian government.�US officials turn down the offer, but insist that bin Laden leave the country for anywhere but Somalia.�One US intelligence source in the region later states: "We kidnap minor drug czars and bring them back in burlap bags. Somebody didn't want this to happen." [Village Voice, 10/31/01, Washington Post, 10/3/01] Bin Laden leaves under pressure two months later (see May 18, 1996). CIA Director Tenet later denies Sudan made any offers to hand over bin Laden. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 10/17/02]

April 1996:�In continuing negotiations between the US and Sudan, the US again rejects Sudan's offer to turn over voluminous files about bin Laden and al-Qaeda (see 1995).�Another American involved in the secret negotiations later says that the US could have used Sudan's offer to keep an eye on bin Laden, but that the efforts were blocked by another arm of the federal government. "I've never seen a brick wall like that before.�Somebody let this slip up," he says.�"We could have dismantled his operations and put a cage on top.�It was not a matter of arresting bin Laden but of access to information.�That's the story, and that's what could have prevented September 11. I knew it would come back to haunt us."�[Village Voice, 10/31/01, Washington Post, 10/3/01]�Around this time Sudan also offers their al-Qaeda intelligence to MI6, the British intelligence agency, and are also rebuffed.�Sudan makes a standing offer: "If someone from MI6 comes to us and declares himself, the next day he can be in [the capital city] Khartoum." A Sudanese government source later adds, "We have been saying this for years."�The offer is not taken up until after 9/11. [Guardian, 9/30/01]

Adnan Khashoggi.

May 1996: Reporter Greg Palast later claims that there is a meeting of Saudi billionaires at the Hotel Royale Monceau in Paris this month with the financial representative of al-Qaeda. "The Saudis, including a key Saudi prince joined by Muslim and non-Muslim gun traffickers, [meet] to determine who would pay how much to Osama. This [is] not so much an act of support but of protection -- a payoff to keep the mad bomber away from Saudi Arabia" (see also 1996 (C)). [Best Democracy Money Can Buy, by Greg Palast, 2/03] The 9/11 victims' relatives also site a "nonpublished French intelligence report" of this meeting in their lawsuit against important Saudis. [Minneapolis Star-Tribune, 8/16/02] Palast claims that the Saudi Sheikh Abdullah Bakhsh attends the meeting. Bakhsh also saved Bush Jr.'s Harken Oil from bankruptcy around 1990. The notorious Saudi billionaire Adnan Khashoggi also attends the meeting. [Santa Fe New Mexican, 3/20/03, Democracy Now, 3/4/03] In a somewhat tongue-in-cheek manner, Slate has claimed that Khashoggi is a "shadowy international arms merchant" who is "connected to every scandal of the past 40 years." Amongst other things, he was a major investor in BCCI and a key player in the Iran-Contra affair. [Slate, 12/4/00, Slate, 11/14/01, Slate, 3/12/03] Saudi billionaire Khalid bin Mahfouz also apparently attends the meeting (though it could be a later meeting with Khashoggi in 1998). [Business Post, 10/7/01] Palast, noting that the French monitored the meeting, asks, "Since US intelligence was thus likely informed, the question becomes why didn't the government immediately move against the Saudis?" [Best Democracy Money Can Buy, by Greg Palast, 2/03] An apparent follow-up meeting occurs in 1998 (see July 1998).

May 18, 1996:�Sudan expels bin Laden at the request of the US and Saudi Arabia.�Bin Laden and al-Qaeda then move to Afghanistan, taking all of their money, resources and personnel. Bin Laden flies there in a C-130 transport plane with an entourage of about 150 men, women and children. [Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02] The US knows in advance that bin Laden is going to Afghanistan, but does nothing to stop him. Elfatih Erwa, who, Sudan's minister of state for defense at the time, later says in an interview: "We warned [the US].�In Sudan, bin Laden and his money were under our control. But we knew that if he went to Afghanistan no one could control him.�The US didn't care; they just didn't want him in Somalia. It's crazy."�[Village Voice, 10/31/01, Washington Post, 10/3/01]

June 1996: Jamal al-Fadl, an al-Qaeda operative from al-Qaeda's first meeting in the late 1980s until 1995, tells the US everything he knows about al-Qaeda. "Before al-Fadl's debriefings, US intelligence had amassed thick files on bin Laden and his associates and contacts. But they'd had no idea how the many pieces fit together. 'Al-Fadl was the Rosetta Stone,' an official says. 'After al-Fadl, everything fell into place.'" [The Cell, John Miller, Michael Stone and Chris Mitchell, 8/02, pp. 154-165] Yet the US will not take "bin Laden or al-Qaeda all that seriously" until after the bombing of US embassies in Africa in 1998. [The Cell, John Miller, Michael Stone and Chris Mitchell, 8/02, pp. 213]

This map shows how Enron planned to connect its gas fields in Turkmenistan to its Dabhol power plant. The pipelines in blue are preexisting; the rest needed to be built. [Albion Monitor]

June 24, 1996: Uzbekistan signs a deal with Enron "that could lead to joint development of the Central Asian nation's potentially rich natural gas fields." [Houston Chronicle, 6/25/96] The $1.3 billion venture teams Enron with the state companies of Russian and Uzbekistan. [Houston Chronicle, 6/30/96] On July 8, 1996, the US government agrees to give $400 million to help Enron and an Uzbeki state company develop these natural gas fields. [Oil and Gas Journal, 7/8/96] However, the deal is later canceled when it becomes apparent a gas pipeline will not be built across Afghanistan, and there is no easy way to get the gas out of the region (see November 1993 and June 1998 (B)).

Bombing of the Khobar Towers. [Corbis]

June 25, 1996: Explosions destroy the Khobar Towers in Dhahran, Saudi Arabia, killing 19 American soldiers and wounding 500. [CNN, 6/26/96] Saudi officials later interrogate the suspects, declare them guilty, and execute them - without letting the FBI talk to them. [PBS Frontline, 2001, Irish Times, 11/19/01] Saudis blame the Hezbollah, the Iranian-influenced group, but US investigators still believe bin Laden was somehow involved (in June 2001 a US grand jury indicted 13 Saudis for the bombing). [Seattle Times, 10/29/01] Bin Laden admitted instigating the attacks in a 1998 interview. [Miami Herald, 9/24/01] Ironically, the bin Laden family is later awarded the contract to rebuild the installation. [New Yorker, 11/5/01] In 1997, Canada catches one of the Khobar Tower attackers and extradites him to the US. But in 1999, he is shipped back to Saudi Arabia before he can reveal what he knows about al-Qaeda and the Saudis. One anonymous insider calls it, "Clinton's parting kiss to the Saudis." [Best Democracy Money Can Buy, by Greg Palast, 2/03]

The 1998 reward poster for Khalid Shaikh Mohammed. [FBI]

Mid-1996-September 11, 2001: After fleeing Qatar (see January-May 1996), 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed travels the world and plans many terror acts. He is apparently involved in the 1998 US embassy bombings (see August 7, 1998), the 2000 USS Cole bombing (see October 12, 2000) and other attacks. He previously was involved in the 1993 WTC bombing (see February 26, 1993) and the Bojinka plot (see January 6, 1995). [Time, 1/20/03] One US official says, "There is a clear operational link between him and the execution of most, if not all, of the al-Qaeda plots over the past five years." [Los Angeles Times, 12/22/02] He lives in Prague, Czech Republic, through much of 1997. [Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02] By 1999 he is living in Germany and visiting with the hijackers there (see 1999 (K)). [New York Times, 9/22/02] Using 60 aliases and as many passports, he travels through Europe, Africa, the Persian Gulf, Southeast Asia and South America, personally setting up al-Qaeda cells. [Los Angeles Times, 12/22/02, Time, 1/20/03] The US announces a $2 million reward for his capture in 1998. [New York Times, 6/5/02] But supposedly, US investigators only learn of Mohammed's large role in al-Qaeda after 9/11. [Committee Findings, 12/11/02, Los Angeles Times, 12/22/02] However, one official says, "We have been after him for years, and to say that we weren't is just wrong. We had identified him as a major al-Qaeda operative before Sept. 11." [New York Times, 9/22/02] If reports are true that Mohammed is given protection by Pakistan (Early 1994-January 1995), and is possibly even an ISI agent (see June 4, 2002), doesn't that make Pakistan responsible for all of these terrorist acts?

Mid-1996-October 2001: In 1996, Ariana Airlines, the national airline of Afghanistan, is essentially taken over by al-Qaeda and becomes the transportation for an illegal trade network. Passenger flights become few and erratic; instead the airline begins flying drugs, weapons, gold and personnel mostly between Afghanistan, the United Arab Emirates (UAE) and Pakistan. The Emirate of Sharjah, in the UAE, becomes a hub for al-Qaeda drug and arms smuggling. Typically "large quantities of drugs" would be flown from Kandahar, Afghanistan, to Sharjah, and large quantities of weapons would be flown back to Afghanistan. [Los Angeles Times, 11/18/01] About three to four flights a day would run the route. Many weapons come from Victor Bout, a notorious Russian arms dealer based in Sharjah (see October 1996). [Los Angeles Times, 1/20/02] Afghan taxes on opium production would be paid in gold, and then the gold bullion would be flown to Dubai, UAE, and laundered into cash. [Washington Post, 2/17/02] Taliban officials regularly provide terrorists with false papers identifying them as Ariana employees so they can move freely around the world. A former National Security Council official later claims the US is well aware at the time that al-Qaeda agents regularly fly on Ariana, but the US fails to act for several years. The US does press the UAE for tighter banking controls, but moves "delicately, not wanting to offend an ally in an already complicated relationship," and little changes by 9/11. [Los Angeles Times, 11/18/01] Much of the money for the 9/11 hijackers flows though these Sharjah channels (see June 29, 2000-September 18, 2000 and September 8-11, 2001 (C)). Could the 9/11 attacks have been stopped if the US pressed harder to shut down the Sharjah al-Qaeda money channels? There also are reports suggesting that Ariana Airlines might have been used to train Islamic militants as pilots (see October 1, 2001 (C)). The illegal behavior of Ariana helps cause the United Nations to impose sanctions against Afghanistan in 1999 (see November 14, 1999), but the sanctions lack teeth and don't stop the airline. A second round of sanctions finally stops foreign Ariana flights. But Ariana charter flights and other charter services keep the illegal network running (see January 19, 2001). Ariana and the network is finally largely destroyed in the October 2001 US bombing of Afghanistan. [Los Angeles Times, 11/18/01]

July 6-August 11, 1996: US officials identify crop-dusters and suicide flights as potential terrorist weapons that could threaten the Olympic Games in Atlanta, Georgia. They take steps to prevent any air attacks. Planes are banned from getting too close to Olympic events.�During the games, Black Hawk helicopters and US Customs Service jets are deployed to intercept suspicious aircraft over the Olympic venues.�Agents monitor crop-duster flights within hundreds of miles of downtown Atlanta. Law enforcement agents also fan out to regional airports throughout northern Georgia "to make sure nobody hijacked a small aircraft and tried to attack one of the venues," says Woody Johnson, the FBI agent in charge. �[Chicago Tribune, 11/18/01]

Richard Perle, popularly nicknamed "The Prince of Darkness." [Australian Broadcasting Corp.]

July 7, 1996: The Institute for Advanced Strategic and Political Studies, an Israeli think tank, publishes a paper entitled "A Clean Break: A New Strategy for Securing the Realm." [Chicago Sun-Times, 3/6/03] The paper isn't much different from other Israeli right-wing papers at the time, except the authors: the lead writer is Richard Perle, now chairman of the Defense Policy Board in the US, and very influential with President Bush. Several of the other authors now hold key positions in Washington. The paper advises the new, right-wing Israeli leader Binyamin Netanyahu to make a complete break with the past by adopting a strategy "based on an entirely new intellectual foundation, one that restores strategic initiative and provides the nation the room to engage every possible energy on rebuilding Zionism ..." The first step would be the removal of Saddam Hussein in Iraq. A war with Iraq would destabilize the entire Middle East, allowing governments in Syria, Iran, Lebanon and other countries to be replaced. "Israel will not only contain its foes; it will transcend them," the paper concludes. [Guardian, 9/3/02, see the original paper here] Perle will be instrumental is moving Bush's US policy towards war with Iraq (see September 17, 2001 (B)).

August 1996: Bin Laden issues a public fatwa, or religious decree, authorizing attacks on Western military targets in the Arabian Peninsula. In previous years bin Laden was thought by some to be more of a financier of terrorist attacks than a terrorist himself, but this erases all doubts. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

Route of the planned gas pipeline, and other existing pipelines. [Forbes]

August 13, 1996: Unocal and Delta Oil of Saudi Arabia come to agreement with state companies in Turkmenistan and Russia to to build a natural gas pipeline from Turkmenistan to Pakistan via Afghanistan, the agreement is finalized the next year (see October 27, 1997). [Unocal website, 8/13/96] The Boston Herald later reports that, "The prime force behind Delta Oil appears to be Mohammed Hussein al-Amoudi" (see November 22, 2002 (B)) and that his business interests are "enmeshed" with those of Khalid bin Mahfouz (see for instance 1988 and April 1999). Together and separately, al-Amoudi and bin Mahfouz have become "partners with US firms in a series of ambitious oil development and pipeline projects in central and south Asia." [Boston Herald, 12/10/01] The two are later included in a secret United Nations list of financiers funding al-Qaeda (see November 26, 2002).

September 5, 1996:�Terrorist Ramzi Yousef and two other defendants, Abdul Hakim Murad and Wali Khan Amin Shah, are convicted of crimes relating to Project Bojinka, a failed al-Qaeda plan Yousef devised that would have crashed 11 or 12 planes into buildings simultaneously (see January 1995). [CNN, 9/5/96] Many people, including some experts, have said that Yousef was convicted on September 11, 1996 (for instance, see [A Stunning Intelligence Failure, Paul Monk, 2002]), and this would explain why that date would be chosen in 2001, but that appears to be incorrect.

WAMY logo.

September 11, 1996: An FBI investigation into two relatives of bin Laden, begun in February 1996, is closed.�The FBI wanted to learn more about Abdullah bin Laden, "because of his relationship with the World Assembly of Muslim Youth [WAMY] - a suspected terrorist organization." [Guardian, 11/7/01] Abdullah was the US director of WAMY and lived with his brother Omar in Falls Church, Virginia, a town just outside Washington.�The coding on the document, marked secret, indicates the case involved espionage, murder, and national security. WAMY has its offices at 5613 Leesburg Pike.�Remarkably, it is later determined that four of the 9/11 hijackers lived at 5913 Leesburg Pike at the same time the two bin Laden brothers were there.�WAMY has not been put on a list of terrorist organizations in the US, but it has been banned in Pakistan. A high-placed intelligence official tells the Guardian: "There were always constraints on investigating the Saudis.�There were particular investigations that were effectively killed."�An unnamed US source says to the BBC, "There is a hidden agenda at the very highest levels of our government." [BBC Newsnight, 11/6/01, Guardian, 11/7/01, see related leaked documents here] The Bosnian government later says a charity with Abdullah bin Laden on its board had channeled money to Chechen guerrillas (see also September 20, 2002 (C)), something that "is only possible because the Clinton CIA gave the wink and nod to WAMY and other groups who were aiding Bosnian guerrillas when they were fighting Serbia, a US-approved enemy." The investigation into WAMY is only restarted two days after 9/11, and after the bin Laden brothers have left the US. [Best Democracy Money Can Buy, by Greg Palast, 2/03] (Note that this Abdullah bin Laden is possibly bin Laden's cousin, not brother, and is apparently not the same as the Abdullah bin Laden who serves as the bin Laden family spokesman. [Best Democracy Money Can Buy, by Greg Palast, 2/03])

September 27, 1996:�The Taliban conquer Kabul [AP, 8/19/02], establishing control over much of Afghanistan. A surge in the Taliban's military successes at this time is later attributed to an increase in direct military assistance from Pakistan's ISI. [New York Times, 12/8/01] The oil company Unocal is hopeful that the Taliban will stabilize Afghanistan, and allow its pipeline plans to go forward.�In fact, "preliminary agreement [on the pipeline] was reached between the [Taliban and Unocal] long before the fall of Kabul. ... Oil industry insiders say the dream of securing a pipeline across Afghanistan is the main reason why Pakistan, a close political ally of America's, has been so supportive of the Taliban, and why America has quietly acquiesced in its conquest of Afghanistan." [Telegraph, 10/11/96]

Victor Bout, taken from a passport photo.

October 1996: Since 1992, Russian arms merchant Victor Bout has been selling weapons to Afghanistan's Northern Alliance, but this month he switches sides and begins selling weapons to the Taliban and al-Qaeda instead (see also Mid-1996-October 2001). [Guardian, 4/17/02, Los Angeles Times, 1/20/02, Los Angeles Times, 5/17/02] The deal comes immediately after the Taliban captures Kabul and gains the upper hand in Afghanistan's civil war (see September 27, 1996). Bout formerly worked for the Russian KGB, and operates the world's largest private weapons transport network. Based in the United Arab Emirates (UAE), Bout operates freely there until well after 9/11. The US becomes aware of Bout's widespread illegal weapons trading in Africa in 1995, and of his ties to the Taliban in 1996, but they fail to take effective action against him for years. [Los Angeles Times, 5/17/02] US pressure on the UAE in November 2000 to close down Bout's operations there is ignored. Press reports calling him "the merchant of death" also fail to pressure the UAE (for instance, [Financial Times, 6/10/00, Guardian, 12/23/00]). After President Bush is elected, it appears the US gives up trying to get Bout, until after 9/11. [Washington Post, 2/26/02, Guardian, 4/17/02] In one trade in 1996, Bout's company delivers at least 40 tons of Russian weapons to the Taliban, earning about $50 million. [Guardian, 2/16/02] Two intelligence agencies later confirm that Bout trades with the Taliban "on behalf of the Pakistan government." In late 2000, several Ukrainians sell 150 to 200 T-55 and T-62 tanks to the Taliban in a deal conducted by the ISI, and Bout helps fly the tanks to Afghanistan. [Montreal Gazette, 2/5/02] Bout moves to Russia in 2002. He is seemingly protected from prosecution by the Russian government, which in early 2002 claimed, "There are no grounds for believing that this Russian citizen has committed illegal acts." [Guardian, 4/17/02] The Guardian suggests that Bout may have worked with the CIA when he traded with the Northern Alliance, and this fact may be hampering current international efforts to catch him. [Guardian, 4/17/02]

October 1996 (B): US intelligence learn of an Iranian plot to hijack a Japanese plane over Israel and crash it into Tel Aviv. While the plot was never carried out, it is one more example of intelligence agencies being aware that planes could be used as suicide weapons. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

October 11, 1996:�The Telegraph publishes an interesting article about pipeline politics in Afghanistan.�Some quotes: "Behind the tribal clashes that have scarred Afghanistan lies one of the great prizes of the 21st century, the fabulous energy reserves of Central Asia." "'The deposits are huge,' said a diplomat from the region. �Kazakhstan alone may have more oil than Saudi Arabia.Turkmenistan is already known to have the fifth largest gas reserves in the world.[Telegraph, 10/11/96]

Late 1996: After moving the base of his operations to Afghanistan, bin Laden quickly establishes and maintains a major role in the opium drug trade. The money from opium is vital to keep the Taliban in power and fund bin Laden's terrorist network. Yoseff Bodansky, director of the congressional Task Force on Terrorism and Unconventional Warfare and author of a 1999 biography on bin Laden, says bin Laden takes a 15 percent cut of the drug trade money in exchange for protecting smugglers and laundering their profits. [Star Tribune, 9/30/01] A different estimate has bin Laden taking a cut of up to 10 percent of Afghanistan's drug trade by early 1999. This would give him a yearly income of up to $1 billion out of $6.5 to $10 billion in drug profits seen within Afghanistan each year. [Financial Times, 11/28/01]


Clinton launches aggressive anti-terrorism initiatives; GOP fights every step. Meeting between Osama bin Laden and Saudi Arabia. Khobar Towers bombing. Failed attempt by CIA to overthrow Saddam Hussein. Olympic bombing. FBI stymies investigation into Muslim terror fronts in US.

1996 - The United Nations' 420-page report "Our Global Neighborhood" is published. It outlines a plan for "global governance," calling for an international "Conference on Global Governance" in 1998 for the purpose of submitting to the world the necessary treaties and agreements for ratification by the year 2000.

March 1, 1996 - The U.S. Marshals Service presents its highest award for valor to the five surviving deputy marshals involved in the deadly Ruby Ridge siege, prompting sharp criticism from two members of Idaho's Congressional delegation: Senator Larry Craig comments, "For the U.S. Marshals Service to say the Ruby Ridge incident is worthy of special commendation is sure to provoke outrage from many Americans, and it should." Representative Helen Chenoweth remarks, "Since investigations by both Congress and the Justice Department raised significant questions about the activities of all federal agencies involved in the Ruby Ridge operation, the U.S. Marshals Service should be trying to sort out what went wrong and ensuring that such deadly mishaps don't happen again, rather than handing out awards."

May 1996 - At the J. T. Lambert Intermediate School in East Stroudsburg, Pennsylvania, sixth-grade girls are forced to strip and undergo a vaginal exam without their parents' knowledge or consent. One girl tries to call her mother, but school officials refuse to let her do so. Some girls begin to cry. Others attempt to crawl out the windows and escape. The school nurse tells them they are a bunch of babies.

May 1, 1996 - A German airbase is established at Holloman Field near Alamogordo, New Mexico. This is the first time in U.S. history that a foreign nation has been allowed to set up a permanent military installation on American soil.

June 1996 - Episcopal Bishop William Swing moves to bring all religions of the world into a single organization called the UR (United Religions). The UR would be the spiritual counterpart of the UN. Swing plans to create a UR charter by June 1997 and to establish its headquarters in San Francisco by the year 2000. Christian denominations that say one can only come to God through Jesus Christ are considered "intolerant" and must be forced to acknowledge that there are other paths to God.

June 3-4, 1996 - The people of Pittsburgh are awakened by the sounds of low flying helicopters and gunfire. Black clad soldiers repel out of the helicopters terrifying residents within a 20 mile radius of downtown Pittsburgh and prompting frantic phone calls to local media outlets. [Pittsburgh was not alone in this experience. Similar military exercises have been conducted in 21 U.S. cities.

Fall 1996 - "State of the World Forum II" takes place, again in San Francisco. This time many of the sessions are closed to the press.

Oct. 1996 - Citizens of Australia are ordered to immediately take their semi-automatic firearms to local police stations. No exceptions are allowed. They are warned that if they refuse, they will be tracked down and punished with prison time. [The people of Australia are often used as New World Order guinea pigs. What happens in Australia is almost always done later in America.]

Oct. 10, 1996 - Gordon Novel, a close friend of William Colby (the former CIA Director who supposedly "drowned"), is on the "Freedom Forum" radio program with host Don Wiederman. Novel had worked for the White House as a special consultant on intelligence. He states: "Ruby Ridge was a deliberate operation to start the assault on the right wing. They are using gun confiscation and assaults on religion as a preliminary set-up for a global police state by the year 2000." He says that killing the Branch Davidians was the original intention at Waco under what was called the D Plan. He issues a chilling warning: "Colby was of the opinion that these guys were hell-bent on creating a condition that would erode all of our constitutional freedoms. Ultimately, that will happen when they start using what we call the 'pocket nuke,' a miniature Israeli-designed briefcase-sized nuclear weapon that can be left in an apartment building somewhere. It will take out about 20 square blocks. They would blame it on the Muslims, claiming that they had stolen Russian artillery shells. This would effectively move us into a condition of martial law under the United Nations."

In July, 1996, Amschel Rothschild was murdered, just as he was about to become the new head of the Rothschild worldwide banking empire, tied to the Vatican. Most of the American press were silent: some said it was a heart attack; others, a suicide. He was found with a bathroom cord tied around his neck, connected to a towel rack. In checking it out, however, the Paris police discovered the rack came right off the wall! Hence, it was murder, not suicide.

Rothschilds and Rockefellers have engaged each other in bloody financial wars for many decades. Rothschild was murdered on the anniversary of the murder of John D. Rockefeller III, 1978. Recently, we repeated the exclusive details.

1997: While the State Department listed bin Laden as a financier of terror in its 1996 survey of terrorism, al-Qaeda is not included on the 1997 official US list of terrorist organizations subject to various sanctions. They are finally listed in 1998. [New York Times, 12/30/01]

1997 (B):�It is later claimed that the special CIA paramilitary teams start entering Afghanistan in this year. [Washington Post, 11/18/01]

1997 (C): FBI headquarters is concerned that an unnamed terrorist group would possibly use an unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV) for terrorist attacks. The FBI and CIA become aware that this group had purchased a UAV. At the time, the agencies believed that the only reason to use this UAV would be for either reconnaissance or attack. There was more concern about the possibility of an attack outside the United States, for example, by flying a UAV into a US Embassy or a visiting US delegation. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

1997 or 1998: The Spanish newspaper El Mundo later reports, "According to several professors at the Valencia School of Medicine, some of whom are forensic experts, [Atta] was a student there in 1997 or 1998. Although he used another name then, they remember his face among the students that attended anatomy classes." It is also suggested that "years before, as a student he went to Tarragona. That would explain his last visit to Salou [(see July 8-19, 2001)], where he could have made contact with dormant cells..." [El Mundo, 9/30/01] If this is true, it would contradict Atta's presence as a student in Hamburg, Germany during this entire period. But there are other accounts of Atta seemingly being in two places at once (see 1998-2000, September 1999, Late April-Mid-May 2000, and Spring 2000).

1997-July 2001: Hijacker Hani Hanjour begins associating with an unnamed individual who is later mentioned in FBI agent Ken Williams' famous flight school memo (see July 10, 2001). Hanjour and this person train at flight schools in Arizona. Several flight instructors later note the two were associates and may have carpooled together. They are known to share the same airplane on one occasion in 1999, and are at the school together on other occasions. This individual leaves the US in April 2000. In May 2001, the FBI attempts to investigate this person, but after finding out the person is out of the country the decision is made to not open a formal investigation. The name of this person is not placed on a watch list, so the FBI is unaware that the person returns in June and stays in the US for another month. By this time, this person is an experienced flight instructor who is certified to fly Boeing 737s. The FBI speculates the person may return to evaluate Hanjour's flying skills or provide final training before 9/11. There is considerable circumstantial evidence placing this person near Hanjour during this month. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03]

February 12, 1997:�The White House Commission on Aviation Safety and Security, led by Vice President Gore, issues its final report. [Gore Commission, 2/12/97]�But the report has little practical effect: "Federal bureaucracy and airline lobbying slowed and weakened a set of safety improvements recommended by a presidential commission - including one that a top airline industry official now says might have prevented the Sept.�11 terror attacks."�[Los Angeles Times, 10/6/01]

Mohammed Haydar Zammar.

March 1997: An investigation of al-Qaeda contacts in Hamburg by the Constitutional Protection Agency, Germany's domestic intelligence service, begins at least by this time (Germany won't give details). [New York Times, 1/18/03] Telephone intercepts show that a German investigation into Mohammed Haydar Zammar (see November 1, 1998-February 2001 and October 27, 2001) is taking place this month. It is later believed that Zammar, a German of Syrian origin, is a part of the Hamburg al-Qaeda cell. [Los Angeles Times, 1/14/03] He supposedly later claims he recruited Atta and others into the cell. [Washington Post, 6/19/02] A decade earlier, Germany authorities already identified Zammar as a militant. [New York Times, 1/18/03] From 1995-2000, he makes frequent trips to Afghanistan. [New York Times, 1/18/03, Stern, 8/13/03] German intelligence is aware that he was personally invited to Afghanistan by bin Laden. [FAZ, 2/2/03] Spanish investigators later say Zammar is a longtime associate of Barakat Yarkas, the alleged boss of the al-Qaeda cell in Madrid, Spain (see August 27, 2001). In 1998, Germany is given more evidence of his terror ties, and surveillance intensifies. He is periodically trailed, and all his calls are recorded (see Summer 1999). [Stern, 8/13/03] Its not clear if or when the investigation ends, but it continues until at least September 1999 (see September 21, 1999). [AP, 6/22/02]

April 24, 1997: A package containing a petri dish mislabeled "anthracks" is received at the B'nai B'rith headquarters in Washington, DC. "The choice of B'nai B'rith probably was meant to suggest Arab terrorists, because the building had once been the target of an assault by Muslim gunmen." The dish did not contain anthrax but did contain bacillus cereus, a very close, non-toxic cousin of anthrax used by the US Defense Department. There are similarities to the later real anthrax attacks (see October 4, 2001), such as the misspelling "penacilin." In July 2002, B'nai B'rith claims the FBI still hasn't asked them about this hoax anthrax attack. [New York Times, 7/12/02]

William Kristol, one of the founders and leaders of PNAC.

June 3, 1997: The Project for the New American Century (PNAC), a neoconservative think tank formed in the spring of 1997, issues its statement of principles. PNAC's stated aims: "to shape a new century favorable to American principles and interests," to achieve "a foreign policy that boldly and purposefully promotes American principles abroad," "to increase defense spending significantly," to challenge "regimes hostile to US interests and values," and to "accept America's unique role in preserving and extending an international order friendly to our security, our prosperity, and our principles." [PNAC Principles, 6/3/97] These principles matter because they are signed by a group who will become "a rollcall of today's Bush inner circle." [Guardian, 2/26/03] ABC's Ted Koppel will later say PNAC's ideas have "been called a secret blueprint for US global domination" (see also January 26, 1998, September 2000, August 21, 2001 (B)). [ABC News, 3/5/03 (B)]

August 1997: The CIA creates a secret task force to monitor Central Asia's politics and gauge its wealth. Covert CIA officers, some well-trained petroleum engineers, travel through southern Russia, Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan and Turkmenistan to sniff out potential oil reserves. [Time, 5/4/98]

Zbigniew Brzezinski.

October 1997:�Former National Security Advisor Zbigniew Brzezinski (see December 26, 1979) publishes a book in which he portrays the Eurasian landmass as the key to world power, and Central Asia with its vast oil reserves as the key to domination of Eurasia.�He states that for the US to maintain its global primacy, it must prevent any possible adversary from controlling that region.�He notes that, "The attitude of the American public toward the external projection of American power has been much more ambivalent. The public supported America’s engagement in World War II largely because of the shock effect of the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor." Furthermore, because of popular resistance to US military expansionism, his ambitious Central Asian strategy could not be implemented "except in the circumstance of a truly massive and widely perceived direct external threat." [The Grand Chessboard: American Primacy and its Geostrategic Imperatives, by Zbigniew Brzezinski, 10/97 (the link is to excerpts of the book from a From the Wilderness article)]

October 27, 1997: Halliburton, a company with future Vice President Cheney as CEO, announces a new agreement to provide technical services and drilling for Turkmenistan, a country in Central Asia. The press release also mentions that "Halliburton has been providing a variety of services in Turkmenistan for the past five years." On the same day, a consortium to build a pipeline through Afghanistan is formed. It's called CentGas, and the two main partners are Unocal and Delta Oil of Saudi Arabia. [Halliburton press release, 10/27/97, CentGas press release, 10/27/97]

November 26, 1997:�An industry newsletter reports that Saudi Arabia has abandoned plans to have open bids on a $2 billion power plant near Mecca, deciding that the government will build it instead. What's interesting is that one of the bids was made by a consortium of Enron, the Saudi Binladen Group (run by Osama's family), and Italy's Ansaldo Energia. [Alexander's Gas and Oil Connections, 1/22/98]

Abdallah al-Thani [ABC News]

December 1997: CIA agent Robert Baer (see also August 2001 (G) and January 23, 2002), newly retired from the CIA and working as a terrorism consultant, meets a former police chief from the Persian Gulf nation of Qatar. He learns how 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed was sheltered from the FBI by the Qatari Interior Minister Abdallah bin Khalid al-Thani (see January-May 1996). He passes this information to the CIA in early 1998, but the CIA takes no action against Qatar's al-Qaeda patrons. The ex-police chief also tells him that Mohammed is a key aide to bin Laden, and that based on Qatari intelligence, Mohammed "is going to hijack some planes." He passes this information to the CIA as well, but again the CIA doesn't seem interested, even when he tries again after 9/11. [UPI, 9/30/02, Vanity Fair, 2/02, See No Evil: The True Story of a Ground Soldier in the CIA's War on Terrorism, Robert Baer, 2/02, pp. 270-271] Baer also tries to interest reporter Daniel Pearl in a story about Mohammed before 9/11, but Pearl is still working on it when he gets kidnapped and murdered (see December 24, 2001-January 23, 2002). [UPI, 9/30/02] The ex-police chief later disappears, presumably kidnapped by Qatar. It has been speculated that the CIA turned on the source to protect its relationship with the Qatari government. [Breakdown: How America's Intelligence Failures Led to September 11, Bill Gertz, pp. 55-58] It appears bin Laden visits Abdallah al-Thani in Qatar between the years 1996 and 2000. [ABC News, 2/7/03] Al-Thani continues to support al-Qaeda, providing Qatari passports and more than $1 million in funds. Even after 9/11, Mohammed is provided shelter in Qatar for two weeks in late 2001. [New York Times, 2/6/03] Yet the US still has not frozen al-Thani's assets or taken other action. Could the US have captured bin Laden if they paid more attention to Robert Baer's information?

December 4, 1997: Representatives of the Taliban are invited guests to the Texas headquarters of Unocal to negotiate their support for the pipeline. Future President Bush Jr. is Governor of Texas at the time.The Taliban appear to agree to a $2 billion pipeline deal, but will do the deal only if the US officially recognizes the Taliban regime. The Taliban meet with US officials, and the Telegraph reports that "the US government, which in the past has branded the Taliban's policies against women and children 'despicable,' appears anxious to please the fundamentalists to clinch the lucrative pipeline contract."A BBC regional correspondent says "the proposal to build a pipeline across Afghanistan is part of an international scramble to profit from developing the rich energy resources of the Caspian Sea." [BBC, 12/4/97, Telegraph, 12/14/97] FTW

December 14, 1997:It is reported that Unocal has hired the University of Nebraska to train 400 Afghani teachers, electricians, carpenters and pipefitters in anticipation of using them for their pipeline in Afghanistan.150 students are already attending classes. [Telegraph, 12/14/97]

February 1997: A long-time, major financial supporter of Albert Gore, Jr., was murdered in Paris: Pamela Harriman, U.S. Ambassador to France, widow of Averell Harriman of the major banking and railroad fortune. With her help, Gore had joined with top U.S. military leaders, who had fled to France, to arrest their Commander-in-Chief, Bill Clinton, for treason.

On August 31, 1997, Lady Diana Spencer was murdered, in Paris, by means of an automobile "accident." Other motivations for her killing, besides the threatening "constitutional crisis" and her hindering of profits to the huge armaments industry, were her impending marriage to Dodi al-Fayed and her outspokenness. Diana had emerged from the demure female role apparently still favored by monarchical types; she had become a "loose cannon", not spouting pre-approved meaningless feminist rhetoric but focusing on issues which were truly disturbing to the power elite. She had to go.


Halliburton deals extensively with Iraq, in violation of US law. Project for New American Century founded. IAEA concludes that Iraq possesses no nuclear weapons program. Taliban negotiates with Unocal for pipeline construction in Afghanistan.

Jan. 1, 1997 - A new Secretary General of the United Nations begins his five-year term. His name is Kofi Annan, age 58. He's from the nation of Ghana in West Africa. Kofi Annan is an insider, a longtime U.N. official. He's been in the employ of the United Nations for more than 30 years, so he's well acquainted with U.N. objectives and methods. Just prior to being elected Secretary General, Kofi Annan was the Undersecretary General for Peace Keeping Operations, so he's been heavily involved in the U.N.'s efforts to establish its own standing army. [In order to placate critics of the U.N. in the United States, Annan has promised to reform the United Nations. He has placed occultist Maurice Strong in charge of "reform."]

Jan. 1997 - The Federal government announces that COSCO (Chinese Ocean Shipping Company) has been awarded a $138 million taxpayer-subsidized loan guarantee and will be allowed to build ships in a Mobile, Alabama, shipyard.

March 1997 - In Benjamin Creme's "The Emergence" newsletter, readers are alerted that the coming of Lord Maitreya, the supposed New Age Christ, is at hand: "Stand ready to see the Great Lord, for the time of His emergence is nigh. Respond quickly to His call. End forever the hatred and intolerance of men."

March 12, 1997 - American citizens assemble at a hearing of the Long Beach Harbor Commission to voice their opposition to the Clinton Administration's leasing of a port facility to COSCO (the company owned by Communist China). [The Clinton Administration had closed down the U.S. Navy facility at Long Beach, California, earlier this decade as a result of defense cutbacks. Now they want to lease this facility to Red China! This is the same regime that had threatened to nuke Los Angeles. U.S. Customs officials would only be allowed to inspect one out of every eight containers the Chinese bring into this port. Already, COSCO has been implicated in an attempt to smuggle 2,000 AK-47 assault rifles through Oakland to arm criminal gangs.]

March 13, 1997 - Ten thousand Arizona citizens see strange lights in the night sky over Phoenix. Several capture the phenomenon on home video cameras. The lights are arranged in a V shape over a mile wide. [Police and military claim nothing unusual happened that night and nothing showed up on radar. A Canadian researcher, the late Serge Monast, reported that through "Project Bluebeam," NASA had developed the capability of projecting three-dimensional holographic images into the earth's atmosphere. Using this technology, it would be possible to fake a UFO invasion and convince the people of the world that we must unite in a one-world government in order to combat this alien menace.] [This may indeed have been an experiment in faking UFO's, but the technology was more pedestrian. A National Guard unit visiting from out of state was using parachute flares to illuminate a flight zone, and they were arrayed in the striking manner described. -Ed.]

March 19, 1997 - During a session of the House National Security Committee, Representative Duncan Hunter (R-CA) addresses the fact that Red China has now obtained control of the Panama Canal. A subsidiary of COSCO has entered into agreements to lease the "anchor ports" - Balboa on the Pacific end of the Canal and Cristobal on the Atlantic end. [Farewell, Monroe Doctrine; hello, New World Order.]

March 21, 1997 - Three Red Chinese naval vessels - two destroyers and a supply ship - dock at the North Island Naval Air Station in San Diego Bay for five days. [The warm reception the Chinese received was in marked contrast to the chilly confrontation of one year earlier, when U.S. naval carriers were sent to the Taiwan Strait in response to Red Chinese efforts to intimidate the Free Chinese during a presidential election. The mainland regime condemned the U.S. action as an infringement of Chinese "sovereignty."]

June 5, 1997 - In testimony before the House Judiciary Committee, FBI Director Louis Freeh admits: "We are potentially the most dangerous agency in the country if we are not scrutinized carefully." [In the wake of Ruby Ridge, Waco, the Richard Jewell debacle and the mess at the FBI crime lab, that statement takes on especially ominous tones.]

1998: According to later closed session congressional testimony by the heads of the CIA, FBI and NSA, al-Qaeda begins planning the 9/11 attacks in this year. [USA Today, 6/18/02] In a June 2002 interview, 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed also says the planning for the attacks begin at this time. [AP, 9/8/02] But it appears the targeting of the WTC and pilot training began even earlier. An al-Qaeda operative in Spain will later be found with videos filmed in 1997 of major US structures (including "innumerable takes from all distances and angles" of the WTC). There are numerous connections between Spain and the 9/11 hijackers, including an important meeting there in July 2001 (see July 8-19, 2001). [AP, 7/17/02] Hijacker Waleed Alshehri was living in Florida since 1995, started training for his commercial pilot training degree in 1996, and got his license in 1997. [Sunday Herald, 9/16/01, Boston Globe, 9/14/01] So the attack was probably planned even earlier, but the earlier it was planned, the worse the US looks for not catching it.

1998 (B): It is later revealed by Uzbekistan that Uzbekistan and the US have been conducting joint covert operations against Afghanistan's Taliban regime and bin Laden since at least before this year. [Times of India, 10/14/01, Washington Post, 10/14/01]

1998 (C): In response to the 1988 bombing of a Pan Am 747 over Scotland, the FAA creates "red teams" - small, secretive teams traveling to airports and attempting to foil their security systems. "In 1998, the red team completed extensive testing of screening checkpoints at a large number of domestic airports... We were successful in getting major weapons — guns and bombs — through screening checkpoints with relative ease, at least 85 percent of the time in most cases. At one airport, we had a 97 percent success rate in breaching the screening checkpoint." "The individuals who occupied the highest seats of authority in FAA were fully aware of this highly vulnerable state of aviation security and did nothing." [New York Times, 2/27/02] In 1999, the New York Port Authority and major airlines at Boston's Logan Airport - used twice on 9/11 - "were fined a total of $178,000 for at least 136 security violations over the previous two years. In the majority of incidents, screeners hired by the airlines for checkpoints in terminals routinely failed to detect test items, such as pipe bombs and guns." [AP, 9/12/01] Did the terrorists know which airports were most vulnerable, and take advantage of that knowledge?

1998 (D): A military report released this year describes a program called "Joint Vision 2010", a series of "analyses, wargames, studies, experiments, and exercises" which are "investigating new operational concepts, doctrines, and organizational approaches that will enable US forces to maintain full spectrum dominance of the battlespace well into the 21st century." "The Air Force has begun a series of wargames entitled Global Engagement at the Air War College, Maxwell Air Force Base, Alabama." The same article mentions that the military is working on a "variety of new imaging and signals intelligence sensors, currently in advanced stages of development, deployed aboard the Global Hawk, DarkStar, and Predator unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs)..." [Department of Defense Annual Report, 1998] What is the relevance of this? It may be complete coincidence, but "Air Force spokesman Col. Ken McClellan said a man named Mohamed Atta -- which the FBI has identified as one of the five hijackers of American Airlines Flight 11 -- had once attended the International Officer's School at Maxwell/Gunter Air Force Base in Montgomery, Ala." [Gannett News Service, 9/17/01] Global Hawk is a technology that enables pilotless flight and has been functioning since at least early 1997. [Department of Defense, 2/20/97] Some have claimed that Global Hawk technology was used to manipulate events on 9/11. Could Atta have taken part in wargames involving Global Hawk (see September 25, 2001)?

1998 (E): A son of Sheikh Omar Abdel Rahman, the al-Qaeda leader convicted in 1995 of conspiring to blow up tunnels and other New York City landmarks, is heard to say that the best way to free his father from a US prison might be to hijack an American plane and exchange the hostages. This is supposedly the most recent concrete hijacking report Bush hears in his August 2001 briefing titled "Bin Laden Determined to Strike in US" (see August 6, 2001). [Washington Post, 5/17/02]

Aukai Collins [ABC News]

1998 (F):�An American Muslim named Aukai Collins later says he reports to the FBI about hijacker Hani Hanjour for six months this year. [AP, 5/24/02] The FBI later acknowledges they paid Collins to monitor the Islamic and Arab communities in Phoenix between 1996 and 1999. [AP, 5/24/02, ABC News, 5/23/02] Collins claims that he is a casual acquaintance of hijacker Hani Hanjour while Hanjour is taking flying lessons.�[AP, 5/24/02] Collins sees nothing suspicious about Hanjour as an individual, but he tells the FBI about him because Hanjour appears to be part of a larger, organized group of Arabs taking flying lessons. [Fox News, 5/24/02] He says the FBI "knew everything about the guy," including his exact address, phone number and even what car he drove. The FBI denies Collins told them anything about Hanjour, and denies knowing about Hanjour before 9/11.�[ABC News, 5/23/02] Collins later calls Hanjour a "hanky panky" hijacker: "He wasn't even moderately religious, let alone fanatically religious. And I knew for a fact that he wasn't part of al-Qaeda or any other Islamic organization; he couldn't even spell jihad in Arabic." [My Jihad: The True Story of an American Mujahid's Amazing Journey from Usama Bin Laden's Training Camps to Counterterrorism with the FBI and CIA, Aukai Collins, 6/02, p. 248]

1998 (G): Antoine Sfeir, a French Arab specialist, later claims that bin Laden was a CIA asset in the 1980s, and that the CIA maintains contact with bin Laden until this year. He says, "Those contacts didn't end after bin Laden moved to Afghanistan" (see May 18, 1996). He isn't surprised by reports of bin Laden meeting with the CIA in July 2001 (see July 12, 2001) because, "Until the last minute, CIA agents hoped bin Laden would return to US command, as was the case before 1998." [UPI, 11/1/01] The CIA denies ever having any kind of relationship with bin Laden (see 1986).

1998-2000: Hijackers Atta and Marwan Alshehhi live periodically in the town of Mabalacat, Philippines. They stay in the Woodland Resort hotel and apparently learn to fly planes at a nearby flight school. Philippine and US investigators have looked into these visits but haven't confirmed the hijackers' presence there. Locals, however, are certain they saw them frequently partying, drinking alcohol, sleeping with local women, and consorting with many other, unknown Arabs (most of whom disappear shortly before 9/11). For instance, according to a former waitress at the hotel, Alshehhi throws a party in December 1999 with six or seven Arab friends: "They rented the open area by the swimming pool for 1,000 pesos. They drank Johnnie Walker Black Label whiskey ... They came in big vehicles, and they had a lot of money. They all had girlfriends." Several employees recall Atta staying at the hotel during the summer of 1999, acting unfriendly and cheap. One hotel employee claims that most of the guests were Arab, and many took flying lessons at the nearby school. These witnesses claim the two used aliases, but the other Arabs referred to Atta as "Mohamed." [Manila Times, 10/2/01, International Herald Tribune, 10/5/01, AP, 9/28/01] Apparently, other hijackers and 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed visit the Philippines during this time (see Early 1994-January 1995 and 2000-September 10, 2001). However, according to the official version of events, Atta and Alshehhi are in Hamburg, Germany during this time. Atta is still working on his thesis, which he completes in late 1999. [Australian Broadcasting Corp., 11/12/01]

PNAC logo.

January 26, 1998: The Project for the New American Century (PNAC), an influential neoconservative think tank, publishes a letter to President Clinton, urging war against Iraq and the removal of Saddam Hussein because he is a "hazard" to "a significant portion of the world's supply of oil." In a foretaste of what eventually actually happens, the letter calls for the US to go to war alone, attacks the United Nations, and says the US should not be "crippled by a misguided insistence on unanimity in the UN Security Council." The letter is signed by many who will later lead the 2003 Iraq war. 10 of the 18 signatories later join the Bush Administration, including (future) Defense Secretary Rumsfeld, Assistant Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz, Assistant Secretary of State Richard Armitage, Undersecretaries of State John Bolton and Paula Dobriansky, presidential adviser for the Middle East Elliott Abrams, and Bush's special Iraq envoy Zalmay Khalilzad (see also June 3, 1997, and September 2000). [Sunday Herald, 3/16/03, PNAC Letter, 1/26/98] Clinton does heavily bomb Iraq in late 1998, but the bombing doesn't last long and its long-term effect is the break off of United Nations weapons inspections. [New York Times, 3/22/03]

February 12, 1998:�Unocal Vice President John J. Maresca - later to become a Special Ambassador to Afghanistan - testifies before the House of Representatives that until a single, unified, friendly government is in place in Afghanistan the trans-Afghani pipeline will not be built.�He suggests that with a pipeline through Afghanistan, the Caspian basin could produce 20 percent of all the non-OPEC oil in the world by 2010. [House International Relations Committee testimony, 2/12/98] FTW

February 22, 1998: Bin Laden issues a fatwa, declaring it the religious duty of all Muslims "to kill the Americans and their allies - civilians and military ... in any country in which it is possible." [PBS Frontline, 2001, Sunday Herald, 9/16/01, complete text of the fatwa from al-Quds al-Arabi, 2/23/98] This is an expansion of an earlier fatwa issued in August 1996 (see August 1996).

Early 1998:�Bill Richardson, the US Ambassador to the UN, meets Taliban officials in Kabul�(all such meetings are technically illegal, because the US still officially recognizes the government the Taliban ousted as the legitimate rulers of Afghanistan).�US officials at the time call the oil and gas pipeline project a "fabulous opportunity" and are especially motivated by the "prospect of circumventing Iran, which offered another route for the pipeline." [Boston Globe, 9/20/01]

Spring 1998: Sources who know bin Laden later claim that bin Laden's mother has the first of two meetings with her son in Afghanistan. This trip was arranged by Prince Turki al-Faisal, then the head of Saudi intelligence. Turki was in charge of the "Afghanistan file" for Saudi Arabia, and had long-standing ties to bin Laden and the Taliban (see Early 1980). [New Yorker, 11/5/01]

April 1998: Osama Basnan, a Saudi living in California, later claims that he writes a letter at this time to Saudi Arabian Prince Bandar bin Sultan and his wife, Princess Haifa bint Faisal, asking for financial help because his wife needs thyroid surgery. The Saudi embassy sends Basnan $15,000 and pays the surgical bill. However, University of California at San Diego hospital records say Basnan's wife, Majeda Dweikat, isn't treated until April 2000. [Los Angeles Times, 11/24/02] Basnan will later come under investigation for possibly using some of this money to support two of the 9/11 hijackers who arrive in San Diego (see December 4, 1999 and November 22, 2002). Prior to this time, the FBI had several chances to investigate Basnan, but failed to do so. In 1992 they received information suggesting a connection between him and a terror group later associated with bin Laden. In 1993, they received reports that Basnan hosted a party for terrorist leader Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman (see July 1990) the year before, but again they failed to investigate. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03] According to one US official, at a party shortly after 9/11, Basnan "celebrate[s] the heroes of September 11" and talks about "what a wonderful, glorious day it had been." [Newsweek, 12/24/02, San Diego Magazine, 9/03]

Mu'ammar al-Qadhafi. [Reuters]

April 15, 1998: The first Interpol (international police) arrest warrant for bin Laden is issued by, of all countries, Libya. [Observer, 11/10/02] According to Jean-Charles Brisard and Guillaume Dasquié, authors of the controversial book The Forbidden Truth, British and US intelligence agencies play down the arrest warrant, and have the public version of the warrant stripped of important information, such as the summary of charges and the fact that Libya requested the warrant. At this point, no Western country has yet issued a warrant for bin Laden, even though he publicly called for attacks on Western targets beginning in 1996 (see 1996). The arrest warrant is issued for the murder in 1994 of two German anti-terrorism agents. Supposedly, Britain and the US aren't interested in catching bin Laden at this time due to his involvement with Britain in attempts to assassinate Libyan leader Colonel Mu'ammar al-Qadhafi (see November 1996 and November 5, 2002). [The Forbidden Truth, by Jean-Charles Brisard and Guillaume Dasquié, 5/02 edition, pp. 97-98]

May 18, 1998: An FBI pilot sends his supervisor in the Oklahoma City FBI office a memo warning that he has observed "large numbers of Middle Eastern males receiving flight training at Oklahoma airports in recent months." The memo, titled "Weapons of Mass Destruction," further states this "may be related to planned terrorist activity" and speculates that "light planes would be an ideal means of spreading chemicals or biological agents." The memo doesn't call for an investigation, and none is done. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03 (B), NewsOK, 5/29/02, see the memo here] The memo is "sent to the bureau's Weapons of Mass Destruction unit and forgotten." [New York Daily News, 9/25/02] In 1999 it is learned that an al-Qaeda agent had studied flight training in Norman, Oklahoma (see September 1999 (E)). Hijackers Atta and Marwan Alshehhi briefly visit the same school in 2000; Zacarias Moussaoui does study at the school in 2001 (see February 23, 2001 and August 23, 2001 (E)).

After May 15, 1998: At some point in 1998 after an Oklahoma City FBI office warning about possible terrorists training at US flight schools (see May 18, 1998), the FBI receives reports that a terrorist organization might be planning to bring students to the US for flight training. [New York Daily News, 9/25/02] The FBI is aware that people connected to this unnamed organization had performed surveillance and security tests at airports in the US and had made comments suggesting an intention to target civil aviation. Apparently this warning is not shared with other FBI offices or the FAA, and a connection with the Oklahoma warning is not made; a similar warning follows in 1999 (see 1999 (L)). [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03 (B)]

May 26, 1998: In a press conference from Afghanistan, bin Laden discusses "bringing the war home to America." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

Taliban leader Mullah Omar, blind in one eye. [TG5]

June 1998: Relations between Taliban head Mullah Omar and bin Laden grow tense, and Omar strikes a secret deal with the Saudis to expel bin Laden. Head of Saudi intelligence Prince Turki al-Faisal travels to Kandahar, Afghanistan and brokers the deal, but before it can be enacted, the US strikes Afghanistan in August, driving Omar and bin Laden back together. Prince Turki states that "the Taliban attitude changed 180 degrees," and that Omar was "absolutely rude" to him when he visited again in September. [Guardian, 11/5/01, London Times, 8/3/02] Note that reports of this meeting seemingly contradict reports of a different secret meeting a month later (see July 1998). Was bin Laden charmed by luck, or might the embassy bombings and/or the US missile attacks in response have been timed to help keep him in Afghanistan?

June 1998 (B):�Enron's agreement to develop natural gas with the government of Uzbekistan is not renewed (see June 24, 1996).�Enron closes its office there. The reason for the "failure of Enron's flagship project" is an inability to get the natural gas out of the region.�Uzbekistan's production is "well below capacity" and only 10 percent of its production is being exported, all to other countries in the region.�The hope was to use a pipeline through Afghanistan, but "Uzbekistan is extremely concerned at the growing strength of the Taliban and its potential impact on stability in Uzbekistan, making any future cooperation on a pipeline project which benefits the Taliban unlikely." A $12 billion pipeline through China is being considered as one solution, but that wouldn't be completed until the end of the next decade at the earliest.�[Alexander's Gas and Oil Connections, 10/12/98]

June 1998 (C): US intelligence obtains information from several sources that bin Laden is considering attacks in the US, including Washington and New York. This information is given to senior US officials in July 1998. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

June 1998 (D): An unknown Saudi benefactor pays a Saudi named Saad Al-Habeeb to buy a building in San Diego, California for a new Kurdish community mosque. However, the approximately $500,000 needed will only be given on the condition that a Saudi named Omar al-Bayoumi be installed as the building's maintenance manager with a private office at the mosque. Al-Bayoumi is later suspected of being both an al-Qaeda advance man and a Saudi agent (see December 4, 1999, Early February 2000, and November 22, 2002). After taking the job, al-Bayoumi rarely shows up for work. [Newsweek, 11/24/02, San Diego Magazine, 9/03] This means he has two "ghost" jobs at once (see August 1994). The people in the mosque eventually begin a move to replace al-Bayoumi, but he moves to Britain in July 2001 before this can happen. [Newsweek, 11/24/02] An anonymous federal investigator states: "Al-Bayoumi came here, set everything up financially, set up the San Diego [terrorist] cell and set up the mosque." An international tax attorney notes that anyone handling business for a mosque or a church could set it up as a tax-exempt charitable organization "and it can easily be used for money laundering." [San Diego Union-Tribune, 10/27/01, San Diego Union-Tribune, 10/22/02]

June 8, 1998: A US grand jury issues a sealed indictment charging bin Laden and other al-Qaeda leaders with conspiracy to attack the US. The indictment is publicly released on November 4, 1998. [PBS Frontline 10/3/02]

June 23, 1998: Future Vice President Cheney, working for the Halliburton energy company, states: "I can't think of a time when we've had a region emerge as suddenly to become as strategically significant as the Caspian.�It's almost as if the opportunities have arisen overnight." The Caspian Sea is in Central Asia.�[Cato Institute Library, Chicago Tribune, 8/10/00]

July 1998: According to documents exposed in a later lawsuit, a meeting takes place in Kandahar, Afghanistan, that leads to a secret deal between Saudi Arabia and the Taliban. Those present include Prince Turki al-Faisal, head of Saudi Arabian intelligence (see also Early 1980 and Spring 1998), Taliban leaders, senior officers from the ISI, and bin Laden. Saudi Arabia agrees to give the Taliban and Pakistan "several hundred millions" of dollars, and in return bin Laden promises no attacks against Saudi Arabia. The Saudis also agree to ensure that requests for the extradition of al-Qaeda members will be blocked and promise to block demands by other countries that bin Laden's Afghan training camps will be closed down. Saudi Arabia had previously given money to the Taliban and bribe money to bin Laden (see 1996 (C)), but this ups the ante. [Sunday Times, 8/25/02] A few weeks after the meeting, Prince Turki sends 400 new pickup trucks to Afghanistan. At least $200 million follow. [Honolulu Star-Bulletin, 9/23/01, New York Post, 8/25/02] Note that reports of this meeting seemingly contradict reports of a meeting the month before between Turki and the Taliban, in which the Taliban agreed to get rid of bin Laden (see June 1998).

July 7, 1998: Thieves snatch a passport from a car driven by a US tourist in Barcelona, Spain. The passport later finds its way into the hands of would-be hijacker Ramzi bin al-Shibh. Bin al-Shibh allegedly uses the name on the passport in the summer of 2001 as he wires money to pay flight school tuition for Zacarias Moussaoui in Oklahoma. Investigators believe the movement of this passport shows connections between the 9/11 plotters in Germany and a support network in Spain, made up mostly by ethnic Syrians. "Investigators believe that the Syrians served as deep-cover mentors, recruiters, financiers and logistics providers for the hijackers - elite backup for an elite attack team" (see also 1998). [Los Angeles Times, 1/14/03] Atta twice travels to Spain, perhaps to make contact with members of this Spanish support team (see January 4, 2001 (B) and July 8-19, 2001).

August 1998: A German inquiry into Mounir El Motassadeq, an alleged member of the Hamburg al-Qaeda cell with Mohamed Atta, begins by this time. Though Germany won't reveal details, documents show that by this month Motassadeq is under surveillance. "The trail soon [leads] to most of the main [Hamburg] participants" in 9/11. On this date, surveillance records Motassadeq and Mohammed Haydar Zammar, who had already been identified by police as a suspected extremist (see March 1997), as they meet at the Hamburg home of Said Bahaji, who is also under surveillance that same year. (Bahaji will soon move into an apartment with Atta and other al-Qaeda members, see November 1, 1998-February 2001.) German police monitor several other meetings between the Motassadeq and Zammar in the following months. [New York Times, 1/18/03] Motassadeq is later convicted in Germany for participation in the 9/11 attacks (see August 29, 2002).

August 1998 (B): A CIA intelligence report asserts that Arab terrorists are planning to fly a bomb-laden aircraft from a foreign country into the WTC. The FBI and the FAA don't take the threat seriously because of the state of aviation in that unnamed country. Later, other intelligence information connects this group to al-Qaeda. [New York Times, 9/18/02, Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02] An FBI spokesman says the report "was not ignored, it was thoroughly investigated by numerous agencies" and found to be unrelated to al-Qaeda. [Washington Post, 9/19/02] The New York Times says the group is now believed to have "had ties to al-Qaeda." [New York Times, 9/18/02]

The destroyed US embassy in Nairobi, Kenya. [Corbis]

The destroyed US embassy in Dar es Salaam, Tanzania. [AP]

August 7, 1998:�Terrorists bomb the US embassies in Kenya and Tanzania.�The bomb in Nairobi, Kenya kills 213 people, including 12 US nationals, and injures more than 4,500. The bomb in Dar es Salaam kills 11 and injures 85. The attack is blamed on al-Qaeda. [PBS Frontline, 2001]

August 9, 1998:�The Northern Alliance capital of Afghanistan, Mazar-i-Sharif, is conquered by the Taliban. Military support of Pakistan's ISI plays a large role; there is even an intercept of an ISI officer stating, "My boys and I are riding into Mazar-i-Sharif." [New York Times, 12/8/01] This victory gives the Taliban control of 90% of Afghanistan, including the entire pipeline route.�CentGas, the consortium behind the gas pipeline that would run through Afghanistan, is now "ready to proceed. Its main partners are the American oil firm Unocal and Delta Oil of Saudi Arabia, plus Hyundai of South Korea, two Japanese companies, a Pakistani conglomerate and the Turkmen government." However, the pipeline cannot be financed unless the government is officially recognized.�"Diplomatic sources said the Taliban's offensive was well prepared and deliberately scheduled two months ahead of the next UN meeting" to decide if the Taliban should be recognized. [Telegraph, 8/13/98]

August 20, 1998:The US fires 66 missiles at six training camps in Afghanistan and 13 missiles at a pharmaceutical factory in Khartoum, Sudan in retaliation for the US embassy bombings. [Washington Post, 10/3/01 (C)] The US makes clear the attacks are aimed at terrorists "not supported by any state'' despite obvious evidence to the contrary in Afghanistan.�About 30 people are killed in the attacks, but no important al-Qaeda figures.�[Observer, 8/23/98, New Yorker, 1/24/00] Suspected terrorist financiers Khalid bin Mahfouz (see April 1999) and Mohammed Hussein al-Amoudi (see November 22, 2002 (B)) appear to have been the main investors in the Sudanese factory. However, "subsequent lab tests and court actions leave little doubt the El Shifa plant was producing only human and veterinary drugs." [Ottawa Citizen, 9/29/01] The US later unfreezes the bank accounts of the nominal factory owner and takes other actions indicating guilt, but admits no wrongdoing. It is later learned that of the six camps targeted in Afghanistan, only four were hit, and of those only one had connections to bin Laden. Two of the camps belong to the ISI, and five ISI officers and some twenty trainees are killed. Clinton says on TV that the missiles were aimed at a "gathering of key terrorist leaders", which turns out to have taken place a month earlier, in Pakistan. [Observer, 8/23/98, New Yorker, 1/24/00] Was intelligence really that bad, or was Clinton set up by his own intelligence agencies to fail, so he wouldn't try to attack bin Laden in the future, and thus deprive them of a war on terrorism?

August 24, 1998: The New York Times reports that the training camps recently attacked by the US (see August 20, 1998) were actually built years before by the US and its allies. The US and Saudi Arabia gave the Afghans between $6 billion and $40 billion to fight the Soviets in the 1980s (see December 26, 1979). Many of the people targeted by the Clinton missile attacks were actually trained and equipped by the CIA years before. [New York Times, 8/24/98]

Late August 1998: A captured member of the al-Qaeda cell that bombed the US embassy in Kenya tells an FBI agent about a conversation he had with his cell's leader. The leader told him that al-Qaeda was planning an attack on the US, but "Things are not ready yet. We don't have everything prepared." [USA Today, 8/29/02]

Late August 1998 (B): NOTE: was Late 1998: An al-Qaeda operative involved in the bombing of the US embassy in Nairobi is captured and interrogated by the FBI. The FBI learns of a safe house telephone number in Yemen, owned by bin Laden associate Ahmed Al-Hada, hijacker Khalid Almihdhar's father-in-law. [Newsweek, 6/2/02, Die Zeit, 10/1/02] US intelligence learns the safe house is an al-Qaeda "logistics center" used by agents around the world to communicate with each other and plan attacks. [Newsweek, 6/2/02] It has been revealed that even bin Laden called the safe house dozens of times from 1996 to 1998 (the two years he had a traced satellite phone). [Sunday Times, 3/24/02, Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02] The NSA and CIA together plant bugs inside the house, tap the phones, and monitor visitors with spy satellites. [Mirror, 6/9/02] The NSA later records Khalid Almihdhar and other hijackers calling this house, even from the US (see Early 1999 (B) and Spring-Summer 2000). In late 1999 the phone line will lead the CIA to an important al-Qaeda meeting in Malaysia (see December 1999 (B)). [Newsweek, 6/2/02] It appears al-Qaeda still uses the phone line until a Yemeni government raid in February 2002. [CBS News, 2/13/02]

September 1998: US intelligence gives a memorandum to senior officials detailing al-Qaeda's infrastructure in the US. This includes the use of fronts for terrorist activities. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

September 1998 (B): US intelligence finds information that bin Laden’s next operation could possibly involve crashing an aircraft loaded with explosives into a US airport. This information is provided to senior US officials. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, Washington Post, 9/19/02]

Omar al-Bayoumi.

September 1998-July 1999: The FBI conducts a counterterrorism inquiry on Omar al-Bayoumi, suspected al-Qaeda advance man and possible Saudi agent (see December 4, 1999, Early February 2000, and November 22, 2002). The FBI discovers he has been in contact with several people also under investigation. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03] The FBI is given a tip that he was sent a suspicious package filled with wire from the Middle East, and that large numbers of Arab men routinely meet in his apartment. His landlord notices that he switches from driving a beat up old car to a new Mercedes. [Newsweek, 7/28/03] According to the 9/11 Congressional Inquiry, the FBI notes that al-Bayoumi has "access to seemingly unlimited funding from Saudi Arabia." For instance, an FBI source identifies him as a person who has delivered about $500,000 from Saudi Arabia to buy a mosque (see June 1998 (D)). But the FBI closes the inquiry "for reasons that remain unclear." [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03] Also in 1999, al-Bayoumi is working as an employee of the Saudi company Dallah Avco but apparently doing no work (see August 1994). Someone in the company tries to fire him and sends a note to the Saudi government about this, since the company is so closely tied to the government. But Mohammed Ahmed al-Salmi, the director general of civil aviation, replies that it is "extremely urgent" his job is renewed "as quickly as possible," and so he keeps his job. [Wall Street Journal, 8/11/03]

Mamdouh Mahmud Salim [CNN]

September 20, 1998: Mamdouh Mahmud Salim, an al-Qaeda terrorist from the United Arab Emirates connected to the 1998 US embassy bombings (see August 7, 1998), is arrested near Munich, Germany. [PBS Newshour, 9/30/98] In retrospect, it appears he was making one of many visits to the al-Qaeda cells in Germany. [The Base, Jane Corbin, 8/02, p. 147] US investigators later call him bin Laden's "right hand man." [New York Times, 9/29/01] However, the FBI is unwilling to brief their German counterparts on what they know about Salim and al-Qaeda, despite learning much that could have been useful as part of their investigation into the US embassy bombings. [The Base, Jane Corbin, 8/02, pp. 148-149] By the end of the year, German investigators learn that Salim had a Hamburg bank account. [New York Times, 9/29/01] The cosignatory on the account is businessman Mamoun Darkazanli (see September 24, 2001), whose home number had been programmed into Salim's cell phone. [Chicago Tribune, 11/17/02] US intelligence had first investigated Darkazanli in 1993, when a suspect was found with his telephone number. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03] German authorities had begun to suspect Darkazanli of terrorist money laundering in 1996. Wadih El-Hage, a former personal secretary to bin Laden, is also arrested in the wake of the embassy bombings. El-Hage had created a number of shell companies as fronts for al-Qaeda terrorist activities, and one of these uses the address of Darkazanli's apartment. [Chicago Tribune, 11/17/02] Darkazanli's phone number and Deutschebank account number are also found in El-Hage's address book. [CNN, 10/16/01] The FBI also discovers Darkazanli had power of attorney over a bank account of Hajer, a person on al-Qaeda's supreme council. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03] Based on these new connections, investigators ask a federal prosecutor for permission to open a formal investigation against Darkazanli. An investigation begins, at the insistence of the US, though Germany has claimed the request for the investigation was rejected (see December 1999). [AFP, 10/28/01, New York Times, 1/18/03] German investigators also learn of a connection between Salim and Mohammed Haydar Zammar, who is already identified by police as a suspected extremist (see March 1997). [AP, 6/22/02, New York Times, 1/18/03]

FBI agents Vincent (left) and Wright (right) [ABC News]

October 1998: FBI agents Robert Wright and John Vincent are tracking a terrorist cell in Chicago, but are told to simply follow suspects around town and file reports. The two agents believe some of the money used to finance the 1998 US embassy bombings (see August 7, 1998) leads back to Chicago and Saudi multimillionaire businessman Yassin al-Qadi (see also March 21, 2000 and October 12, 2002). Supervisors try, but temporarily fail, to halt the investigation into al-Qadi's possible terrorist connections. However, at this time, a supervisor prohibits Wright and Vincent from making any arrests connected to the bombings, or opening new criminal investigations. Even though they believe their case is growing stronger, in January 2001 Wright is told that the Chicago case is being closed and that "it's just better to let sleeping dogs lie" (see Late January 2001). Wright tells ABC: "Those dogs weren't sleeping, they were training, they were getting ready. ... September the 11th is a direct result of the incompetence of the FBI's International Terrorism Unit. ... Absolutely no doubt about that." Chicago federal prosecutor Mark Flessner, also working on the case, says there "were powers bigger than I was in the Justice Department and within the FBI that simply were not going to let [the building of a criminal case] happen." Wright will write an internal FBI memo slamming the FBI in June 2001 (see June 9, 2001, and also May 30, 2002 and August 9, 2002 (C)). Al-Qadi is named in a March 2000 affidavit as a source of terrorist funds in Chicago. [ABC, 11/26/02, ABC, 12/19/02, ABC, 12/19/02 (B)] He is also on secret US and UN lists of major al-Qaeda financiers (see November 26, 2002). His charity, the Muwafaq Foundation, is allegedly an al-Qaeda front which transferred $820,000 to the Palestinian group Hamas through a Muslim foundation called the Quranic Literacy Institute; the date of the transfer has not been released. [CNN, 10/15/01] Al-Qadi says he shut down Muwafaq in 1996, but the charity has received money from the United Nations since then. [BBC, 10/20/01, CNN, 10/15/01]

October-November 1998: US intelligence learns that al-Qaeda is trying to establish a terrorist cell within the US. There are indications they might be trying to recruit US citizens. In the next month, there is information that a cell is attempting to recruit a group of five to seven young men from the US to travel to the Middle East for training. This is part of a plan to strike a US domestic target. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

October 8, 1998: The FAA issues the first of three warnings to the nation's airports and airlines urging a ''high degree of vigilance'' against threats to US civil aviation from al-Qaeda. It specifically warns against a possible terrorist hijacking ''at a metropolitan airport in the Eastern United States.'' The information is based on statements made by bin Laden and other Islamic leaders and intelligence information following the US cruise missile attacks in August. All three warnings came in late 1998, well before 9/11. [Boston Globe, 5/26/02] This report contradicts numerous later statements by US officials that the US never had any pre-9/11 specific threats inside the US or involving hijackings (for instance, see September 12, 2001 or May 16, 2002).

Autumn 1998: US intelligence hears of a bin Laden plot involving aircraft in the New York and Washington areas. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, New York Times, 9/18/02] No more details are known - was this the 9/11 plot, or something else?

November 1998: US intelligence learns that a Turkish extremist group had planned a suicide attack. The conspirators, who were arrested, planned to crash an airplane packed with explosives into a famous tomb during a government ceremony. The Turkish press said the group had cooperated with bin Laden. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

November 1998 (B): Former President George Bush Sr. meets with the bin Laden family on behalf of the Carlyle Group. The meeting takes place in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia. This is one of two known meetings (see January 2000). [Sunday Herald, 10/7/01]

The Marienstrasse building. [AP]

November 1, 1998-February 2001: Mohamed Atta and al-Qaeda terrorists Said Bahaji and Ramzi bin al-Shibh move into a four bedroom apartment at 54 Marienstrasse, in Hamburg, Germany and stay there until February 2001 (Atta is already mainly living in the US well before this time). Investigators believe this move marks the formation of their Hamburg al-Qaeda terrorist cell. [Los Angeles Times, 1/27/02, New York Times, 9/10/02] Up to six men at a time live at the apartment, including other al-Qaeda agents such as hijacker Marwan Alshehhi and cell member Zakariya Essabar. [New York Times, 9/15/01] During the 28 months Atta's name is on the apartment lease, 29 ethnically Middle Eastern or North African men register the apartment as their home address. [The Cell, John Miller, Michael Stone and Chris Mitchell, 8/14/02, p. 256] From the very beginning, the apartment was officially under surveillance by German intelligence, because of investigations into businessman Mamoun Darkazanli that connect to Said Bahaji (see September 20, 1998 and December 1999). [Washington Post, 10/23/01] They also suspect connections between Bahaji and al-Qaeda operative Mohammed Haydar Zammar (see March 1997 and February 17, 1999). [Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02] Germans surveil the apartment off and on for months, and also wiretap Mounir El Motassadeq (see August 1998), an associate of the apartment-mates who is later put on trial for assisting the 9/11 plot (see August 29, 2002), but they don't find any indication of suspicious activity. [Chicago Tribune, 9/5/02] Bahaji is directly surveilled at least for part of 1998, but German officials have not disclosed when the probe began or ended. That investigation is dropped for lack of evidence. [AP, 6/22/02, Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02] However, certainly investigators would have found evidence if they looked more thoroughly. For instance, Zammar, a talkative man who has trouble keeping secrets, is a frequent visitor to the many late night meetings there. [Chicago Tribune, 9/5/02, Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02, The Cell, John Miller, Michael Stone and Chris Mitchell, 8/14/02, pp. 259-260] Another visitor later recalls Atta and others discussing attacking the US. [Knight Ridder, 9/9/02] 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed is in Hamburg several times in 1999, and comes to the apartment (see 1999 (K)). But although there was a $2 million reward for Mohammed since 1998 (see Mid-1996-September 11, 2001), the US apparently fails to tell Germany what it knows about him. [New York Times, 11/4/02, Newsweek, 9/4/02] Hijacker Waleed Alshehri also apparently stays there "at times." [Washington Post, 9/14/01, Washington Post, 9/16/01] The CIA also starts monitoring Atta while he is living at this apartment, and doesn't tell Germany of the surveillance (see January-May 2000). The German government originally claimed they knew little about the Hamburg al-Qaeda cell before 9/11, and said nothing directed them towards the Marienstrasse apartment, which is clearly incorrect. [Telegraph, 11/24/01]

November 4, 1998:The US formally charges bin Laden with the US embassy bombings in Kenya and Tanzania, and announce a record $5 million reward for information leading to his arrest. [PBS Frontline, 2001] Shortly thereafter, bin Laden allocates $9 million in reward money for each assassination of four “top” intelligence agency officers. Before 9/11 it is learned that the Secretary of State, Secretary of Defense, FBI Director and CIA Director are the targets. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, MSNBC, 9/18/02]

December 1, 1998: A US intelligence assessment: "[bin Laden] is actively planning against US targets... Multiple reports indicate [he] is keenly interested in striking the US on its own soil... al-Qaeda is recruiting operatives for attacks in the US but has not yet identified potential targets." Later in the month, a classified document signed by a senior US official states: "The intelligence community has strong indications that bin Laden intends to conduct or sponsor attacks inside the US." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, Washington Post, 9/19/02]

December 4, 1998: CIA Director Tenet issues a "declaration of war" on al-Qaeda, in a memorandum circulated in the intelligence community. This is 10 months after bin Laden's fatwa on the US, which is called a "de facto declaration of war" by a senior US official in 1999 (see February 22, 1998). Tenet says, "We must now enter a new phase in our effort against bin Laden ... each day we all acknowledge that retaliation is inevitable and that its scope may be far larger than we have previously experienced... We are at war... I want no resources or people spared in this efforts [sic], either inside CIA or the [larger intelligence] community." Yet a Congressional joint committee later finds that few FBI agents had ever heard of the declaration. Tenet's fervor did not "reach the level in the field that is critical so [FBI agents] know what their priorities are." And even as the counterterrorism budget continues to grow generally, there is no massive shift in budget or personnel until after 9/11. For example, the number of CIA personnel assigned to the Counter-Terrorism Center (CTC) stays roughly constant until 9/11 then nearly doubles from approximately 400 to approximately 800 in the wake of 9/11. The number of CTC analysts focusing on al-Qaeda rises from three in 1999 to five by 9/11. [New York Times, 9/18/02, Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

December 5, 1998: In the wake of the al-Qaeda US embassy attacks (see August 7, 1998), the US gives up on putting a pipeline through Afghanistan.�Unocal announces its withdrawing from the CentGas pipeline consortium, and closing three of its four offices in Central Asia.�A concern that Clinton will lose support among women voters for upholding the Taliban also plays a role in the cancellation.[New York Times, 12/5/98] FTW

December 21, 1998: In a Time magazine cover story entitled "The Hunt for Osama," it is reported intelligence sources "have evidence that bin Laden may be planning his boldest move yet - a strike on Washington or possibly New York City in an eye-for-an-eye retaliation. 'We've hit his headquarters, now he hits ours,' says a State Department aide." [Time, 12/21/98]

Late 1998 (B): During the investigation of the 1998 embassy bombings, FBI counter-terrorism expert John O'Neill finds a memo by al-Qaeda leader Mohammed Atef on a computer.�The memo shows that bin Laden's group has a keen interest in and detailed knowledge of negotiations between the Taliban and the US over an oil and gas pipeline through Afghanistan.�Atef's analysis suggests that the Taliban are not sincere in wanting a pipeline, but are dragging out negotiations to keep Western powers at bay.�[Salon, 6/5/02]

Late 1998 (C): FBI counter-terrorism expert John O'Neill and his team investigating the 1998 embassy bombings are repeatedly frustrated by the Saudi government. Guillaume Dasquié, one of the authors of Bin Laden: The Forbidden Truth, later tells the Village Voice: "We uncovered incredible things... Investigators would arrive to find that key witnesses they were about to interrogate had been beheaded the day before." [Village Voice, 1/2/02, Bin Laden: The Forbidden Truth, released 11/11/01 (the link is an excerpt containing Chapter 1)]

Late 1998 (D): President Clinton signs a directive authorizing the CIA to plan an assassination of bin Laden. The CIA draw up detailed profiles of bin Laden's daily routines, where he sleeps, and his travel arrangements. The assassination never happens, supposedly because of inadequate intelligence. But, as one officer later says, "you can keep setting the bar higher and higher, so that nothing ever gets done." An officer who helped draw up the plans says, "We were ready to move" but "we were not allowed to do it because of this stubborn policy of risk avoidance... It is a disgrace." [Philadelphia Inquirer, 9/16/01]

Mohammed Atef.

Late 1998 (E): Intelligence agents learn that Mohammed Atef (also known as Abu Hafs) - head of Islamic Jihad and one of the top three leaders of al-Qaeda [ABC News, 11/17/01], is staying in a particular hotel room in Khartoum, Sudan. White House officials ask that Atef be killed or captured and interrogated. The CIA puts the operation in the "too hard to do box," according to one former official. A plan is eventually made to seize him, but by then he has left the country. [New York Times, 12/30/01] Atef is considered a top planner of the 9/11 attacks (see Before September 11, 2001 (D)), and is later killed in a bombing raid (see November 15, 2001 (B)).

Late 1998 (F): The failed August 1998 US missile attack against bin Laden (see August 20, 1998) greatly elevates bin Laden's stature in the Muslim world. A US defense analyst later states, "I think that raid really helped elevate bin Laden's reputation in a big way, building him up in the Muslim world.... My sense is that because the attack was so limited and incompetent, we turned this guy into a folk hero." [Washington Post, 10/3/01] An Asia Times article published just prior to 9/11 suggests that because of the failed attack, "a very strong Muslim lobby emerge[s] to protect [bin Laden's] interests. This includes Saudi Crown Prince Abdullah, as well as senior Pakistani generals. Prince Abdullah has good relations with bin Laden as both are disciples of slain Doctor Abdullah Azzam." [Asia Times, 8/22/01] In early 1999, Pakistani President Musharraf complains that by demonizing bin Laden, the US has turned him into a cult figure and hero. The US decides to play down the importance of bin Laden. [UPI, 6/14/01]

Late 1998-January 2001: The US permanently stations two submarines in the Indian Ocean, ready to hit al-Qaeda with cruise missiles on short notice. Six to ten hours advance warning is now needed to review the decision, program the cruise missiles and have them reach their target. On at least three occasions, spies in Afghanistan report bin Laden's location with information suggesting he would remain there for some time. Each time, Clinton approves the strike. Each time, CIA Director Tenet says the information is not reliable enough and the attack cannot go forward. [Washington Post, 12/19/01, New York Times, 12/30/01] The submarines are removed shortly after President Bush takes office (see Late January 2001 (B)).

1998. CYPRUS


Investigation into Clinton-Lewinsky affair mounts. Starr illegally redirects Whitewater investigation to encompass Lewinsky investigation. Paula Jones lawsuit against Clinton fizzles; judge rebukes "perjury trap." PNAC advocates military overthrow of Iraqi government. Starr commission proves to leak information to press to influence investigation. US missile attacks on terrorist groups in Tanzania and Afghanistan. Clinton authorizes assassination of bin Laden. CIA gives Clinton officials evidence of upcoming attacks by al-Qaeda on US targets involving hijacked airplanes. Starr Report. House impeaches Clinton over lying about Lewinsky affair. Gingrich resigns over marital affairs. "Operation Desert Fox."

May 1998 - President Bill Clinton issues Presidential Decision Directive 63, which provides that, in the event of an emergency beyond the capabilities of the private sector to handle, "the full authorities, capabilities and resources of the government including law enforcement, regulation, foreign intelligence and defense preparedness shall be available, as appropriate, to ensure that critical infrastructure protection is achieved and maintained." This plan is to be put in place "no later than the year 2000."

May 14, 1998 - President Bill Clinton issues Executive Order 13083, amounting to a complete inversion of the Tenth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution (which states that all powers not specifically granted to the Federal government are to be retained by the States or by the people). In essence, EO 13083 claims the authority to dispense with constitutional limitations, the separation of powers and the reserved powers of individual states when the President or his subordinates in the executive branch believe such action is "necessary." [For the Clintonites, "federalism" is defined by arbitrary power in the central government, rather than diffusion of power among various complementary governments and limitation of all government power through a written constitution.]

June 17, 1998 - The Transportation Department's National Highway Traffic Safety Administration issues a directive to implement driver's license-ID provisions passed by Congress. This directive contemplates requiring all states to submit certificates of compliance to the Department of Transportation by September 30, 2000. The directive also "urges states to adopt as many security features as possible," including biometric devices - like fingerprints and retina-scan data. Rep. Ron Paul (R-TX) elaborates on this heavy-handed state of affairs: "Under the current state of the law, the citizens of states which have driver's licenses that do not conform to the federal standards by October 1, 2000, will find themselves essentially stripped of their ability to participate in life as we know it. On that date, Americans will not be able to get a job, open a bank account, apply for Social Security or Medicare, exercise their Second Amendment rights, or even take an airplane flight, unless they can produce a state-issued ID that conforms to the federal specifications." [Many reasons have been advanced as justification for a national ID system - assurance of health care, tracking deadbeat dads, fighting illegal immigration. But no matter how noble or politically attractive the cause, no federal law or regulation is justifiable on moral or other grounds if it is unconstitutional in the first place. Americans ignore at their peril the promulgation of national IDs. A national ID has always been a cornerstone of totalitarianism. The relentless push for a national ID brings us ever closer to the day when "no man might buy or sell, except that he had the mark of the beast." (Rev. 13:17)]

July 15, 1998 - In a "Dear Colleague" letter about Executive Order 13083 to his fellow congressmen, Rep. Mac Collins (R-GA) warns, "It seems clear to me that President Clinton intends to usurp and utilize the powers reserved by the Constitution to Congress and to the States as well...If the Federal executive branch were granted the power to determine when there is a 'need' for uniform standards or to dictate what State-level regulations are 'necessary,' then there would be little reason for State law-making bodies or the U.S. Congress to exist at all."

July 17, 1998 - In his "Between the Lines" column, Joseph Farah, editor of the popular internet newspaper WorldNetDaily, argues that the Y2K bug is a major problem but warns that the government may use this problem as an excuse to consolidate dictatorial powers. Farah fears that President Clinton may audaciously attempt to accomplish such a power grab prior to the expiration of his term. Farah asks, "Is it not possible...with all we know about the character of Bill Clinton, that he would attempt to turn such a crisis [as Y2K] into an opportunity?" [The Millennium Bug could provide an ambitious President with an opportunity to seize dictatorial powers. Such a notion seems plausible when one considers the extent to which the federal government has already exceeded the boundaries of the Constitution, the direction in which we continue to head and the quickening of the pace.]

July 17, 1998 - Gathered for a conference in Rome, 120 nations approve an International Criminal Court (ICC). The U.S. is one of only seven nations voting against the statute. The ICC is to become binding upon every individual on earth, once it is ratified by only 60 nations! [Under the ICC treaty, Americans would be faced with judges from totalitarian regimes, an unrestrained global prosecutor, no right to confront accusers, no protection against double jeopardy, no presumption of innocence until proven guilty and prosecution for vaguely defined "crimes." The definition of "genocide" includes "causing mental harm." An individual could be hauled before an international tribunal, convicted of genocide and imprisoned for years in a foreign land for merely expressing criticism of a lifestyle which he finds morally reprehensible!]

Nov. 1998 - Congress discovers that President Clinton has buried seed money for a U.N. standing army in a huge State Department funding bill. If this U.N. standing army is created, American troops could be subject to:

1) Taking an oath to uphold the U.N. Charter, not the U.S. Constitution.

2) Serving under incompetent foreign commanders.

3) Fighting and dying in some far-away land in a U.N. war which does nothing to protect American security.

Nov. 30, 1998 - The National Instant Check System (NICS) for the purchase of any firearm from a dealer goes into effect. A purchaser is required to state what type of firearm - handgun, rifle or shotgun - he is purchasing. [If an individual is found to be legally eligible to purchase a firearm, what difference does it make what type of firearm it is? When gun grabbers on the state or federal level achieve their oft-stated goal of banning handguns, they will know immediately who has them. The FBI has announced that it will retain records of firearm purchases for 18 months - clearly contrary to federal law, which requires that information on successful firearm purchases immediately be destroyed. Hence, we have the nation's premier law enforcement agency declaring that they intend to flagrantly violate the law!

Despite claims that they only want to protect children and enhance public safety, the ultimate objective of gun control proponents is to completely disarm American civilians. They realize they will be unable to accomplish this in one fell swoop, so they have adopted a piecemeal approach - restricting firearms ownership a little at a time, repealing the Second Amendment on the installment plan. This is not merely the paranoid imagining of "gun nuts." Advocates of gun control have stated as much. Democratic presidential candidate Michael Dukakis declared, "I do not believe in people owning guns, only police and military. I am going to do everything I can to disarm this state." Michael Stephenson of Stop Firearm Violence used the school shooting in Jonesboro, Arkansas, to disclose his real intention: "this incident should] once and for all erase the differentiating we do between the machine gun, a .38 special and a shotgun. There's only one enemy and that is the gun, period."

Zacarias Moussaoui passing through a London airport. [BBC]

1999: Zacarias Moussaoui, living in London, is observed by French intelligence making several trips to Pakistan and Afghanistan. French investigators later claim the British spy agency MI5 was alerted and requested to place Moussaoui under surveillance. The request appears to have been ignored. [Independent, 12/11/01]

1999 (B): The FBI creates its own unit to focus specifically on bin Laden, three years after the CIA created such a special unit. By 9/11, 17-19 people are working in this unit, out of over 11,000 FBI staff. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02] Why so late, and so few people?

1999 (C):�MI6, the British intelligence agency, gives a secret report to liaison staff at the US embassy in London.�The reports states that al-Qaeda has plans to use "commercial aircraft" in "unconventional ways", "possibly as flying bombs."�[Sunday Times, 6/9/02]

1999 (D): The CIA finds an abandoned airstrip in Afghanistan, and makes plans to use it to evacuate a captured bin Laden, take agents in and out, and similar purposes. It is speculated that this is the same airstrip occupied and used as a base of operations early in the later Afghan war. [Washington Post, 12/19/01]

1999 (F): A joint project run by the CIA and NSA slips into Afghanistan and places listening devices within range of al-Qaeda's tactical radios. [Washington Post, 12/19/01] If all of al-Qaeda's communications was being monitored, why was bin Laden never captured or killed and apparently no hints of the 9/11 plot revealed?

1999 (G): Secretary of State Madeleine Albright repeatedly asks about having a "boots on the ground" option to kill bin Laden, using the elite Delta Force. Joint Chiefs of Staff head Shelton says he wants "nothing to do" with such an idea. He calls it naive, and ridicules it as "going Hollywood." [Washington Post, 12/19/01] Nonetheless, plans to have Delta Force members swoop into Afghanistan and grab bin Laden are eventually drawn up, but never used. [Time, 8/4/02]

Hijackers Ahmed Alghamdi, left, and Waleed Alshehri, right. [FBI]

1999 (H): Diane and John Albritton later say they call the CIA and police this year several times to report suspicious activity at a neighbor's home, but authorities fail to respond. [MSNBC, 9/23/01, New York Daily News, 9/15/01] Hijacker Waleed Alshehri is renting the house on Orrin Street in Vienna, Virginia at the time (three blocks from a CIA headquarters). [AP, 9/15/01] He makes his neighbors nervous. "There were always people coming and going," said Diane Albritton. "Arabic people. Some of them never uttered a word; I don't know if they spoke English. But they looked very focused. We thought they might be dealing drugs, or illegal immigrants." [New York Times, 9/15/01] Ahmed Alghamdi lived at the same address until July 2000. [Fox News, 6/6/02, World Net Daily, 9/14/01] Waleed Alshehri lived with Ahmed Alghamdi in Florida for seven months in 1997. [Telegraph, 9/20/01] Albritton says they observed a van parked outside the home at all hours of the day and night. A Middle-Eastern man appeared to be monitoring a scanner or radio inside the van. Another neighbor says, "We thought it was a drug house. All the cars parked on the street were new BMWs, new Mercedes. People were always walking around out front with cellphones." There were frequent wild parties, numerous complaints to authorities, and even a police report about a woman shooting a gun into the air during a party. [World Net Daily, 9/14/01, note that this is a highly partisan publication] Other neighbors also called the police about the house. [AP, 9/14/01] "Critics say [the case] could have made a difference [in stopping 9/11] had it been handled differently." Standard procedures require CIA to notify FBI of such domestic information. But FBI officials have not been able to find any record that the CIA shared the information. [Fox News, 6/6/02] FBI Director Mueller has said "the hijackers did all they could to stay below our radar." [Senate Judiciary Statement, 5/8/02] Does this sound like extremely religious "sleepers" successfully blending in?

1999 (I): CIA Director Tenet later claims that in this year, the CIA establishes a network of agents throughout Afghanistan and other countries aimed at capturing bin Laden and his deputies. [UPI, 10/17/02] Tenet states that by 9/11, "a map would show that these collection programs and human networks were in place in such numbers to nearly cover Afghanistan. This array meant that, when the military campaign to topple the Taliban and destroy al-Qaeda began [in October 2001], we were able to support it with an enormous body of information and a large stable of assets." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 10/17/02]

1999 (J): The London Times later claims that British intelligence secretly offers 9/11 paymaster Saeed Sheikh, imprisoned in India (see November 1994-December 1999) for kidnapping Britons and Americans (see June 1993-October 1994), an amnesty and the ability to "live in London a free man" if he will reveal his links to al-Qaeda. He apparently refuses. [Daily Mail, 7/16/02, London Times, 7/16/02] Yet after he is rescued in a hostage swap deal (see December 24-31, 1999), the press reports that he, in fact, is freely able to return to Britain. [Press Trust of India, 1/3/00] He visits his parents there in 2000 and again in early 2001. [Vanity Fair, 8/02, BBC, 7/16/02, Telegraph, 7/16/02] He is not charged with kidnapping until well after 9/11 (see November 2001-February 5, 2002). Those kidnapped by Saeed call the government's decision not to try him a "disgrace" and "scandalous." [Press Trust of India, 1/3/00] The Pittsburgh Tribune-Review later suggests that not only is Saeed closely tied to both the ISI and al-Qaeda, but may also have been working for the CIA: "There are many in Musharraf's government who believe that Saeed Sheikh's power comes not from the ISI, but from his connections with our own CIA. The theory is that ... Saeed Sheikh was bought and paid for." [Pittsburgh Tribune-Review, 3/3/02] Did or does Saeed have some kind of deal with British or US intelligence?

1999 (K): 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed "repeatedly" visits Mohamed Atta and others in the Hamburg al-Qaeda cell. [AP, 8/24/02] US and German officials say a number of sources place Mohammed at Atta's Hamburg apartment. It isn't clear when he visits or who he visits. [Los Angeles Times, 6/6/02, New York Times, 11/4/02] However, it would be logical that he at least visits Atta's housemate Ramzi bin al-Shibh, since investigators believe he is the "key contact between the pilots" and Mohammed. [Los Angeles Times, 1/27/03] Mohammed is living in Germany at the time. [New York Times, 9/22/02] German intelligence surveil the apartment in 1999 but apparently don't notice Mohammed (see November 1, 1998-February 2001). US investigators have been searching for Mohammed since 1996 (see January-May 1996), but apparently never tell the Germans what they know about him. [New York Times, 11/4/02] Even after 9/11, German investigators complain that US investigators don't tell them what they know about Mohammed living in Germany until they read it in the newspapers in June 2002. [New York Times, 6/11/02]

1999 (L): The FBI receive reports that a terrorist organization is planning to send students to the US for aviation training. The organization's name remains classified, but apparently it is a different organization than one mentioned in a very similar warning the year before (see After May 15, 1998). The purpose of this training is unknown, but the organization views the plan as "particularly important" and has reportedly approved open-ended funding for it. The Counterterrorism Section at FBI headquarters instructs 24 field offices to pay close attention to Islamic students from the target country engaged in aviation training. Ken Williams at the Phoenix FBI office will later write a memo on this very topic (see July 10, 2001), and his squad receives this notice. Williams, however, doesn't recall reading it. The 9/11 Congressional Inquiry later concludes, "There is no indication that field offices conducted any investigation after receiving the communication." [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03 (B)] However, an analyst at FBI headquarters conducts a study and determines that each year there are about 600 Middle Eastern students attending the slightly over 1,000 US flight schools. [New York Times, 5/4/02, Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03 (B)] In November 2000 a notice is sent out telling field offices that no information about the terrorist group recruiting students had been uncovered. Apparently Williams doesn't see this notice either. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03 (B)]

Early 1999: State Department counterterrorism coordinator Michael Sheehan writes a memo calling for a new approach in containing bin Laden. He urges a series of actions the US could take toward Pakistan, Afghanistan, Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates and Yemen to persuade them to help isolate al-Qaeda. He calls Pakistan the key country and urges that terrorism be made the central issue with them. He advises the US to work will all these countries to curb money laundering. However, a former official says Sheehan's plan lands "with a resounding thud." Pakistan continues to "feign cooperation but [does] little" about its support for the Taliban. [New York Times, 10/29/01]

Early 1999 (B): As the NSA continues to monitor an al-Qaeda safe house in Yemen owned by hijacker Khalid Almihdhar's father-in-law (see Late August 1998 (B)), they find references to Almihdhar and the hijacker brothers Salem and Nawaf Alhazmi. In early 1999 the NSA intercepts communications mentioning the full name "Nawaf Alhazmi." More intercepts involving the names Nawaf, Salem, and Khalid together and alone are intercepted during 1999. However, this information is not shared with the CIA or FBI. As a result, as an important al-Qaeda meeting approaches in Malaysia (see January 5-8, 2000), the CIA doesn't know the last name of the "Nawaf" attending the meeting. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03, AP, 9/25/02, NSA Director Congressional Testimony, 10/17/02] In mid-January, after the Malaysian meeting is over, the CIA reports to the NSA what it has learned about Khalid Almihdhar, and asks the CIA for information about him. Some information about him is given back and some is not. The NSA still doesn't report Alhazmi's last name. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03] The NSA continues to monitor calls from these hijackers to this safe house after they move to the US (see Spring-Summer 2000).

January 31, 1999: German intelligence is tapping the telephone of al-Qaeda terrorist Mohammed Haydar Zammar (see March 1997 and September 21, 1999), and on this date Zammar gets a call from a "Marwan." This is later found to be hijacker Marwan Alshehhi. Marwan talks about mundane things, like his studies in Bonn, Germany, and promises to come to Hamburg in a few months. German investigators trace the telephone number and determine the call came from a mobile phone registered in the United Arab Emirates. In March, German intelligence tells the CIA about this Marwan and the phone call, saying that he's been in contact with Zammar and Mamoun Darkazanli, who is also under investigation (see September 20, 1998 and December 1999). He is described as a United Arab Emirates student who has spent some time studying in Germany. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03, Stern, 8/13/03, Deutche Presse-Agenteur, 8/13/03] It is not known what the CIA does with this information, or if they're informed about other calls between Alshehhi and Zammar (see September 21, 1999), but the 9/11 Congressional Inquiry implies that the CIA never learns Alshehhi's last name. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03]

February 1999:�A classified report discusses responses to an anthrax attack through the mail. The report, precipitated by a series of false anthrax mailings, is written by William Patrick, inventor of the US anthrax weaponization process, under a CIA contract.�[New York Times, 12/3/01] The report was commissioned by Steven Hatfill, a good friend of Patrick. [Baltimore Sun, 6/27/02] The report describes what the US military could do and what a terrorist might be able to achieve. [New York Times, 12/3/01] The similarities between what the report predicted and the anthrax attacks that eventually happen after 9/11 are startling.�The BBC later suggests the "possibility that there was a secret CIA project to investigate methods of sending anthrax through the mail which went madly out of control" and that the anthrax attacker knew of this study or took part in it. The CIA and William Patrick deny the existence of this report, even though copies have been leaked to the media.�[BBC, 3/14/02, Baltimore Sun, 6/27/02]

February 1999 (B): There is another hoax anthrax attack. A handful of envelopes with almost identical messages are sent to a combination of media and government targets including The Washington Post, NBC's Atlanta office, a post office in Columbus, Georgia (next to Fort Benning, an Army base), and the Old Executive Office Building in Washington. The letters contained fake anthrax powder. "That's interesting because as of 1997, US bio-defense scientists were working basically only with wet anthrax, while by 1999 some had experimented with making powders." The New York Times later suggests that Steven Hatfill could have been behind this attack and the one in 1997 (see April 24, 1997). [New York Times, 7/12/02] Could there be a connection between this hoax and a classified CIA report about sending anthrax through the mail released the same month (see February 1999)?

Said Bahaji, computer expert for the Hamburg cell.

February 17, 1999: German intelligence is periodically tapping suspected al-Qaeda terrorist Mohammed Haydar Zammar's telephone (see March 1997, January 31, 1999, and September 21, 1999), and on this day investigators hear a caller being told Zammar is at a meeting with "Mohamed, Ramzi, and Said," and could be reached at the phone number of the Marienstrasse apartment where all three of them live. This refers to Mohamed Atta, Ramzi bin al-Shibh, and Said Bahaji, all members of the Hamburg al-Qaeda cell. But apparently the German police fail to grasp its importance of these names, even though Said Bahaji is also under investigation (see November 1, 1998-February 2001). [AP, 6/22/02, New York Times, 1/18/03] Atta's last name is given as well. Agents check the phone number and confirm the street address, but it isn't known what they make of the information. [Der Spiegel, 2/3/03]

March 1999: US intelligence learns of plans by an al-Qaeda member who is also a US citizen, to fly a hang glider into the Egyptian Presidential Palace and then detonate the explosives he is carrying. The individual, who received hang glider training in the US, brings a hang glider back to Afghanistan, but various problems arise during the testing of the glider. This unnamed person is subsequently arrested and is in custody abroad. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

March 3, 1999: Andrew Krepinevich, Executive Director of the Center for Strategic and Budgetary Assessments, before the Senate Armed Services Subcommittee on Emerging Threats and Capabilities: "There appears to be general agreement concerning the need to transform the US military into a significantly different kind of force from that which emerged victorious from the Cold and Gulf Wars. Yet this verbal support has not been translated into a defense program supporting transformation ... the "critical mass" needed to effect it has not yet been achieved. One may conclude that, in the absence of a strong external shock to the United States - a latter-day 'Pearl Harbor' of sorts - surmounting the barriers to transformation will likely prove a long, arduous process." [CSBA, 3/5/99] This comment echoes other strategists who wait for a second Pearl Harbor to fulfill their visions (see October 1997 and September 2000).
Khalid bin Mahfouz

April 1999: A Saudi government audit shows that five of Saudi Arabia's billionaires have been giving tens of millions of dollars to al-Qaeda. The audit shows that these businessmen transferred money from the National Commercial Bank to accounts of Islamic charities in London and banks in New York that serve as fronts for bin Laden. $3 million was diverted from a Saudi pension fund. [USA Today, 10/29/99] $2 billion of the bank's $21 billion is also found to be missing. The only action taken is that Khalid bin Mahfouz, founder of National Commercial Bank, Saudi Arabia's biggest bank, is placed under house arrest and majority control in the bank is bought out by the Saudi government. [Ottawa Citizen, 9/29/01] The Saudi government won't allow US officials to talk to bin Mahfouz, despite asking "at a very senior level." [Washington Post, 2/17/02] By 9/11, he is in a hospital and technically no longer under house arrest. The US has not frozen the accounts of bin Mahfouz, and he continues to engage in major oil deals with US corporations (see Early December 2001 (B)). Forbes Magazine claims his family fortune is worth more than $4 billion. [Boston Herald, 10/14/01, Boston Herald, 12/10/01] Bin Mahfouz had invested in George Bush Jr.'s businesses starting in 1988 (see 1988). He is later sued for his role in funding terrorism (see August 15, 2002).

Friends of Ziad Jarrah taken on April 1, 1999. Third from left in back row is Abdelghani Mzoudi, fifth from is Mounir El Motassadeq; seventh is Ramzi bin al-Shibh; the man on far right in middle row is Mohamed Atta; Atta rests his hands on Mohammed Raji, now a wanted man. [FAZ]

April 1, 1999: Ziad Jarrah has an unofficial wedding with his girlfriend, Aisel Senguen. What's interesting is a photo apparently taken by Jarrah at the wedding, shown here. German intelligence found the photo several days after 9/11. An undercover agent was able to immediately identify 10 of the 18 men in the photo, as well as where it was taken: the prayer room of Hamburg's Al-Quds mosque. The informant was also able to identify which of them attended Mohamed Atta's study group. This informant knew even "seemingly trivial details" of some of the men, showing that "probably almost all members of the Hamburg terror cell" had been watched by German state intelligence since this time, if not before. The head of the state intelligence had previously maintained that they knew nothing of any of these men, and had no informant. [FAZ, 2/2/03]

April 3-7, 1999: Hijackers Nawaf Alhazmi, Salem Alhazmi, and Khalid Almihdhar obtains US visas through the US Consulate in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03 (B)] All three are already "al-Qaeda veterans" and battle-hardened killers (see 1996-December 2000). Almihdhar's visa is issued on April 7, and allows him multiple entries and exits to the US until April 6, 2000. [Stern, 8/13/03] Nawaf Alhazmi gets the same kind of visa; details about Salem are unknown. The CIA claims the hijackers then travel to Afghanistan to participate in "special training" with at least one other suicide bomber on a different mission. The training is led by Khallad bin Attash (see January 5-8, 2000). The US learns about Almihdhar's visa in January 2000 (see January 5, 2000). The Jeddah Consulate keeps in its records the fact that Nawaf and Salem Alhazmi obtain US visas several days before Almihdhar, but apparently these records are never searched before 9/11. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03]

Spring 1999: US intelligence learns of a planned bin Laden attack on a US government facility in Washington (which facility has not been made public). [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, New York Times, 9/18/02]

Spring 1999 (B): Randy Glass is a con artist turned government informant participating in a sting called Operation Diamondback. [Palm Beach Post, 9/29/01] He discusses an illegal weapons deal with an Egyptian American named Mohamed el Amir. In wiretapped conversations, Mohamed discusses the need to get false papers to disguise a shipment of illegal weapons. His brother, Dr. Magdy el Amir, has been a wealthy neurologist in Jersey City for the past twenty years. Two other weapons dealers later convicted in a sting operation involving Glass also lived in Jersey City, and both el Amirs admit knowing one of them, Diaa Mohsen (see June 12, 2001). Mohsen has been paid at least once by Dr. el Amir. In 1998, Congressman Ben Gilman was given a foreign intelligence report suggesting that Dr. el Amir owns an HMO that is secretly funded by bin Laden, and that money is being skimmed from the HMO to fund terrorist activities. The state of New Jersey later buys the HMO and determines that $15 million were unaccounted for and much of that has been diverted into hard-to-trace offshore bank accounts. However, investigators working with Glass are never given the report about Dr. el Amir. Both el Amirs have not been charged with any crime. Mohamed now lives in Egypt and Magdy continues to practice medicine in New Jersey. Glass's sting, which began in late 1998, will uncover many interesting leads before ending in June 2001 (see also July 14, 1999, Early August 2001 and August 2, 2002). [MSNBC, 8/2/02]

June 1999:� Enron announces an agreement to build a $140 million power plant in the Gaza Strip. One of the major financers for the project comes from the Saudi Binladin Group, a company owned by Osama's family.�This is the second attempted project between these two companies.�90% complete, the construction is halted because of Palestinian - Israeli violence and then Enron's bankruptcy.�[Washington Post, 3/2/02]

June 1999 (B): In testimony before the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence and in a briefing to House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence staffers one month later, the chief of the CTC describes reports that bin Laden and his associates are planning attacks in the US. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

Anwar Al Aulaqi.

June 1999-March 2000: The FBI conducts a counterterrorism inquiry into imam Anwar Al Aulaqi. From about February 2000, he serves as the "spiritual leader" to several of the hijackers while they live in San Diego, and again in 2001 when he and they move to the East Coast (see March 2001 (D)). During the investigation, the FBI discovers he is in contact with a number of other people being investigated. For instance, in early 2000 he is visited by an associate of Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman (see July 1990). But, as the 9/11 Congressional Inquiry later notes, the investigation is closed "despite the imam's contacts with other subjects of counterterrorism investigations and reports concerning the imam's connection to suspect organizations." [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03]

June 7, 1999: Bin Laden is added to FBI's "Ten Most Wanted" List. This is almost a year and a half after bin Laden's "declaration of war" against the US (see February 22, 1998) and about six months after the CIA's "declaration of war against al-Qaeda (see December 4, 1998). It's also three years after an internal State Department document connecting bin Laden to financing and planning numerous terrorist attacks. [PBS Frontline 10/3/02]

Mid-June 1999: Hijackers Mohamed Atta and Marwan Alshehhi, plus would-be hijacker Ramzi Bin al-Shibh and associate Mounir El Motassadeq, hold a meeting in Amsterdam, Netherlands. All are living in Hamburg at the time, so it's not clear why they go to meet there, though it's speculated they are meeting someone. Motassadeq also goes to the town of Eindhoven, Netherlands, on three occasions, in early 1999, late 1999 and 2001. [AP, 9/13/02] On at least one occasion, Motassadeq receives cash provided by unnamed "Saudi financiers" that is meant to fund a new Eindhoven mosque. Investigators believe he uses the money to help pay for some 9/11 hijacker flying lessons. [Baltimore Sun, 9/2/02] Alshehhi also flies to Amsterdam from the US in the summer of 2001, but it isn't known why (see April 18, 2001).

Summer 1999: Around this time, US intelligence notes that a man in Hamburg, Germany named Mohammed Haydar Zammar is in direct contact with one of bin Laden's senior operational coordinators. Zammar is an al-Qaeda recruiter with links to Mohammed Atta and the rest of the Hamburg terror cell (see March 1997, January 31, 1999, February 17, 1999, and September 21, 1999). The US had noted Zammar's terror links on "numerous occasions" before 9/11. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03] But apparently the US does not share their information on Zammar with German intelligence. Instead, the Germans are given evidence from Turkey that Zammar is running a travel agency as a terror front in Hamburg. In 1998, they get information from Italy confirming he is a real terrorist. But his behavior is so suspicious, they've already started closely monitoring him. [Stern, 8/13/03, Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03]

July 1999: The FBI begins an investigation of an unnamed person for ties to important al-Qaeda figures and several organizations linked to al-Qaeda. The FBI is concerned this person is in contact with several experts in nuclear sciences. After 9/11, the FBI determines hijacker Marwan Alshehhi had contact with this person on the East Coast of the US. This person also may have ties to Mohammed Atta's sister. Most additional details about this person, including their name, when and how often Alshehhi had contact, and if the investigation was ever closed, remain classified. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03]

July 1999-November 2000: Hijacker Marwan Alshehhi receives about $100,000 from an account in Sharjah, United Arab Emirates during this time. [Financial Times, 11/30/01, Newsweek, 12/2/01, Congressional Intelligence Committee, 9/26/02] The money is apparently sent by Mohamed Yousef Mohamed Alqusaidi, believed to be Alshehhi's brother. Alqusaidi had been sending money to Alshehhi in Germany since at least March 1998. [Congressional Intelligence Committee, 9/26/02] It is not clear if this is money innocently sent by Alshehhi's rich Arab family or if it is money deliberately sent for terrorism. Much of the rest of the 9/11 funding also passes through Sharjah (see June 29, 2000-September 18, 2000, Early August 2001 (D) and September 8-11, 2001), a town at the center of illegal al-Qaeda business dealings (see Mid-1996-October 2001).

July 4, 1999: With the chances of a pipeline deal with the Taliban looking increasingly unlikely, the US government finally issues an executive order prohibiting commercial transactions with the Taliban. [Executive Order, 7/4/99]

July 5, 1999: President Clinton signs an executive order freezing the assets of the Taliban in the US and prohibiting trade and other transactions between US citizens and the Taliban. Clinton blames the Taliban for harboring bin Laden. [CNN, 7/6/99]

Rajaa Gulum Abbas. [Dateline NBC]

July 14, 1999: US government informant Randy Glass records a conversation at a dinner attended by him, illegal arms dealers Diaa Mohsen and Mohammed Malik (see June 12, 2001), a former Egyptian judge named Shireen Shawky, and ISI agent Rajaa Gulum Abbas, held at a restaurant within view of the WTC. FBI agents pretending to be restaurant customers sit at nearby tables. [WPBF Channel 25, 8/5/02, MSNBC, 8/2/02] Abbas says he wants to buy a whole shipload of weapons stolen from the US military to give to bin Laden. [Cox News, 8/2/02] Abbas points to the WTC and says, "Those towers are coming down." This ISI agent later makes two other references to an attack on the WTC. [WPBF Channel 25, 8/5/02, Cox News, 8/2/02, Palm Beach Post, 10/17/02] Abbas also says, "Americans [are] the enemy," and, "We would have no problem with blowing up this entire restaurant because it is full of Americans." [MSNBC, 3/18/03] The meeting is secretly recorded, and parts are shown on television in 2003 (see also August 17, 1999). [MSNBC, 3/18/03 (B)]

Randy Glass, center, shows Stinger missiles to Rajaa Gulum Abbas and others. [Dateline NBC]

August 17, 1999: A group of illegal arms merchants, including an ISI agent with foreknowledge of 9/11, had met in a New York restaurant the month before (see July 14, 1999). This same group meets at this time in a West Palm Beach, Florida, warehouse, and is shown Stinger missiles as part of a sting operation. [South Florida Sun-Sentinel, 3/20/03] US intelligence soon discovers connections between two in the group, Rajaa Gulum Abbas and Mohammed Malik, terrorist groups in Kashmir (where the ISI assists terrorists fighting against India), and the Taliban. Mohamed Malik suggests in this meeting that the Stingers will be used in Kashmir or Afghanistan. His colleague Diaa Mohsen also says Abbas has direct connections to "dignitaries" and bin Laden. Abbas also wants heavy water for a "dirty bomb" or other material to make a nuclear weapon. He says he will bring a Pakistani nuclear scientist to the US to inspect the material. [MSNBC, 8/2/02, MSNBC, 3/18/03] Government informant Randy Glass passes these warnings on before 9/11, but he claims, "The complaints were ordered sanitized by the highest levels of government" (see also Early August 2001). [WPBF Channel 25, 8/5/02] In June 2002, the US secretly indicts Abbas (see June 2002), but apparently they aren't trying very hard to find him: In August 2002, MSNBC is easily able to contact Abbas in Pakistan and speak to him by telephone. [MSNBC, 8/2/02]

September 1999: BJ's Wholesale Club, a store in Hollywood, Florida, later tells the FBI that Atta may have held a BJ's membership card since at least this time ("more than two years"). Several cashiers at the store vaguely remember seeing Atta there. [Miami Herald, 9/18/01] According to the official story, Atta doesn't arrive in the US until June 3, 2000. [Miami Herald, 9/22/01]

September 1999 (B): Steven Hatfill, later suspected of being behind the 2001 anthrax attacks (see October 4, 2001), ends his two-year contract working at USAMRIID. But his contact held little meaning after February, when he had started working full time somewhere else. [Weekly Standard, 9/16/02] It is later reported that the strain of anthrax used in the attacks could be no older than September 1999. [New York Times, 6/23/02] While at USAMRIID, Hatfill also worked on virology in a different building than where anthrax was studied, so the odds of Hatfill getting access to the type of anthrax used in the attacks at USAMRIID seems extremely small. [Weekly Standard, 9/16/02]

September 1999 (C): A report prepared for US intelligence entitled the "Sociology and Psychology of Terrorism" is completed.It states: "Al-Qaeda's expected retaliation for the US cruise missile attack ... could take several forms of terrorist attack in the nation's capital.Al-Qaeda could detonate a Chechen-type building-buster bomb at a federal building.�Suicide bomber(s) belonging to al-Qaeda's Martyrdom Battalion could crash-land an aircraft packed with high explosives (C-4 and Semtex) into the Pentagon, the headquarters of the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), or the White House.�Whatever form an attack may take, bin Laden will most likely retaliate in a spectacular way."The report is by the National Intelligence Council, which advises the President and US intelligence on emerging threats. [AP, 4/18/02, read the complete report on-line] The Bush administration later claims to have never heard of this report until May 2002, despite the fact that it had been publicly posted on the internet since 1999, and "widely shared within the government" according to the New York Times. [CNN, 5/18/02, New York Times, 5/18/02]

September 1999 (D): US intelligence obtains information that bin Laden and others are planning a terrorist act in the US, possibly against specific landmarks in California and New York City. The reliability of the source is unknown. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

September 1999 (E): Agents from Oklahoma City FBI office visit the Airman Flight School in Norman, Oklahoma to investigate Ihab Ali, who has already been identified as bin Laden's former personal pilot. Ali attended the school in 1993 and is later named as an unindicted coconspirator in the 1998 US Embassy bombing in Kenya. [CNN, 10/16/01, Boston Globe, 9/18/01, Senate Intelligence Committee, 10/17/02] When Ali was arrested in May 1999, he was working as a taxi driver in Orlando, Florida. Investigators discover recent ties between him and high ranking al-Qaeda leaders, and suspect he was a "sleeper" agent. [St. Petersburg Times, 10/28/01] However, the agent visiting the school is not given most background details about him. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03 (B)] it's not known if these investigators are aware of a terrorist flight school warning given by the Oklahoma City FBI office in 1998 (see May 18, 1998). Hijackers Atta and Marwan Alshehhi later visit the Airman school in July 2000 but ultimately decide to train in Florida instead. [Boston Globe, 9/18/01] Al-Qaeda agent Zacarias Moussaoui takes flight lessons at Airman in 2001 (see February 23, 2001). One of the FBI agents sent to visit the school at this time visits it again in August 2001 asking about Moussaoui, but he fails to make a connection between the two visits (see August 23, 2001 (E)).

September 15, 1999: The first phase of the US Commission on National Security/21st Century, co-chaired by former Senators Gary Hart (D) and Warren Rudman (R) is issued. It concludes: "America will be attacked by terrorists using weapons of mass destruction and Americans will lose their lives on American soil, possibly in large numbers" (see also January 31, 2001). [download the complete report here: USCNS Reports]

September 21, 1999: German intelligence is periodically tapping suspected al-Qaeda terrorist Mohammed Haydar Zammar's telephone (see also March 1997 and February 17, 1999), and on this day investigators hear Zammar call hijacker Marwan Alshehhi. Officials initially claim that the call also mentions hijacker Mohamed Atta, but only his first name. [Telegraph, 11/24/01, New York Times, 1/18/03] But in fact, his full name, "Mohammed Atta Al Amir," is mentioned in this call and in another recorded call. [FAZ, 2/2/03] Alshehhi makes veiled references to plans to travel to Afghanistan. He also hands the phone over to Said Bahaji (another member of the Hamburg cell under investigation at the time November 1, 1998-February 2001), so he can talk to Zammar. [Stern, 8/13/03] German investigators still don't know Alshehhi's full name, but they recognize this Marwan also called Zammar earlier in the year, and they told the CIA about that call (see January 31, 1999). Alshehhi, living in the United Arab Emirates at the time, calls Zammar frequently. German intelligence asks the United Arab Emirates to identify the number and the caller, but the request is not answered. [Der Spiegel, 2/3/03]

The ANSER logo. [Institute for Homeland Security website]

October 1999: The ANSER Institute for Homeland Security is founded. This institute claims to be "leading the [homeland security] debate through executive-level education, public awareness programs, workshops for policy makers and online publications: a weekly newsletter and the Journal of Homeland Security, which features articles by senior government leaders and leading homeland security experts." As their webpage makes clear, the first mention of the phrase "homeland security" in a US context came only one month earlier. This institute, which has deep roots in the Air Force, has received tens of millions of government dollars in support. [Online Journal, 6/29/02] They talked about a "second Pearl Harbor" long before 9/11. Doesn't this institute indicate the Department of Homeland Security was planned long before 9/11? Their own website touts their role in the creation of this department, but the media has completely failed to cover the story. [Institute for Homeland Security website, Institute for Homeland Security website FAQ, and, though it's a partisan website, the only reporting on this has been at the Online Journal, 6/29/02]

October 1999 (B): The CIA readies an operation to capture or kill bin Laden, secretly training and equipping approximately 60 commandos from the ISI. Pakistan supposedly agrees to this plan in return for the lifting of economic sanctions and more economic aid. The plan is ready to go by this month, but it is aborted because on October 12, General Musharraf takes control of Pakistan in a coup (see October 12, 1999). Musharraf refuses to continue the operation despite the promise of substantial rewards. [Washington Post, 10/3/01] Some US officials later say the CIA was tricked, because the ISI just feigned to cooperate as a stalling tactic, and never intended to get bin Laden. [New York Times, 10/29/01]

October 5, 1999: The highly respected Jane's Terrorism and Security Monitor reports that US intelligence is worried bin Laden is planning a major terrorist attack on US soil. They are said to be particularly concerned about some kind of attack on New York, and they have recommended stepped-up security at the New York Stock Exchange and the Federal Reserve. [NewsMax, 10/5/99]

October 12, 1999: General Musharraf becomes leader of Pakistan in a coup. One major reason for the coup is the ISI felt the previous ruler had to go "out of fear that he might buckle to American pressure and reverse Pakistan's policy [of supporting] the Taliban." [New York Times, 12/8/01] Shortly thereafter Musharraf replaces the leader of the ISI, Brig Imtiaz, because of his close ties to the previous leader. Imtiaz is arrested and convicted of "having assets disproportionate to his known sources of income." It comes out that he was keeping tens of millions of dollars earned from heroin smuggling in a Deutschebank account. This is interesting because insider trading just prior to 9/11 will later connect to a branch of Deutschebank recently run by "Buzzy" Krongard, now Executive Director of the CIA (see September 6-10, 2001). [Financial Times (Asian edition), 8/10/01] The new Director of the ISI is Lt. Gen. Mahmood Ahmed, a close ally of Musharraf who is instrumental in the success of the coup. [Guardian, 10/9/01] Mahmood will later be fired after suggestions that he helped fund the 9/11 attacks (see October 7, 2001 (B)).

November 1999:�The Washington Post refers to hijackers Nawaf Alhazmi and Khalid Almihdhar when it later reports, "In November 1999, two Saudi Arabian men moved into a ground-floor apartment at the Parkwood Apartments, a town house complex near a busy commercial strip in San Diego." [Washington Post, 9/30/01] Alhazmi's name is on the apartment lease beginning in November 1999. [Washington Post, 10/01] Some reports even have them visiting the US as early as 1996. [Wall Street Journal, 9/17/01, Las Vegas Review Journal, 10/26/01] However, FBI Director Mueller has stated the two first arrived the middle of January 2000 (see January 15-early February 2000) after an important meeting in Malaysia (see January 5-8, 2000). Some news reports mention that the hijackers first arrive in late 1999 (for instance, Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02, Los Angeles Times, 11/24/02]), but most reports concur with the FBI.

November 3, 1999: The head of Australia's security services admits that the Echelon global surveillance system exists (see August 12, 1988); the US still denies its existence. The BBC describes Echelon's power as "astounding," and elaborates: "Every international telephone call, fax, e-mail, or radio transmission can be listened to by powerful computers capable of voice recognition. They home in on a long list of key words, or patterns of messages. They are looking for evidence of international crime, like terrorism." [BBC, 11/3/99]

November 14, 1999: United Nations sanctions against Afghanistan take effect. The sanctions freeze Taliban assets and impose an air embargo on Ariana airlines in an effort to force the Taliban to hand over bin Laden. [BBC, 2/6/00] However, Ariana keeps its illegal trade network flying (see Mid-1996-October 2001), and is grounded in early 2001 only when additional sanctions against Ariana take effect (see January 19, 2001).

November 29, 1999: The United Nations Drug Control Programme has determined the ISI makes around $2.5 billion annually from the sale of illegal drugs. [Times of India, 11/29/99]

November 30, 1999: Jordanian officials successfully uncover an al-Qaeda plot to blow up the Radisson Hotel in Amman, Jordan and other sites on January 1, 2000 (see also 1989-May 2000). [PBS Frontline 10/3/02] A call between al-Qaeda leader Abu Zubaydah and a suspected Jordanian terrorist exposes the plot. In the call, Zubaydah states, "The grooms are ready for the big wedding." [Seattle Times, 6/23/02] This call reflects an extremely poor code system, because the FBI already determined in the wake of the 1998 US embassy bombings (see August 7, 1998) that "wedding" was the al-Qaeda code word for bomb. [The Cell, John Miller, Michael Stone and Chris Mitchell, 8/02, p. 214] Furthermore, it appears al-Qaeda fails to later change their code system, because the codename for the 9/11 attack is also "The Big Wedding." [Chicago Tribune, 9/5/02] US intelligence claims it failed to understand the code language for the 9/11 attacks.

Late November 1999: Investigators believe hijackers Atta, Marwan Alshehhi and Ziad Jarrah and associates Ramzi bin al-Shibh and Said Bahaji (all members of the same Hamburg, Germany cell) arrive separately in Afghanistan around this time. They meet with bin Laden and train for several months. [CBS, 10/9/02, New York Times, 9/10/02] In a 2002 interview with Al Jazeera, bin al-Shibh says "We had a meeting attended by all four pilots including Nawaf Alhazmi, Atta's right-hand man." The Guardian interprets this to mean that Alhazmi flew Flight 77, not Hani Hanjour as popularly believed. [Guardian, 9/9/02]

December 1999: The CIA begins "persistent" efforts to recruit German businessman Mamoun Darkazanli (see September 24, 2001) as an informer. Darkazanli knows Atta and the other members of the Hamburg al-Qaeda cell. US and German intelligence had previously opened investigations into Darkazanli (see September 20, 1998). Agents occasionally followed him, but Darkazanli obviously noticed the trail on him at least once. More costly and time-consuming electronic surveillance is not done however, and by the end of 1999 the investigation has produced little of value. German law does not allow foreign governments to have informants in Germany. So this month, Thomas Volz, the undercover CIA representative in Hamburg appears at the headquarters of the Hamburg state domestic intelligence agency, the LFV, responsible for tracking terrorists and domestic extremists. He tells them the CIA believes Darkazanli had knowledge of an unspecified terrorist plot and encourages that he be "turned" against his al-Qaeda comrades. A source later recalls he says, "Darkazanli knows a lot." Efforts to recruit him continue the next year (see Spring 2000). The CIA has not admitted this interest in Darkazanli. [Chicago Tribune, 11/17/02, Stern, 8/13/03]

December 1999 (B): A Yemeni safe house telephone monitored by the FBI and CIA (see Late August 1998 (B)), reveals that there will be an important al-Qaeda meeting in Malaysia in January 2000, and that a "Khalid," a "Nawaf," and a "Salem" will attend. One intelligence agent notes at the time, "Salem may be Nawaf's younger brother." It turns out they are brothers, and these are the future hijackers Khalid Almihdhar, and Nawaf and Salem Alhazmi. US intelligence is already referring to both of them as "terrorist operatives" because the safe house is known to be such a hotbed of al-Qaeda activity. Their last names are not yet known to the CIA, even though the NSA has learned Nawaf's last name (see Early 1999 (B)). However, Khalid Almihdhar is at the safe house at the time, and as he travels to Malaysia, he is watched and followed (see January 5, 2000). [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03]

Prince Bandar [Newsweek] (Pictures of his wife and Osama Basnan are not available)

December 4, 1999: Princess Haifa bint Faisal, the wife of Prince Bandar, the Saudi Ambassador to the US, begins sending monthly cashier's checks of between $2,000 and $3,500 (accounts differ) to Majeda Dweikat, the Jordanian wife of Osama Basnan, a Saudi living in San Diego (see April 1998). Accounts also differ over when the checks were first sent (between November 1999 and about March 2000; a Saudi government spokesman has stated December 4 [Fox News, 11/23/02]). Basnan's wife signs many of the checks over to her friend Manal Bajadr, the wife of Omar al-Bayoumi. [Washington Times, 11/26/02, Newsweek, 11/22/02, Newsweek, 11/24/02, Guardian, 11/25/02] Al-Bayoumi is a suspected al-Qaeda advance man and possible Saudi agent. Some later suggest that the money from the wife of the Saudi ambassador passes through the al-Bayoumi and Basnan families as intermediaries and ends up in the hands of the two hijackers (see November 22, 2002). The payments from Princess Haifa continue until May 2002 and may total $51,000, or as much as $73,000. [MSNBC, 11/23/02, MSNBC, 11/27/02] While living in the San Diego area, al-Bayoumi and Basnan are heavily involved in relocating and offering financial support to Saudi immigrants in the community (see also ../../../RAW/OFF LINE/CooperativeSearch/www.cooperativeresearch.org/timeline/main/timelinebefore2001.html - a0894dallahavcoAugust 1994 and June 1998 (D)). [Los Angeles Times, 11/24/02] In late 2002, Al-Bayoumi claims he did not pass any money along to the hijackers. [Washington Times, 12/04/02] Basnan is also described as an al-Qaeda sympathizer who called 9/11 "a wonderful, glorious day." [Newsweek, 11/22/02] Basnan has variously claimed to know al-Bayoumi, not know him at all, or to know him only vaguely. [Arab News, 11/26/02, ABC, 11/26/02, ABC, 11/25/02, MSNBC, 11/27/02] But earlier reports say Basnan and his wife were "very good friends" of al-Bayoumi and his wife. Both couples lived at the Parkwood Apartments at the same time as the two hijackers; prior to that, the couples lived together in a different apartment complex. Also, the two wives were arrested for shoplifting together in April 2001. [San Diego Union-Tribune, 10/22/02]

December 11, 1999: The CIA's counterterrorism center sends a cable reminding all personnel about various reporting obligations. The cable clearly states that it is important to share information so terrorists can be placed on watch lists The US keeps a number of watch lists; the most important one is known as TIPOFF, with about 61,000 names of suspected terrorists by 9/11. [Los Angeles Times, 9/22/02, Knight Ridder, 1/27/04] The list is checked whenever someone enters or leaves the US. "The threshold for adding a name to TIPOFF is low," and even a "reasonable suspicion" that a person is connected with a terrorist group, warrants being added to the database. [Congressional Inquiry, 9/20/02] Within a month, two future hijackers, Khalid Almihdhar and Nawaf Alhazmi, are identified (see January 5, 2000 and January 8, 2000), but the cable's instructions are not followed for them. The CIA initially tells the 9/11 Congressional inquiry that no such guidelines existed, and CIA Director Tenet fails to mention the cable in his testimony. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03 (B), New York Times, 5/15/03]

Border patrol agent Diana Dean stopped Ahmed Ressam. [Seattle Times]

December 14, 1999:�Al-Qaeda terrorist Ahmed Ressam is arrested in Port Angeles, Washington, attempting to enter the US with components of explosive devices.130 pounds of bomb-making chemicals and detonator components are found inside his rental car. He subsequently admits he planned to bomb Los Angeles International Airport on December 31, 1999. [New York Times, 12/30/01] This would have been part of a wave of attacks against US targets over the New Year's weekend (see also November 30, 1999 and January 3, 2000). He is later connected to al-Qaeda and convicted, but he still hasn't been formally sentenced. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, PBS Frontline 10/3/02]

Ahmed Ressam.

December 14-31, 1999: In the wake of the arrest of Ahmed Ressam (see December 14, 1999), FBI investigators work frantically to uncover more millennium plots before they are likely to take place at the end of the year. Documents found with Ressam lead to coconspirators in New York, then Boston and Seattle. Enough people are arrested to prevent any attacks. National Security Council Chief of Counterterrorism Richard Clarke later says, "I think a lot of the FBI leadership for the first time realized that ... there probably were al-Qaeda people in the United States. They realized that only after they looked at the results of the investigation of the millennium bombing plot." [PBS Frontline, 10/3/02] Yet Clinton's National Security Adviser Sandy Berger says, "Until the very end of our time in office, the view we received from the [FBI] was that al-Qaeda had limited capacity to operate in the US and any presence here was under surveillance." No analysis is done before 9/11 to investigate just how big that presence might be. [Washington Post, 9/20/02]

December 20, 1999:�The BBC explains one reason why the Northern Alliance has been able to hold out for so long in its civil war against the Taliban in Afghanistan: "Iran has stirred up the fighting in order to make sure an international oil pipeline [goes] through its territory and not through Afghanistan." [BBC, 12/20/99] In the summer of 2001 Pakistan and India appear to be leaning towards putting a gas pipeline through Iran but this plan is apparently canceled after the 9/11 attacks (see June 27, 2001).

Hijackers leave the Indian Airlines plane, under Taliban supervision. [BBC]

December 24-31, 1999: An Indian Airlines flight is hijacked and flown to Afghanistan where 155 passengers are held hostage for eight days. They are freed in return for the release of three militants held in Indian prisons. One of the hostages is killed. One of the men freed in the exchange is 9/11 paymaster Saeed Sheikh (see November 1994-December 1999). [BBC, 12/31/99] Another freed militant is terrorist leader Maulana Masood Azhar. Azhar emerges in Pakistan a few days later, and tells a crowd of 10,000, "I have come here because this is my duty to tell you that Muslims should not rest in peace until we have destroyed America and India." [AP, 1/5/00] He then tours Pakistan for weeks under the protection of the ISI. [Vanity Fair, 8/02] The ISI and Saeed helps Azhar form a new terrorist group called Jaish-e-Mohammad, and Azhar is soon plotting terrorist acts again (see October 1, 2001 (D) and December 13, 2001). [Pittsburgh Tribune-Review, 3/3/02, Guardian, 7/16/02, Washington Post, 2/8/03]

Late 1999: Hijackers Atta and Marwan Alshehhi report their passports missing, Ziad Jarrah reports his missing in February 2000. [Sun Sentinel, 9/28/01, Inside 9-11: What Really Happened, by Der Spiegel, 2/02, pp. 257-258] Alshehhi has a replacement issued on December 26, 1999. [London Times, 9/20/01] The common theory is that this was to cover up incriminating trips to Afghanistan and other places, but could this have been when they took on new identities?

Late 1999 (B): Former Saudi Intelligence Minister Prince Turki al Faisal later claims that his intelligence agency tells the CIA that hijacker Khalid Almihdhar and Nawaf Alhazmi have been put on a Saudi terror watch list. Turki says, "What we told [the CIA] was these people were on our watch list from previous activities of al-Qaeda, in both the [1998] embassy bombings and attempts to smuggle arms into the kingdom in 1997.'' However, the CIA strongly denies any such warning. [AP, 10/16/03] Turki admits no documents concerning this were sent to the US, but claims the information was passed via word of mouth. [Salon, 10/18/03] The US doesn't put these two on their watch list until August 2001 (see August 23, 2001 (C)).

December 31, 1999-January 1, 2000: The CIA expected five to 15 attacks against American targets around the world over the New Year's weekend, but none occur. [Time, 8/4/02] Since late 1999, there was intelligence that targets in Washington and New York would be attacked at this time. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02] It's not clear who they warned or when, but if US intelligence thought terrorists were capable of so many simultaneous attacks then why (as was claimed after 9/11) have only a total of 14 fighters been at a state of highest readiness to defend the entire US since 1997?


US payoffs to Taliban in order to secure oil pipeline rights. Anthrax mailings begin, with little media notice. Senate fails to vote to impeach Clinton. Iraq ambassador visits Sudan; the visit will later trigger false accusations that Iraq purchased uranium from Niger. Vice President Al Gore's comments about his sponsorship of Internet leglislation, and his comments on toxic spills and Love Canal, are misquoted, becoming source of allegations of Gore's "serial lying." Columbine High School massacre. GOP refuses to support Clinton administration's peacekeeping efforts in Balkans. George W. Bush presidential campaign whitewashes his military records. CIA plans to assassinate bin Laden fail. Starr resigns as head of investigation. Plethora of terror warnings.

Δεν υπάρχουν σχόλια: